Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutCONSTRUCT AND SPEC DOCUMENTS ACOM Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C Bid Package #1 1 FAA AIP Project #3-19-0094-045 7 WATERLOO 1 REGIONAL AIRPORT CRUISE A NEW ALTITUDE 1 Prepared For: City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo,Iowa 50703 _ Prepared By: AECOM 500 SW 7th Street, Suite 301 Des Moines,Iowa 50309 AECOM 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 P.O.Box 1497 Waterloo,Iowa 50704-1497 May 17, 2017 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR RECONSTRUCT TAXIWAY C BID PACKAGE #1 AT THE -- WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO, IOWA FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-045 Prepared For: City of Waterloo, Iowa Prepared By: AECOM May 17, 2017 .. I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my i direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer ���ytlkS F813 iftf)tI7J „�``�4y E 5 S I p ,,�r� under the laws of the state of Iowa. 4 ** s .` *** . : 'Jy I May17, 2017 Z; DAVID - S.r DAVID B.HUGHES,PE Date HUGHES : Z 13037 :'*+ '; : License No. 13037 * ********** * .``''� My license renewal date is December 31,2017. l�Jt I lk w til � #ftlft�llt3Ett14tVt1114t! Pages or sheets covered by this seal: All Pages *r TABLE OF CONTENTS Contents Page NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING/NOTICE TO BIDDERS NPH-1-7 PROPOSAL FORM P-1-8 BID BOND P-9 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER P-10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR P-11 STATEMENT OF INTENT P-12 BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET P-13 SYNOPSIS OF EXPERIENCE RECORD P-14 +‘ UTILIZATION STATEMENT P-15 LETTER OF INTENT P-16 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION .P-17-18 BUY AMERICAN WAIVER REQUEST P-19-20 BUY AMERICAN CONFORMANCE LISTING P-21 CONTRACT C-1-4 PERFORMANCE BOND C-5-6 PAYMENT BOND C-7-8 GENERAL PROVISIONS G-1-58 Section 10- Definition of Terms G-1-4 Section 20- Proposal Requirements and Conditions G-5-8 Section 30- Award and Execution of Contract G-9-10 Section 40- Scope of Work G-11-14 Section 50- Control of Work G-15-22 Section 60- Control of Materials G-23-26 Section 70- Legal Regulations and Responsibility to Public G-27-32 Section 80- Prosecution and Progress G-33-38 Section 90- Measurement and Payment G-39-44 Section 100- Contractor Quality Control Program G-45-50 Section 105—Mobilization G-51-52 Section 110- Method of Estimating Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits(PWL) G-53-58 I 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C PART 1 -LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS SP-1-4 PART 2-FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT PROJECTS 1-30 PART 3 -FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR 150/5370-2F,OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORTS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1-54 PART 4-DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE DETERMINATION WS-1 -6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS P-101 Surface Preparation P101-1 —P101-4 P-152 Excavation, Subgrade and Embankment P 152-1 —P 152-7 •. P-154 Subbase Course P154-1 —P154-4 P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution,Soil Erosion,and Siltation Control P156-1 -P156-3 P-208 Aggregate Base Course P208-1 —P208-5 P-501 Portland Cement Concrete(PCC)Pavement P501-1 —P501-31 P-605 Joint Sealants for Concrete Pavements P605-1 -P605-5 P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete P610-1 —P610-8 P-620 Runway and Taxiway Marking P620-1—P620-9 D-701 Pipe for Storm Drains and Culverts D701-1 —D701-7 D-705 Pipe Underdrains for Airports D705-1 —D705-7 D-751 Manholes,Catch Basins,Inlets and Inspection Holes D751-1 —D751-5 T-901 Seeding T901-1—T901-4 T-905 Topsoiling T905-1—T905-3 ... T-908 Mulching T908-1 —T908-3 L-108 Underground Power Cable for Airports L108-1 —L108-11 L-110 Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits L110-1 —L110-7 L-115 Electrical Manholes and Junction Structures L115-1 —L115-7 L-125 Installation of Airport Lighting systems L125-1 —L125-3 APPENDIX A—Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP) APPENDIX B—Boring Logs FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING On Proposed Plans,Specifications,Form of Contract, and Estimate of Cost and the NOTICE TO BIDDERS For the Taking of Construction Bids For the RECONSTRUCT TAXIWAY C BID PACKAGE#1 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT In the City of Waterloo,Iowa +"1 FAA AIP PROJECT NO.3-19-0094-045 RECEIVING OF BIDS Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, at her office in the City Hall of the said City on the 22nd of June,2017,until 1:00 p.m. for Reconstruct Taxiway C,Bid Package#1,as described in detail in the plans and specifications now on file in the Office of the City Clerk. OPENING OF BIDS All proposals received will be opened in the First Floor Conference Room at City Hall in the City of Waterloo, Iowa, on the 22nd day of June 2017, at 1:00 p.m.,local time, and the proposals will be acted upon at such later time and place as may then be fixed. PRE-BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting for this project will be held in the Second Floor Conference Room of the Terminal Building at the Waterloo Regional Airport at 10:00 A.M.,Local Time,on June 15,2017. PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Council of said City will conduct a public hearing on the proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-described improvement project at 5:30 p.m. on June 26, 2017, said hearing to be held in the Harold E. Getty Council Chambers in the City Hall in said City. The proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for said improvements heretofore prepared by the AECOM are now on file in the office of the City Clerk for public examination, and any person interested therein may file written objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, 411 or appear and make objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make objection thereto at the meeting above set forth. SCOPE OF WORK The work to be performed in this project shall include the following described improvements at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa: • Reconstruction of Taxiway C north and south of Runway 12/30 with 8-inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement .+� • Removal and replacement of Taxiway C Medium Intensity Edge Lights, wiring and conduit and f replacement with new LED Medium Intensity Taxiway Edge Lights, new conduit and wiring and LED 1 Guidance Signage • Removal of existing subdrain system and installation of new system. • Pavement marking for Taxiway C FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C BEGINNING AND COMPLETION DATES The work under the proposed contract shall be commenced within ten(10) calendar days after receipt of"Notice to Proceed" and shall be completed in one hundred fifty(150)calendar days from the date established in the Notice To Proceed. It is anticipated the project will have a winter shutdown period, and permanent seeding and pavement marking will be completed during the spring of 2018. Failure to complete within the allotted time will result in assessment of liquidated damages. METHOD OF PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR The Contractor will be paid against monthly estimates in cash on the basis of ninety-five percent(95%)of the work as it is completed and materials delivered and work approved. Final payment will be made thirty-one(31)days after completion of the work and acceptance by the Council. Before final payment is made, vouchers showing that all subcontractors and workmen and all persons furnishing materials have been fully paid for such materials and labor will be required unless the City is satisfied that material,men and laborers have been paid. The Contractor is hereby notified that if the City does not have cash on hand to pay monthly pay estimates, according to Chapter 384.57 of the Code of Iowa, payment may be made by anticipatory warrants issued bearing a rate of interest not exceeding that permitted by Chapter 74A,Code of Iowa. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Plans and Specifications governing the construction of the proposed improvements have been prepared by AECOM, which plans and specifications, and also the prior proceedings of the City Council referring to and defining said proposed improvements are hereby made a part of this notice, and the proposed contract by reference shall be executed in compliance therewith. Copies of the plans and specifications and wage rate decision are on file and may be inspected at: Office of Director of Aviation or AECOM Waterloo Regional Airport 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Plans and Specifications may be obtained by applying to the AECOM office listed above. Requests shall include street address for delivery of documents. A $30.00 deposit is required for each set of Bidding Documents. Said $30.00 deposit is fully-refundable if the Bidding Documents are returned in usable condition (i.e. free of highlights, ink markings, tears, stickers, water stains and soiling)to the Engineer's Office by the end of the 14th consecutive day after the project has been awarded. No deposits will be refunded for any plans received after the 146'consecutive day,which includes plans returned via mail service. Plan holders are responsible for ascertaining when the project has been awarded. Payment shall be by check only. This deposit policy shall also apply to the prime contractor awarded the project for all plans and specifications obtained and distributed by the prime contractor to their subcontractors and suppliers in determining the prime contractor's bid,if the prime contractor wishes for their deposit to be returned. Upon award of project,the prime contractor shall be supplied with the needed number of plans and specifications at no additional cost. — CONTRACT AWARD A contract will be awarded to the qualified bidder submitting the lowest total bid. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPl Reconstruct Taxiway C The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids,re-advertise for new bids, and to waive informalities in the bids submitted that might be in the best interest of the City. ..► Bids may be held by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days from the day of the opening of bids for the purpose of reviewing the bids and investigating the qualifications of bidders, prior to awarding the contract. By virtue of statutory authority,a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced with the State of Iowa and preference will be given to local domestic labor in the construction of the improvement. 1 PROPOSALS SUBMITTED 1 The bidder shall submit bids on the items listed in the proposal. The bidder shall clearly write or type the unit bid price and the bid item extension(Unit Price x Estimated Qty) in numerals on the blanks provided. Should there be any discrepancy between the unit bid price and extension,the City of Waterloo shall consider the unit bid price as being the valid unit bid price. The bidder has the option to submit a computer-generated spreadsheet in lieu of the portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal, which includes the Bid Item Number, Description, Unit, Estimated Quantity, Unit Bid Price, Total Bid Price and Total Bid. The computer-generated spreadsheet shall include all of the information listed in that portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal as well as bear the signature of the Prime Contractor submitting the bid. For the bidders who submit a computer-generated spreadsheet, the TOTAL BID (with alternates, if applicable) shall also be indicated in the space(s)provided on the Form of Bid or Proposal. BID SECURITY REQUIRED All bids must be accompanied in a separate envelope by a certified or cashier's check drawn on an Iowa bank, or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, a certified share draft drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States,or bid bond,(on the form furnished by the City)payable to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in the sum of not less than five percent(5%) of the bid submitted, which certified check, certified { share draft or bid bond will be held as security that the Bidder will enter into a Contract for the construction of the work and will furnish the required bonds, and in case the successful Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into the Contract and furnish the required bonds, his bid security may be retained by said City as agreed upon liquidated damages. If bid bond is used, it must be signed by both the Bidder and the surety or surety's agent. Signature of surety's agent must be supported by accompanying Power of Attorney. PERFORMANCE&PAYMENT BONDS The successful bidder will be required to furnish a"Performance Bond"and a"Payment Bond"within ten(10)days after forms are presented to him in an amount equal to one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained,and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor and protect and save harmless the City from claims of any kind caused by the operations of the contractor. CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM/SUBCONTRACTING Balk The program proposes numerical projections regarding utilization of Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as Subcontractors, vendors and suppliers in the performance of Contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo,Iowa. A goal of at least ten percent(10%)for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000.00 or more. A goal of at least two percent (2%) for WBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000.00 or more. Any project funded in part or in total with federal funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. The FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Prime Contractor shall make "good-faith efforts" to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE goals. The MBE/WBE subcontractors, suppliers or vendors must provide the Prime Contractor a reasonably competitive price for the service being rendered or the Contractor is not required to accept their bid. PREDETERMINED WAGE RATE .� Predetermined wage rates shall apply to all work on this project in accordance with General Decision No. IA170097. In addition,the Prime Contractor shall submit certified payrolls for itself and each approved subcontractor weekly to the project Engineer. The Contractor may use the Iowa DOT Certified Payroll form or other approved form. The Contractor shall list the craft for each employee covered by the Predetermined Wage Rates. The Prime Contractor shall sign each of the subcontractor's payrolls to acknowledge the submittal of the Certified Payroll. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is an essential element of this contract. It is important that the work be diligently pursued to completion. If the work is not completed within the overall specified contract period of 150 calendar days, plus authorized extensions,the contractor shall pay to the City Liquidated Damages in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per calendar day, for each calendar day, as further described herein, in excess of the authorized time. Calendar days beyond the specified completion date overall contract period of 150 calendar days for which Liquidated Damages will be charged will be working calendar days that the contractor does, or could have worked.,from Monday through Saturday. Sundays will be counted only if work is performed. Partial working days will be considered as a full working day. Calendar days not chargeable for Liquidated Damages will include rain days, Sunday if no work is done,and legal holidays. Liquidated damages will be assessed for work that is not completed within thirty (30) calendar days from the date work commences in the Phase 3 work area at a rate of $1, 000.00 per calendar day. Working-Calendar days will cease to be charged when only punch list items remain to be completed. Punch list items do not include contract bid items or approved change/extra work orders. When the Contractor believes the project to be substantially completed, a written notice stating the same shall be submitted to the Engineer and a request made for a Punch List. If the work under the Contract extends beyond the normal construction season for such work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in writing a request that calendar days counted toward the project be suspended until work is resumed the following construction season. This amount is not construed as a penalty. These damages are for the cost to the City of providing the required additional inspection,engineering and contract administration PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Before the work is commenced on this contract,a conference shall be held for the purpose of discussing the contract. The conference shall be attended by the prime contractor,subcontractors and City Officials. RESIDENT BIDDER/NON-RESIDENT BIDDER Attention of bidders is called to compliance with the provisions of the Resident Bidder/Non-Resident Bidder requirements. Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Resident Bidder Certification or a Non- Resident Bidder Certification in the form(s)herein provided. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C mak SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES .,� Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certification to purchase building materials or supplies in the performance of construction contracts let by the City of Waterloo. SITE INSPECTION Bidders are expected to visit the locality of the work and to make their own estimate of the facilities needed and the difficulties attending the execution of the proposed Contract,including local conditions. TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS Bids received prior to the time of opening will be securely kept, unopened. The officer whose duty it is to open them will decide when the specified time has arrived, and no bid received thereafter will be considered. No responsibility will attach to an officer for the premature opening of a bid not properly addressed and identified. Unless specifically authorized, telegraphic bids will not be considered, but modifications by telegraph of bids already submitted will be considered if received prior to the hour set for opening. All proposals must be received at the address indicated herein above prior to the time and date specified for receipt of bids. Bids received after the specified time and date will be returned unopened.The City of Waterloo shall not be held responsible or accountable for delays in the delivery of any proposal by the U.S.Postal Service or other courier service. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Bids may be withdrawn on written or telegraphic request received from Bidders prior to the time fixed for opening. Negligence on the part of the Bidder in preparing the bid confers no right for the withdrawal of the bid after it has been opened. ERRORS IN BID Bidders or their authorized agents are expected to examine the Maps,Drawings, Specifications, Circulars, Schedule and all other instructions pertaining to the work, which will be open to their inspection. Failure to do so will be at the Bidder's own risk and he cannot secure relief on the plea of error in the bid. In case of error in the extension of prices,the unit price will govern. MINIMUM WAGE RATES If the wage determination of the Department of Labor incorporated in the advertised specifications does not include rates for classifications deemed appropriate by the bidder, the bidder is responsible for ascertaining the rates payable for such use in accomplishing the work. No inference concerning practice is to be drawn from ip their omission. Further, the omission does not,per se, establish any liability to the Government for increased labor costs resulting from the use of such classifications. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY—EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 AND 41 CFR PART 60 The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth within the supplementary provisions. The successful Bidder shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race,color,religion,sex,or national origin. ..T FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-5 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C GOALS FOR MINORITY AND FEMALE PARTICIPATION—EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 AND 41 CFR PART 60 1. The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth within the supplementary provisions. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area,are as follows: Timetables: Goals for minority participation for each trade 4.7% Goals for female participation in each trade 6.9% These goals are applicable to all of the contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally- assisted)performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its Federally involved and non-federally involved construction. CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES—41 CFR PART 60 A certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally-assisted construction contract exceeding$10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding$10,000,which are not exempt from provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause, will be required to provide for the forwarding of the notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. The penalty for making false statements in offers in prescribed is 18 U.S.C. 1001. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE—49 CFR PART 26 The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of this DOT-assisted contracts. In accordance with 49 CFR Part 26.45,the sponsor has established a contract goal of 7.33 percent participation for small business concerns owned and controlled by certified socially and economically disadvantaged enterprise(DBE). The bidder shall make and document good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 26,to meet this established goal. DAVIS-BACON ACT,AS AMENDED—29 CFR PART 5 •r The Contractor is required to comply with wage and labor provisions and to pay minimum wages in accordance with the current schedule of wage rates established by the United States Department of Labor. DEBARMENT,SUSPENSION,INELIGIBILITY,AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION—49 CFR PART 29 The bidder certifies, by submission of a proposal or acceptance of a contract, that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. Individuals or companies listed in the General Services Administration's"Excluded Parties Listing System"will not be considered for award of contract. FOREIGN TRADE RESTRICTION—49 CFR PART 30 The Bidder and Bidder's subcontractors, by submission of an offer and/or executive of a contract, is required to certify that it: 1. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S.firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative(USTR); FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C 2. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one of more .. citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; 3. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. "Z BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE—AVIATION SAFETY AND CAPACITY ACT OF 1990 This contract is subject to the "Buy American Preferences" of the Aviation Safety and Capacity Act of 1990. Per Title 49 U.S.C. Section 50101, all steel and manufactured products installed under an AIP assisted project must be produce in the United States unless the Federal Aviation Administration has granted a formal waiver. As a condition of bid responsiveness, Bidders must complete and submit as part of their proposal the enclosed Buy ""'i American certification. Bidder must indicate whether it intends to meet Buy America preferences by only installing steel and manufactured products produced with the United State of America; or if it intends to seek a permissible waiver to the Buy America requirements. MARKING AND MAILING BIDS Envelopes containing bids must be sealed and addressed to the City Clerk, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, IA 50703;and marked in the upper left hand corner as follows: Bid of (Name and Address of Contractor) for Reconstruct Taxiway C, Bid Package #1, Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa,FAA AIP Project No.3-19-0094-45. Published pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 26 of the City Code of Iowa and upon order to the City Council of said Waterloo,Iowa,on the day of 2017. CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA -.. BY: Kelley Felchle City Clerk +ter r} .•Z FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C Imp Intentionally Left blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AEC OM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C rt The PROPOSAL FORM FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CONSISTING OF RECONSTRUCT TAXIWAY C BID PACKAGE#1 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT +S WATERLOO,IOWA FAA AIP PROJECT NO.3-19-0094-045 Waterloo Regional Airport 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo,IA 50703 Gentlemen: 1. The undersigned hereby certifies that he has examined the Form of Contract,Plans,and Specifications for the r•m Construction of Improvements to the Waterloo Regional Airport to Reconstruct Taxiway C,Bid Package#1, at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa,FAA AIP Project No.3-19-0094-45,and has examined the site of the work and is familiar with local conditions pertaining to the work. 411 2. The extent of the work involved is to Reconstruct Taxiway C, Bid Package#1, including the removal of Taxiway C-1,removal and replacement of Taxiway C north and south of Runway 12/30 with an 8-inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement section, replacement of the subdrain system, installation of a section of 18-inch „4 reinforcement concrete pipe storm sewer,replacement of the taxiway edge lighting system and guidance signs in the project area,pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. 3. The undersigned,in compliance with your Invitation for Bids dated ,hereby proposes to do the work called for in said Contract and Specifications and shown on said Plans and Addendum Nos. pet and to furnish all materials,tools,labor and all appliances and appurtenances necessary for the said work at the following rates and prices: `"" ITEMIZED PROPOSAL WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO,IOWA PROJECT: RECONSTRUCT TAXIWAY C BID PACKAGE#1 FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-045 ITEM SPEC. ESTIMATED UNIT BID TOTAL BID NO. NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 1 GP 105 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION LS 1 $ $ 2 GP 50-06 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY LS 1 $ $ 3 PLANS CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES LS 1 $ $ 4 P-101-5.1 PAVEMENT REMOVAL SY 19,855 $ $ 5 P-152-4.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION CY 7,900 $ $ 6 P-154-5.1 SUBBASE COURSE CY 3,200 $ $ FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C ITEM SPEC. ESTIMATED UNIT BID TOTAL BID NO. NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 7 P-156-5.1e INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF SILT FENCE LF 5,500 $ $ INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF INLET 8 P-156-5.lf PROTECTION - EA 6 $ $ 9 P-156-5.1g RIP RAP CHECK DAM EA 2 $ $ 10 P-208-5.1 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE CY 2,900 $ $ 11 P-501-8.1 8.0-INCH PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SY 17,755 $ $ PAVEMENT 12 P-620-5.1-1 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING SF 8,800 $ $ 13 P-620-5.1-2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA(TYPE I,GRADATION A) LB 250 $ $ - 14 P-620-5.1-4 TEMPORARY RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING SF 8,800 $ $ 15 D-701-5.1a 18-INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE(RCP) LF 273 $ $ 16 D-701-5.1c 18-INCH FLARED END SECTION WITH PIPE GUARD EA 1 $ $ 6-INCH PERFORATED SUBDRAIN(SDR 35) 17 D-705-5.1 COMPLETE INCLUDING POROUS BACKFILL AND LFT 5,321 $ $ FILTER FABRIC --- 18 D-705-5.2 6-INCH NON-PERFORATED SUBDRAIN(SDR 35) LFT 1,346 $ $ 19 D-705-5.3 SUBDRAIN CLEANOUT EA 23 $ $ 20 0-751-5.2 CATCH BASIN EA 1 $ $ 21 T-901-5.1 SEEDING AC 8.2 $ $ TOPSOILING(OBTAINED ON SITE OR REMOVED 22 T-905-5.1 CY 3,500 $ $ FROM STOCKPILE) 23 T-908-5.1 MULCHING SY 8.2 $ $ 24 L-108-5.1 NO.8 AWG,5KV,L-824,TYPE C CABLE,INSTALLED LF 8,900 $ $ IN TRENCH DUCT BANK OR CONDUIT 25 L-108-5.2 NO.6 AWG,5KV,L-824,TYPE C CABLE,INSTALLED LF 1,250 $ $ IN TRENCH,DUCT BANK OR CONDUIT NO.6 AWG BARE COPPER COUNTERPOISE WIRE, 26 L-108-5.3 INSTALLED IN TRENCH,ABOVE THE DUCT BANK OR LF 7,000 $ $ CONDUIT,INCLUDING GROUND RODS AND GROUND CONNECTORS - 27 L-110-5.1 CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRICAL DUCT BACK,2- LF 260 $ $ WAY,4-INCH SCHEDULE 40 PVC 28 L-110 5.2 NON-ENCASED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT,2-INCH LF 7,000 $ $ SCHEDULE 40 PVC -- 29 L-115-5.4 ELECTRICAL HANDHOLE,L-868 EA 4 $ $ 30 L-115-5.4 ELECTRICAL HANDHOLE,2'0"BY 2'0" EA 6 $ $ - 31 L-125-5.1 L-861T(LED)TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHT-LED EA 60 $ $ 32 L-125-5.2 L-861 RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT-QUARTZ EA 2 $ $ 33 L-125-5.3 AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGN,SIZE 1,LED,1(ONE) EA 1 $ $ MODULE 34 L-125-5.3 AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGN,SIZE 1,LED,2(TWO) EA 1 $ $ MODULE 35 L-125-5.3 AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGN,SIZE 1,LED,4(FOUR) EA 2 $ $ MODULE 36 L-125 5.3 AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGN,SIZE 3,LED,3(THREE) EA 1 $ $ MODULE 37 L-125-5.4 L-804(LED)RUNWAY GUARD LIGHT EA 2 $ $ - 38 L-125-5.5 REMOVE DUCT BANK LF 225 $ $ FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C ITEM SPEC. ESTIMATED UNIT BID TOTAL BID NO. NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICE PRICE 39 L-12S-5.6 REMOVE TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHT EA 102 $ $ 40 L-125-5.7 REMOVE ELECTRICAL HANDHOLE EA 12 $ $ 41 L-125-5.8 REMOVE AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGN EA 9 $ $ TOTAL BID $ 4. The undersigned understands that the above quantities of work to be done are approximate only and are intended principally to serve as a guide in evaluating the bids. All quantities are subject to increase or decrease and are to be performed at the unit prices stipulated herein. 5. It is understood that the schedule of minimum wage rates,as established by the Secretary of Labor and included in the Specifications, are to govern on this project, and the undersigned certifies that he has examined this schedule of wage rates and that the prices bid are based on such established wage rates. 6. The bidder shall make good faith efforts, as deemed in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 26, Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation,to subcontract 7.33 percent(7.33%)of the dollar value of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals(DBE). Individuals who are rebuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged include women,Blacks,Hispanics,Native Americans,Asian-Pacific Americans,and Asian-Indian Americans. The apparent successful competitor will be required to submit information concerning the DBE's that will participate in the contract. The information will include the name and address of each DBE,a description of the work to be performed by each named firm,and the dollar value of the contract. If the bidder fails to achieve the contract goal stated herein,it will be required to provide documentation demonstrating that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. In the event that the apparent successful competitor for this solicitation qualified as a DBE,the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. A bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponsive. 7. The undersigned certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments,and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location,under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned certifies further that he will not pit maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments,and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location,under his control,where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification,the term"segregated facilities"means any waiting rooms, work areas,restrooms and washrooms,restaurants and other eating areas,timeclocks,locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas,parking lots,drinking fountains,recreation or entertainment areas,transportation,and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color,religion,or national origin,because of habit,local custom,or any other reason. The undersigned agrees that(except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods)he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding$10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause,and that he will retain such certifications in his files. 8. The undersigned agrees, upon written notice of the acceptance of this bid, within sixty (60) days after the opening of the bids,that he will execute the Contract in accordance with the bid as accepted and give Contract (Performance and Payment)bond on attached forms within fifteen(15) days after the prescribed forms are presented for signature. 9. The undersigned understands,award of contract is contingent upon receipt of project funding from the Federal Aviation Administration. If funding is not received,bid bonds will be returned to all bidders and the project will be postponed. 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 10. The undersigned further agrees that if awarded the Contract, he will commence the work within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of a "Notice to Proceed" and that he will substantially complete all work according to the terms of the entire contract within ninety(90)calendar days from the date established in the Notice to Proceed. An extension of time may be allowed when extra or additional work is ordered by the Engineer. 11. The undersigned agrees that within 30 days after award of this contract,the Contractor/Subcontractor shall file a compliance report (Standard Form 100) if s/he has not submitted a complete compliance report within 12 months proceeding the date of award. This report is required if the Contractor/Subcontractor meets all of the following conditions: a. Contractors/Subcontractors are not exempt based on 41 CFR 60-1,5. b. Has 50 or more employees. c. Is a prime contractor or first tier subcontractor. d. There is a contract,subcontract,or purchase order amounting to$50,000 or more. 12. To satisfy Clear Air and Water Pollution Control Requirements on all Construction Contracts and Subcontracts exceeding$100,000.00 Contractors and Subcontractors agree: a. That any facility to be used in the performance of the Contract or to benefit from the Contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA)List of Violating Facilities. b. To comply with all the requirements of Section 306 of the Clean Air Act(42 USC 1857(h)),and Section .,. 508 of the Clean Water Act (33 USC 1368), Executive Order 11738, and Environmental Protection Regulations(40 CFR Part(15)). c. That as a condition for award of a Contract he shall notify the awarding official of the receipt of any •"" communication from EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the Contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. d. To include or cause to be included in any Contract or Subcontract which exceeds $100,000.00 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. r. 13. The contractor,by submission of this offer and/or execution of a contract,certifies that it: a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States trade Representative(USTR); b. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a contractor that is a citizen Uwe or national of a foreign country on said list,or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; c. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17,no contract shall be awarded to a contractor or subcontractor who is unable to certify to the above. If the contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on the said list for use on the project, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct, through the sponsor, cancellation of the contract at no cost to the Government. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPl Reconstruct Taxiway C Further,the contractor agrees that,if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation,it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The contractor may rely upon the certification of a prospective subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the sponsor if the contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.The subcontractor agrees to provide immediate written notice to the contractor,if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification,the Federal Aviation Administration may direct,through the sponsor,cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to �! render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false,fictitious,or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18,United States Code,Section 1001. .04 { 14. The bidder/offeror certifies,by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract,that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily ,.� excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the bidder/offer/contractor or any lower tier participant is unable to certify this statement,it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal. 15. As an evidence of good faith in submitting this Proposal,the undersigned encloses bid security in the amount of five(5)percent of the bid which,in case he refuses or fails to accept an award and to enter into a Contract and .,Z file the required bonds within the prescribed time, shall be forfeited to the Waterloo Regional Airport as liquidated damages. 16. By entering into this contract,the contractor certifies that neither it(nor he or she)nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). ..� 17. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). I «� 18. The undersigned hereby declares that the only parties interested in this Proposal are named herein,that this Proposal is made without collusion with any other person,firm or corporation,that no member of the Council, Waterloo Regional Airport or agent of the City of Waterloo,Iowa,is directly or indirectly financially interested in this bid. 19. In submitting this bid,it is understood that the right to reject any and all bids has been reserved and that this bid may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty(60)days from the opening thereof. 20. Contractor certifies that all employees employed by Contractor or any subcontractor working on behalf of the Contractor are in compliance with the Immigration Reform Control Act of 1986(IRCA)and indemnifies the Owner and holds harmless Owner for any violations of IRCA as a result of the Contractor's employees or his subcontractor's employees working on behalf of the Contractor on the Owner's project. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 21. The undersigned certifies,to the best of his or her knowledge and belief,that: a. No Federal appropriated funds shall be paid, by or on behalf of the Contractor, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,a Member of Congress,an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a member of Congress in Congress in connection with the making of any Federal grant and the amendment or modification of any Federal grant. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for .. influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal grant,the Contractor shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL,"Disclosure of Lobby Activities",in accordance with its instructions. c. The Undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and Imo cooperative agreements)and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than$10,000 and not more than$200,000 for each such failure. 22. Buy American Certificate(Title 49 U.S.C.Chapter 501) As a condition of bid responsiveness, the bidder must how it intend to comply with the Buy American preferences established under Title 49 U.S.C.Section 50101.Bidder must complete the attached Buy American certification.If the bidder requests a permissible waiver to the Buy America requirements,the Bidder identified as with the successful bid must submit a formal waiver request and component cost calculation within the prescribed time identified on the Buy America certification. 23. Drug Free Work Place,Act of 1988. a. By submission of this offer,the offeror,if other than an individual,who is making an offer that equals or exceeds$25,000,certifies and agrees that with respect to all employees of the offeror to be employed under a contract resulting from this solicitation,it will--no later than 30 calendar days after contract award(unless r.. a longer period is agreed to in writing,for contracts of 30 calendar days or more performance duration;)or as soon as possible for contracts of less than 30 calendar days performance duration,but in any case,by a date prior to when performance is expected to be completed-- (1) Publish a statement notifying such employees that the unlawful manufacturer,distribution,dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition; .. (2) Establish an on going drug-free awareness program to inform such employees about-- (a) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; (b) The Contractor's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; (c) Any available drug counseling,rehabilitation,and employee assistance programs;and (d) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace; (3) Provide all employees engaged in performance of the contract with a copy of the statement required by subparagraph a.(1)of this provision; _. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C rat (4) Notify such employees in writing in the statement required by subparagraph a.(1)of this provision that, as a condition of continued employment on the contract resulting from this solicitation, the employee will-- (a) Abide by the terms of the statement;and (b) Notify the employer in writing of the employee's conviction under a criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than 5 calendar days after such conviction; (5) Notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 10 calendar days after receiving notice under subdivision a.(4)(b)of this provision,from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction. The notice shall include the position title of the employee;and (6) Within 30 calendar days after receiving notice under subdivision a.(4)(b) of this provision of a conviction,take one of the following actions with respect to any employee who is convicted of a drug abuse violation occurring in the workplace; _ (a) Take appropriate personnel action against such employee,up to and including termination;or (b) Require such employee to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal,State,or local health,law enforcement,or other appropriate agency. (7) Make a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of subparagraphs a.(1)through a.(6)of this provision. b. By submission of its offer,the offeror,if an individual who is making an offer of any dollar value,certifies and agrees that other offeror will not engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance in the performance of the contract resulting from this solicitation. c. Failure of the offeror to provide the certification required by paragraphs a.orb.of this provision,renders the offeror unqualified and ineligible for award. [See FAR 9.104-1(g)and 19.602-1a.(2)(a)]. d. In addition to other remedies available to the Government,the certification in paragraphs a.or b.of this provision concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. r„K 24. Attachment to This Bid. The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. Bid Guaranty in the form of -", b. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder. c. Statement of Intent—Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity Statement. d. Buy American Certification Statement. e. Bidder's Information Sheet. f. Synopsis of Experience Record. (IDOT Certification may be substituted.) g. Completed DBE forms"Utilization Statement"and"Letter of Intent." FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 25. The Bidder shall indicate whether the bid is submitted by a/an: ❑ Individual, Sole Proprietorship ❑ Partnership ❑ Corporation ❑ Joint-venture: all parties must join-in and execute all documents ❑ Other Respectfully submitted, Bidder By Signature Title .� Address ..- (Include Zip Code) Telephone No. tom tam FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 7 BID BOND .+s KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we as Principal,and as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa,hereinafter call"Owner",in the penal sum of Dollars($ ) lawful money of the United States,for the payment of which sum will and truly be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs, executors,administrators,and successors,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid,dated ,2017, for Reconstruct Taxiway C,Bid Package#1,at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa,FAA AIP Project No. 3-19-0094-45. ti NOW,THEREFORE, (A) If said Bid shall be rejected,or in the alternate, (B) If said bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form specified and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said Contract,and for the payment of all persons performing labor or "1 furnishing materials in connection therewith,and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said bid. then this obligation shall be void,otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect;it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall,in no event,exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. '111 By virtue of statutory authority,the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the Principal fails to execute the Contract and provide the bond as provided in the Specifications or by law. orq The Surety,for value received,hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such bid or execute such Contract;and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. yr IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety,have hereunto set their hands and seals,and such of them as are corporations,have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers •-a4 this_day of ,A.D.,2017. (Seal) Witness Principal By (Title) (Seal) Surety By (Attorney-In-Fact) Attach Power-Of-Attorney __ FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER State of ) )ss -- County of ) ,being first duly sworn,deposes and says that: (1) He is (Owner,Partner,Officer,Representative,or Agent) of ,the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid: (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and of all pertinent bp- circumstances respecting such bid; (3) Such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham bid; (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers,partners,owners,agents,representatives,employees or parties in interest, including this affiant,has in any way colluded,conspired,connived or agreed,directly or indirectly,with any other Bidder,firm or person to submit a collusive or sham bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached bid ... has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly,sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder,firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached bid or of any other Bidder,or,to fix any overhead,profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder,or to secure through any collusion,conspiracy,connivance,or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo,Iowa,or any person interested in the proposed Contract;and (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,representatives, owners, employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. (Signed) `" Title imp Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,2017. 4 Title My Commission Expires ,2017. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C r.. '-1 - k NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR (To Be Submitted After Bid But Prior to Award) "1 State of ) )ss "./ County of ) ,being first duly sworn,deposes and says that: (1) He is (Owner,Partner,Officer,Representative,or Agent) of 7 ,the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid: i (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such bid; (3) Such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham bid; (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers,partners,owners,agents,representatives,employees or parties in interest, including this affiant,has in any way colluded,conspired,connived or agreed,directly or indirectly,with any other Bidder,firm or person to submit a collusive or sham bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached bid "'.4 has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly,sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder,firm or person to fix ! the price or prices in the attached bid or of any other Bidder,or,to fix any overhead,profit or cost element of the bid price ,,, or the bid price of any other Bidder,or to secure through any collusion,conspiracy,connivance,or unlawful agreement i any advantage against the City of Waterloo,Iowa,or any person interested in the proposed Contract;and (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion,conspiracy, ...4 connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,representatives,owners,employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. 1 (Signed) Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,2017. Title My Commission Expires ,2017. I „`i ...., 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 STATEMENT OF INTENT NONDISCRIMINATION AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY STATEMENT The Contractor does hereby certify to the Waterloo Regional Airport,that no person shall, in any way,be favored or discriminated against because of his race,political or religious opinions and affiliations,national origins,sex,age,sexual orientation,gender identity,disability,color,creed,marital status,employee union or association membership or office herein. If selected as the successful bidder,this contractor hereby agrees to file either a nondiscrimination and equal opportunity statement and/or an Affirmative Action Program. Improvements to the Waterloo Regional Airport consisting of Reconstruct Taxiway C Bid Package#1 COMPANY EXECUTIVE OFFICER AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICER ADDRESS OF THE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICER tow PHONE NUMBER FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET i A. BIDDER'S CAPACITY: (Check One) 1. Individual 0 2. Co-Partnership 0 3. Corporation 0 B. (IF ITEM 2 IS CHECKED,COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING) State of Names and Addresses of Partners 1. 2. 3. 4. ..11 5. "ItC. (IF ITEM 3 IS CHECKED,COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING) State of Incorporation Names and Addresses of Officers: President Secretary Treasurer "1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C SYNOPSIS OF EXPERIENCE RECORD (This synopsis must accompany Proposal Form.) Name of Bidder Business Address Individual( ) Partnership( ) Corporation( ) (Check One.) Construction successfully completed within past five years similar in size,scope,and difficulty of construction to the work bid upon. Name of Location of Amount of Name of Owner Project Project Contract 1 2 3 4 5 Number of Contract Days Actual Number of Days to Allowed for Above Projects Complete above Project 1 2 3 4 5 — .. (Signed) Name of Company (By) (TITLE) Date FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-14 Waterloo Regional Airport --- AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 4 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION FORM FOR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS (Non-building projects such as airfield/roadway construction, equipment acquisition, etc.) As a matter of bid responsiveness,the Bidder or Offeror must complete, sign, date, and submit this certification --� statement with their proposal. The Bidder or Offeror must indicate how they intend to comply with 49 USC§50101 by selecting one on the following certification statements. These statements are mutually exclusive. Bidder must select one or the other(not both)by inserting a checkmark(✓)or the letter"X". ❑The Bidder or Offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with 49 USC § 50101 by: a) Only installing steel and manufactured products produced in the United States,or; b) Installing manufactured products for which the FAA has issued a waiver as indicated by inclusion on the current FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued listing,or; ..1 c) Installing products listed as an Excepted Article, Material or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation Subpart 25.108. By selecting this certification statement,the Bidder or Offeror agrees: 1. To provide to the Owner evidence that documents the source and origin of the steel and manufactured product. 2. To faithfully comply with providing US domestic product. 3. To furnish US domestic product for any waiver request that the FAA rejects. 4. To refrain from seeking a waiver request after establishment of the contract, unless extenuating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. ❑ The Bidder or Offeror hereby certifies it cannot comply with the 100%Buy American Preferences of 49 USC§ "'1 50101(a)but may qualify for either a Type 3 or Type 4 waiver under 49 USC § 50101(b). By selecting this certification statement,the apparent Bidder or Offeror with the apparent low bid agrees: 1. To the submit to the Owner within 15 calendar days of the bid opening, a formal waiver request and required documentation that support the type of waiver being requested. 2. That failure to submit the required documentation within the specified timeframe is cause for a non- responsive determination may result in rejection of the proposal. 3. To faithfully comply with providing US domestic products at or above the approved US domestic content percentage as approved by the FAA. 4. To refrain from seeking a waiver request after establishment of the contract, unless extenuating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. "j Required Documentation Type 3 Waiver-The cost of the item components and subcomponents produced in the United States is more that 60%of the cost of all components and subcomponents of the "item". The required documentation for a type 3 waiver is: a) Listing of all product components and subcomponents that are not comprised of 100%US domestic content (Excludes products listed on the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued listing and products excluded by Federal Acquisition Regulation Subpart 25.108; products of unknown origin must be considered as non-domestic products in their entirety). b) Cost of non-domestic components and subcomponents, excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-17 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C c) Percentage of non-domestic component and subcomponent cost as compared to total"item" component and �. subcomponent costs,excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. Type 4 Waiver—Total cost of project using US domestic source product exceeds the total project cost using non- domestic product by 25%.The required documentation for a type 4 of waiver is: a) Detailed cost information for total project using US domestic product. b) Detailed cost information for total project using non-domestic product. False Statements: Per 49 USC§47126,this certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration and the making of a false,fictitious or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18,United States Code. Date Signature •o/ Company Name Title Avg law tam Ima Imp Inimp FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C r Buy America Waiver Request Title 49 U.S.0 Section 50101 (b) For Airfield Development Projects funded under the Airport Improvement Program (Revised 4/19/2010) Instructions for Permissible Waivers Section 50101(b)(1)Waiver: The bidder may not request a waiver based upon the best interests of the public. The FAA Office of Airports publishes such waivers at: http://ww w.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls _ Section 50101(b)(2)Waiver: The bidder may not request a waiver based upon insufficient supply of U.S.manufactured. The FAA Office of Airports publishes such waivers at: http://w ww.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provi s ions/med ia/b uy_american_waiver.xls Section 50101(b)(3)Waiver: The bidder may request a waiver if 60%or more of the components are produced in the United States and final assembly occurs in the U.S.Bidder is hereby advised that the Owner's approval with the bidder's waiver request is contingent upon FAA approval. 1. "Equipment"in Section 50101 shall mean the following: a) Individual type"L"items(Airfield Lighting Equipment)as listed in FAA Advisory Circular 150/5345-53. b) Individual bid items as established within FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10. The bid item application may not be applied for the type"L"items listed in AC 150/5345-53. c) A waiver request may only address one specific equipment item. Submit separate requests for each equipment item for which a waiver. d) Items listed under the Nationwide Waiver do not require further review. Please refer to the following webpage: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contractj,rovisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls 2. The bidder must base the U.S.percentage upon the value that results from completing a component cost calculation table similar to the attached format.Bidder shall avoid mere pro forma efforts to establish the waiver request percentage.The Bidder must submit the component cost calculation table as an attachment to the waiver request. 3. Components/subcomponents are the material and products composing the"equipment". 4. The final assembly of the AIP-funded"equipment"must be within the USA(Section 50101(b)(3)(B)). Final assembly is the substantial transformation of the components and subcomponents into the end product. 5. All steel used in the"Equipment"must be produced in the United States. 6. The Buy American requirements apply to all tier contractors and subcontractors. All contractors/subcontractors are required to provide appropriate documentation that indicates origin of manufacturer and percentage of domestic made product. 7. The bidder is hereby advised there is no implied or expressed guarantee that a requested waiver will be issued by the Federal Aviation Administration(FAA). Less than 60%USA component/subcomponent proposed for this facility CANNOT be waived.Products made with foreign steel are not eligible for a waiver. 8. North America Free Trade Act(NAFTA):Free Trade Agreements such as NAFTA do not apply to the AIP. Products and material made in Canada or Mexico must be considered as foreign made products. 9. Preparation of a Component Cost Calculation Table is not necessary for equipment listed on the FAA national listing: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls. Bidder however shall submit a listing of any equipment it proposes to install on the project that is included on the National Buy American conformance list. Instructions for Section 50101(b)(4)Waiver: 1. The bidder may request a waiver if application of Buy America preferences results in a 25%cost increase in the overall project.This waiver is rarely applicable.Consult the Owner before making this request. -- FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-19 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C U. w U 0 d °m' o p �.r °o ' �. a. 0 at �+ by U 4 -O Q �' G4. v: s d -,I. ti u S. B .. . a�i Y'. E.I. y 10 +O' za U a a � o r v w o p C. ^b WI s c es �, o coa as Rr z y ' 0 0. C C L "473 M ° °�� o ° o a" .a t«. i vU c o .. a CA y 7 O. R c.�, y w �" H o cb v E E O E a w r�s�' .o ozo iii: c Ii O i V Z. R O O w �"" % Q no = C W COocm =cvp �+ a U ce U CC i" o r �' C p .� d"cs o w, 8 In d —• CC (•) y R, ti oo i' o o c, a c ° d v1 0 a L. 01 1-15 .0 W G ��r^y '� a`' C �Q,'� ti y p . ct 0:1 a r o s ,s - c 0. H oa ti h e� c d E LoAm co Z a. z o E L s Z Q o i' 1 Z es d ._ ^a O y O'•i Is • QO Oa 2 - N '� L Lr Q T O i z at • U O O C d '� O m O °' 0 n' .2 -C O d O.� O i y 0 R S,tc U ' v •• o z ° o es R cl `% ' 'z ? S k y t L ... H . O M p xl O '� 'B O. V1 a = CC lin 7 O O fi `l N �' _ 6' C sy d Cr, `O O O 's O y L• C L C. . O 1: _ .yam '�.. _ is U O `Y S O O a. 6 C d. GO, d •., O N • • • • • y L CIJ ,c c Q O U a w .. m d Buy America Conformance Listing Title 49 U.S.0 Section 50101 (b) For Airfield Development Projects funded under the Airport Improvement Program • Preparation of a Component Cost Calculation Table is not necessary for equipment listed on the FAA national listing.. hop tl n u./0:/gU-aiepor ts crrf)proctrrzmen/federal contractprovisions media/bur or12i a xsrn t'r�is • Bidder shall submit a listing of equipment it proposes to install on the project that is included on the current National Buy American conformance list. Equipment Type Name of Manufacturer Product Number Certification Signature: Bidder hereby certifies that the above listed equipment,which we propose for installation on the subject project,are on the current National Buy America Conformance list as established at: 1 http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contractprovisions/media/buy american waiver.xls I hereby certify the above information is accurate and complete. Bidder's Firm Name Date Signature FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-21 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP I Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-22 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C CONTRACT FOR •~4.. IMPROVEMENTS TO THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CONSISTING OF RECONSTRUCT TAXIWAY C BID PACKAGE#1 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO,IOWA FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-045 THIS AGREEMENT,made and entered into this day of ,2017,by and between the Waterloo Regional Airport for the City of Waterloo,Black Hawk County,Iowa,hereinafter referred to as the"Owner"and (a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ),(a partnership consisting of )(an individual trading as ) of ,in the State of ,hereinafter referred to as the"Contractor." WITNESSETH: That the Contractor for and in consideration of($ ),based on the unit bid prices payable as set forth in the Specifications constituting a part of this Contract,hereby agrees to construct in accordance with the Plans,Specifications and Special Provisions therefore,and in the location designated on the Plans,the various items of work awarded said Contractor on the day of ,2017,as follows,being numbered as shown in schedule of prices bid in the attached Proposal which is a part of this Contract. Said Specifications and Plans are hereby made a part of and the basis of this Agreement and a true copy of said Plans and Specifications is now with the Waterloo Regional Airport in the office of the Director of Aviation,Waterloo,Iowa,under 7 date of ,2017. 1. That in consideration of the foregoing,the Owner hereby agrees to pay the Contractor promptly and according to the requirements of the Specifications, the amounts set forth, subject to the conditions as set forth in the Specifications. 2. That it is understood that the parties named herein are the only persons interested in this Contract and principals. 3. That the Contractor has examined the site of the proposed work, Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and Contract Documents in order that he might become familiar with the character,quality and quantity of the work to be performed, the materials to be furnished and the requirements of the Specifications, Special Provisions and Contract Documents. "1 4. It is hereby further agreed that any reference herein to the"Contract"shall include all"Contract Documents"as the same are listed and described in Paragraph 1.02 of the Special Provisions,Waterloo Regional Airport,FAA Project No.3-19-0094-45 and said"Contract Documents"are hereby made a part of this agreement as fully as if set out at length herein, and that this contract is limited to the items in the proposal as signed by the "Contractor" and included in the"Contract Documents." 5. That in the event any surety upon any bond furnished in connection with this Contract becomes unacceptable to the Owner,or if any such surety shall fail to furnish reports as to his financial condition from time to time as requested by the Owner,the Contractor agrees to furnish promptly such additional security as may be required from time to time to protect the interests of the Owner or of persons supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contract. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 6. That the Contractor shall not commence any work to be performed under this Contract until he has obtained from ,Er responsible insurance companies, all insurance required, as set forth in the General Provisions and that the Contractor shall maintain this insurance in full force and effect until the work to be performed under this Contract has been accepted by the Owner. 7. That the Contractor shall not start working on any alterations requiring a supplemental agreement until the agreement setting forth the adjusted price shall be executed by the Owner and the Contractor. 8. That the Contractor,at all times,shall observe and comply with all federal,state,territory or possession and local laws,codes,ordinances and regulations in any manner affecting the conduct of the work,and the Contractor and his surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all his officers, Engineer, agents and servants against claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law,ordinance,deregulation,order or decree, whether by himself or his employees. 9. That it is further understood and agreed by the parties to this Contract that the above work shall be commenced within 10 days after "Notice to Proceed" is issued and shall be completed according to the terms of the entire contract within one hundred fifty(150)calendar days and that the time of commencing and completion of said work is the essence of this Contract. Work within the Runway 12/30 closure area shall be completed according to the terms of the entire contract within thirty(30)calendar days. 10. The Contractor and Owner understand and agree that time is of essence for completion of the Work and that the Owner will suffer additional expense and financial loss if said work is not completed within the authorized Contract �. Time. Furthermore, the Contractor and Owner recognize and understand the difficulty, delay, and expense in establishing the exact amount of actual fmancial loss and additional expense. Accordingly,in place of requiring such proof,the Contractor expressly agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the non-penal sum of$500.00 per day for each calendar day required in excess of the authorized Contract Time for the overall contract. Accordingly, in place of requiring such proof, the Contractor expressly agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the non-penal sum of$1,000.00 per day for each calendar day required in excess of the authorized Contract Time for the closure of Runway 12/30. Furthermore,the Contractor understands and agrees that: a. the Owner has the right to deduct from any moneys due the Contractor,the amount of said liquidated damages; b. the Owner has the right to recover the amount of said liquidated damages from the Contractor,Surety,or both. 11. The Contractor understands and agrees that all certifications made by the Contractor within the Proposal shall apply under this Agreement as if fully rewritten herein. The Contractor further certifies the following: a. Certification of Eligibility(29 CFR Part 5.5) .r (1) By Entering into this contract,the Contractor certifies that neither he or she nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1); (2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1); (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S.Criminal Code 18 U.S.C. ti.. b. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities(41 CFR Part 60-1.8) The federally-assisted construction Contractor,certifies that it does not maintain or provide,for its employees, �. any segregated facilities at any of its establishments and that it does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location,under its control,where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder certifies that FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C it will not maintain or provide,for its employees,segregated facilities at any of its establishments and that it will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities .., are maintained. The Bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause,which is to be incorporated in the contract. As used in this certification,the term"segregated facilities"means any waiting rooms,work areas,restrooms, and washrooms,restaurants and other eating areas,timeclocks,locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated on the basis of race,color,religion,or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The Bidder agrees that (except where it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods)it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding$10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and that it will retain such certifications in its files. ^'1 12. It is further understood that any action in court against the Contractor or sureties on his bond because of damage to property or individuals by said Contractor or his workmen, or because of the violation of any provisions of the Specifications, or on account of the failure of said Contractor to fully comply with these provisions, shall be brought in the District Court of the State of Iowa in and for Black Hawk County. 13. Second Party shall maintain all work done hereunder in good order for a period of 12 months from and after the date it is accepted by the Waterloo Regional Airport,City of Waterloo,Iowa,which maintenance shall be without expense to First Party or the abutting property. In the event of the failure or default of Second Party to remedy any or all defects appearing in said work within a period of 12 months from the date of its acceptance by said Board and after having been given ten(10)days'notice so to do by registered letter deposited in the United States Post Office in said City, addressed to said Contractor at the address herein given, then First Party may proceed to remedy such defects and the cost and expenses thereof may be recovered from said Second Party and the sureties .,� on its bond by action brought in any court of competent jurisdiction,but such suit may be brought in the District Court of Black Hawk County,Iowa. 1 r, FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have set their hands for the purpose herein expressed to this and three other instruments of like tenor,as of the day of ,2017. CITY OF WATERLOO By Mayor ATTEST: Secretary CONTRACTOR Firm Name By Signature ... Title Business Address .... Witness Witness FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C NI mil -4 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ,asPRINCIPAL,also referred to as CONTRACTOR,and ,as SURETY,are held and firmly bound unto Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa 50703 as OWNER,in the full sum of ($ ) for the payment of which,well and I truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. WHEREAS,the above-bound Principal has entered into a contract with the OWNER dated the day of_ ,2017,to Reconstruct Taxiway C,Bid Package#1,including the removal of Taxiway C-1, removal and replacement of Taxiway C north and south of Runway 12/30 with an 8-inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement section, replacement of the subdrain system,installation of a section of 18-inch reinforcement concrete pipe storm sewer,replacement of the taxiway edge lighting system and guidance signs in the project area,pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other -'4 incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. NOW,THEREFORE,the conditions of this obligation are such that if the above-bound PRINCIPAL shall faithfully and —1fully comply with the terms and conditions of said contract,including,but not limited to,any obligations created by way of warranties and/or guarantees for workmanship and materials which warranty and/or guarantee may extend for a period of time beyond completion of said contract,and such alternations or additions as may be made therein or in the plans and specifications,and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless against any claims for using any form of material, " process,composition or anything which is patented,and likewise indemnify and save the OWNER harmless against all claims for damages by reason or any default or negligence, want of skill or care on the part of said PRINCIPAL or Agents in and about the performance of said contract,and shall comply with all laws pertaining to said work,and shall comply with and perform any and all warranties and/or guarantees provided for in said contact,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise of full force and effect. PROVIDED,further than upon either the default of the PRINCIPAL,or the failure of the said PRINCIPAL to promptly 7 and efficiently prosecute said Work, in any respect, in accordance with the Contract Documents, the above bound SURETY shall either remedy the default of the PRINCIPAL or shall take charge of said Work and complete the Contract at his own expense,pursuant to its terms,receiving,however,any balance of the funds in the hands of said OWNER due .I under said contract. It shall be the duty of the SURETY to give an unequivocal notice in writing to the OWNER within ten(10)days after receipt of a declaration of default of the SURETY'S election either to remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the contract promptly,time being of the essence. In said notice of election,the SURETY shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence,and it shall be the duty of the SURETY to give prompt notice in writing to the OWNER immediately upon completion of(a)the remedy and/or correction of each default,(b)the remedy —1 and/or correction of each item of condemned work, (c) the furnishings of each omitted item of work, and (d) the I performance of the contract. The SURETY shall not asset solvency of its PRINCIPAL as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the contract. In the event said PRINCIPAL shall fail or delay the prosecution and completion of said Work and said SURETY shall also fail to act promptly as hereinabove provided,then the OWNER shall cause ten(10)days notice of such failure to be given, both to said PRINCIPAL and SURETY, and at the expiration of said ten (10) days, if said PRINCIPAL or 1 SURETY do not proceed promptly to execute said Contract,the OWNER shall have the authority to cause said Work to be done and when the same is completed and the cost thereof estimated,the said PRINCIPAL and SURETY shall and hereby agree to pay any excess in the cost of said Work above the agreed price to be paid under said Contract. 1 Upon completion of said Contract pursuant to its terms,if any funds remain due on said Contract,the same shall be paid to said PRINCIPAL and SURETY. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-5 Waterloo Regional Airport 7 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C The said PRINCIPAL and SURETY further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to perform and complete said Contract including,but not limited to,all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error,architectural and engineering costs and fees, all(but not limited to)consultant fees,all testing and laboratory fees,and all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the OWNER. `n' The decision of the OWNER,upon any disputed question connected with the execution of said Contract,or any failure or delay in the prosecution of the Work by said PRINCIPAL or SURETY,shall be fmal and conclusive. The SURETY agrees that,other than as is provided in this bond,it may not demand of the OWNER the OWNER shall (a)perform any thing or act,(b)give any notice,(c)furnish any clerical assistance,(d)render any service,(3)furnish any papers or documents,or(f)take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the OWNER to be done under the contract documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the SURETY and PRINCIPAL have executed this instrument under their several seals this day of ,2017,the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its governing body. In the Presence of: PRINCIPAL: Witness By: r.. SURETY: Witness By: �.. NOTE: (a) Where the Performance Bond is executed by an attorney-in-fact,there shall be attached to each copy of the Bond a certified copy of Power of Attorney properly executed and dated. (b) Each copy of the Bond shall be countersigned by an authorized agent of the bonding company licensed to do business in the State of Iowa. The title of the person countersigning the Bond shall appear after his or her signature. (c) The seal of the bonding company shall be attached to each copy of the bond. (d) The Contractor's signature on the bond shall correspond with the signature in the contract. (e) The bond shall be accompanied by a corporate resolution(which may be combined with the corporate resolution granting the signing officer authority to execute contracts)granting the corporate officer who executes the Bond the authority to do so. (f) Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list(Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the State of Iowa. r.. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, , as PRINCIPAL,also referred to as CONTRACTOR,and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa 50703 as OWNER, in the full sum of ($ ),for the use and protection of said OWNER and all subcontractors and all persons supplying labor,materials,machinery and equipment for the performance of the work provided for in the contract hereinafter referred to, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind --� ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. WHEREAS,the above-bound Principal has entered into a contract with the OWNER dated the day of , 2017,to Reconstruct Taxiway C, Bid Package#1, including the removal of Taxiway C-1,removal and replacement of Taxiway C north and south of Runway 12/30 with an 8-inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement section, replacement of the subdrain system, installation of a section of 18-inch reinforcement concrete pipe storm sewer, replacement of the taxiway edge lighting system and guidance signs in the project area, -1 pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if the above-bound PRINCIPAL shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and materials supplied in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise,it shall remain in full force and effect,subject, however,to the following conditions: 1. The said SURETY to this bond, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change or changes, extension of time or extensions of time,alteration of alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder,or the specifications or drawings accompanying same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change or changes,extension of time or extensions of time,alteration or alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications or drawings. 2. A claimant is defined as any subcontractor and any person supplying labor,materials,machinery,or equipment in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract. Signed and sealed this day of ,2017. IN THE PRESENCE OF: PRINCIPAL: Witness By: SURETY: Witness By: NOTE: (a) Where the Payment Bond is executed by an attorney-in-fact,there shall be attached to each copy of the Bond a certified copy of Power of Attorney properly executed and dated. 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C (b) Each copy of the Bond shall be countersigned by an authorized agent of the bonding company licensed to do business in the State of Iowa. The title of the person countersigning the Bond shall appear after his or her signature. (c) The seal of the bonding company shall be attached to each copy of the bond. (d) The Contractor's signature on the bond shall correspond with the signature in the contract. (e) The bond shall be accompanied by a corporate resolution(which may be combined with the corporate resolution granting the signing officer authority to execute contracts)granting the corporate officer who executes the Bond the authority to do so. (f) Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list(Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the State of Iowa. Imo inwr Wor NNW tam r.r Lr �.n FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPl Reconstruct Taxiway C GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 10 Definition of Terms Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern,the intent and meaning shall be interpreted —1 as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 Access road. The right-of-way,the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 Advertisement.A public announcement,as required by local law,inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 Airport Improvement Program (AIP). A grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration(FAA). --, 10-05 Air operations area(AOA).For the purpose of these specifications,the term air operations area(AOA)shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing,takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the 1 unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway,taxiway,or apron. 10-06 Airport. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or 7 rights of way;and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas,and includes a heliport. 1 10-07 ASTM International(ASTM).Formerly known as the American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM). --, 10-08 Award.The Owner's notice to the successful bidder of the acceptance of the submitted bid. 10-09 Bidder. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative,who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 Building area. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 Calendar day.Every day shown on the calendar. 1 10-12 Change order. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes.The work,covered by a change order,must be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 Contract.The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include,but is not limited to: Advertisement, Contract Form, Proposal, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, any required insurance certificates, Specifications,Plans,and any addenda issued to bidders. i10-14 Contract item(pay item).A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 Contract time. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in I lieu of a number of calendar or working days,the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 Contractor. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance 7of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 Contractor's laboratory. The Contractor's quality control organization in accordance with the Contractor 7 Quality Control Program. 10-18 Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). The overall plan for safety and phasing of a construction project developed by the airport operator, or developed by the airport operator's consultant and approved by the airport operator. It is included in the invitation for bids and becomes part of the project specifications. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-1 Waterloo Regional Airport 7 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 10-19 Drainage system. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-20 Engineer. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner to be responsible for engineering {inspection' observation of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-21 Equipment. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-22 Extra work. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. ... 10-23 FAA.The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation.When used to designate a person,FAA shall mean the Administrator or his or her duly authorized representative. 10-24 Federal specifications. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-25 Force account. Force account work is planning, engineering, or construction work done by the Sponsor's .. employees. 10-26 Inspector. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary observations and/or tests {obscrvation of tcoto}of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-27 Intention of terms. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction,requirement,permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended;and similarly,the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer,subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-28 Laboratory.The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. Also referred to as"Engineer's Laboratory"or"quality assurance laboratory." 10-29 Lighting.A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within �' f the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals,markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at,taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-30 Major and minor contract items. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20%of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-31 Materials.Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-32 Notice to Proceed (NTP). A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable,the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-33 Owner. The term "Owner" shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract.Where the term"Owner"is capitalized in this document,it shall mean airport Sponsor only. 10-34 Passenger Facility Charge(PFC). Per 14 CFR Part 158 and 49 USC §40117,a PFC is a charge imposed by a public agency on passengers enplaned at a commercial service airport it controls." 10-35 Pavement.The combined surface course,base course,and subbase course,if any, considered as a single unit. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 10-36 Payment bond.The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-37 Performance bond. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-38 Plans. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and "'9 details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract,supplementary to the specifications. 10-39 Project.The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-40 Proposal. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-41 Proposal guaranty. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his or her proposal is accepted by the Owner. 10-42 Runway.The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-43 Specifications. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-44 Sponsor.A Sponsor is defined in 49 USC §47102(24)as a public agency that submits to the FAA for an AIP grant; or a private Owner of a public-use airport that submits to the FAA an application for an AIP grant for the airport. 10-45 Structures. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines;water lines; underdrains;electrical ducts,manholes,handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. _4 10-46 Subgrade.The soil that forms the pavement foundation. 10-47 Superintendent. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer,and who shall supervise and direct the construction. "' 10-48 Supplemental agreement. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering (1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item,by more than 25%,such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract;or(2)work that is ...., not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-49 Surety. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds that are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-50 Taxiway. For the purpose of this document,the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of 7 an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways,aircraft parking areas,and terminal areas. 10-51 Work. The furnishing of all labor,materials,tools,equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract,plans,and specifications. 10-52 Working day. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the 'Z normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least six(6)hours toward completion ! of the contract. When work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, it will not be counted as a working day. Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work will be considered as working days. END OF SECTION 10 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-3 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP I Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank I�r FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 --, Section 20 Proposal Requirements and Conditions 20-01 Advertisement(Notice to Bidders). Not Needed — 20-02 Qualification of bidders. Each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his or her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency,unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition,each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his or her financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar --, year or the bidder's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his or her financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed,the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect the bidder's true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he or she is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports specified above. Each bidder shall submit"evidence of competency" and"evidence of financial responsibility" to the Owner at the time of bid opening. 20-03 Contents of proposal forms.The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms.All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. -- 20-04 Issuance of proposal forms. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: a. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations are cited, or —• otherwise included,in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. b. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force with the Owner at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. --, c.Documented record of Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. d.Documented record of unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. —I 20-05 Interpretation of estimated proposal quantities.An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials 1 to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly, or by implication, agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly -"4 therewith;nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities,or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection 40-02 titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 Examination of plans, specifications, and site. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans, specifications, and contract forms. Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the { character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-5 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C I examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract,plans,and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and _ agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which the bidder may make or obtain from his or her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. 20-07 Preparation of proposal. The bidder shall submit his or her proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed)both in words and numerals for which they propose to do for each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals,the words,unless obviously incorrect,shall govern. The bidder shall sign the proposal correctly and in ink.If the proposal is made by an individual,his or her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation,the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the r.. president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his or her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 Responsive and responsible bidder. A responsive bid conforms to all significant terms and conditions ` contained in the Sponsor's invitation for bid. It is the Sponsor's responsibility to decide if the exceptions taken by a bidder to the solicitation are material or not and the extent of deviation it is willing to accept. A responsible bidder has the ability to perform successfully under the terms and conditions of a proposed procurement, as defined in 49 CFR § 18.36(b)(8). This includes such matters as Contractor integrity, compliance with public policy,record of past performance,and financial and technical resources. 20-09 Irregular proposals.Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: a.If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner,or if the Owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. b. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind that make the proposal incomplete,indefinite,or otherwise ambiguous. c. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items,for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. — p d.If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. e.If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. �.. The Owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-10 Bid guarantee. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check,or collateral, shall be made payable to the Owner. 20-11 Delivery of proposal. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered,the sealed proposal,marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement or as modified by FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 Addendum before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-12 Withdrawal or revision of proposals. A bidder may withdraw or revise(by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by{f-u{ email before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-13 Public opening of proposals. Proposals shall be opened, and read,publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders,their authorized agents,and other interested persons are invited to attend.Proposals that have been withdrawn(by written or telegraphic request)or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-14 Disqualification of bidders.A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. b.Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. c. If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection 20-04 titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. END OF SECTION 20 " 7 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-7 Waterloo Regional Airport -� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C I Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 owl Section 30 Award and Execution of Contract ..T 30-01 Consideration of proposals. After the proposals are publicly opened and read,they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers,the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: a. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection 20-09 titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection 20-14 titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition,until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive .. technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise.All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02 Award of contract. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within sixty (60) calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals,unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the 11111114 cited requirements of the Owner. 30-03 Cancellation of award. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection 30-07 titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 Return of proposal guaranty. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as specified in the subsection 30-01 titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section.Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection 30-05 titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 Requirements of contract bonds. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds that have been fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. 30-06 Execution of contract. The successful bidder shall sign(execute)the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return the signed contract to the Owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection 30-05 titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. 30-07 Approval of contract. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 Failure to execute contract.Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection 30-06 titled EXECUTION OF FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 CONTRACT of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty,but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. END OF SECTION 30 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 1 i Section 40 Scope of Work 1 40-01 Intent of contract.The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion,in every detail,of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, ""1 transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications,and terms of the contract. 40-02 Alteration of work and quantities. The Owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner.Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25% (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations that do not exceed the 25% limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations that are for work —+ within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by"Change Orders"issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25% limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered twork shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. Supplemental agreements shall be approved by the FAA and shall include all applicable Federal contract provisions for procurement and contracting required under AIP. Supplemental agreements shall also require consent of the Contractor's surety and separate performance and payment bonds. 7 40-03 Omitted items.The Engineer may,in the Owner's best interest,omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. 7 Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be non-performed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection 90-04 titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 7 90. 40-04 Extra work. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or 1 supplemental agreements,the same shall be called"Extra Work."Extra Work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such Extra Work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall 7 contain any adjustment to the contract time that,in the Engineer's opinion,is necessary for completion of such Extra I Work. When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, the Engineer may order the Contractor to 1 proceed with Extra Work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of Section 90. Extra Work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project,but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as defined in the subsection 10-48 titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. 7 Any claim for payment of Extra Work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement)shall be rejected by the Owner. NNW 40-05 Maintenance of traffic. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel,is the most important consideration. a. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of ..� aircraft in the air operations areas(AOAs)of the airport with respect to his or her own operations and the operations 4 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-11 Waterloo Regional Airport 7 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C of all subcontractors as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80.It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection 70-15 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. b. With respect to his or her own operations and the operations of all subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying personnel, equipment, vehicles, storage areas, and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or ►- maintenance vehicles at the airport. c.When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road,street,or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the .r Contractor shall keep such road, street,or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the Contractor's equipment and personnel. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flag person, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD)(http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/),unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. 40-06 Removal of existing structures. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or ..� grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place,reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure(above or below ground)in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the r- provisions of the contract. — Except as provided in the subsection 40-07 titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be used in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so used in the work. 40-07 Rights in and use of materials found in the work. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections,the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste,the Contractor may at his or her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use;or, b.Remove such material from the site,upon written approval of the Engineer;or c.Use such material for the Contractor's own temporary construction on site;or, d.Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall request the Engineer's approval in - advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a.,b., or c.,the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price.The Contractor shall replace,at his or her own expense,such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to �- FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for use of such material used in the work or removed from the site. Aft Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. G' It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his or her exercise of option a.,b.,or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which "T is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or i removal is provided for in the contract,plans,or specifications. 40-08 Final cleanup. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the ".4 Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery,equipment,surplus and discarded materials,rubbish,temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. The Contractor shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent ..4 property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property Owner. '7 END OF SECTION 40 NM j 7 I 7 1 I 1p 1 7 H H FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-13 Waterloo Regional Airport 7 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C I Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 1 Section 50 Control of Work '" r 50-01 Authority of the Engineer. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress -".. of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specification requirements. 50-02 Conformity with plans and specifications.All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross-sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing II requirements that are specified(including specified tolerances)in the contract,plans or specifications. If the Engineer fords the materials furnished, work performed, or the fmished product not within reasonably close " conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his or her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety,economy,durability,and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, the Engineer will advis e se the Owner of his or her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in Aim place. In this event, the Engineer will document the determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on sound engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in the Engineer's opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract change order or supplemental agreement as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected "t work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract,plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's execution of the work, when,in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acce ptable e table finished dportion of the wo rk. o k. 7 For the purpose of this subsection, the term"reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA,to use sound engineering judgment in his or her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity, but will provide a finished product equal to or better than ~ that intended by the requirements of the contract,plans and specifications. I The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 Coordination of contract, plans, and specifications. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all.They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In "9 case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited advisory circulars (ACs); contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited ACs; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited ACs. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern. 7 From time to time, discrepancies within cited testing standards occur due to the timing of the change, edits, and/or replacement of the standards. If the Contractor discovers any apparent discrepancy within standard test methods,the Contractor shall immediately ask the Engineer for an interpretation and decision,and such decision shall be final. 9 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-15 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C LIST OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS — • PART 1 - LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS • PART 2 - FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT �. PROJECTS • CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND PHASING PLAN (CSPP) 50-04 Cooperation of Contractor. The Contractor will be supplied with five copies each of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and shall cooperate with the Engineer and his or her inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his or her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his or her authorized representative. 50-05 Cooperation between contractors. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or +* additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project,each Contractor shall conduct the work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors.Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability,financial or otherwise, in connection with his or her contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of — inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his or her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to .. interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall join his or her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. .. 50-06 Construction layout and stakes. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either their own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or their employees,resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper execution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The Contractor must give copies of survey notes to the Engineer for each area of construction and for each placement of material as specified to allow the Engineer to make periodic checks for conformance with plan grades, alignments and grade tolerances required by the applicable material specifications. All surveys must be provided to the Engineer prior to commencing work items that will cover or disturb the survey staking as set by the Contractor's surveyor. Survey(s)and notes shall be provided in the following format(s): Acrobat PDF.In the case of error,on — the part of the Contractor,their surveyor, employees or subcontractors,resulting in established grades, alignment or grade tolerances that do not concur with those specified or shown on the plans,the Contractor is solely responsible for correction,removal,replacement and all associated costs at no additional cost to the Owner. — No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents, for this labor, materials, or other expenses. The cost shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contract. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-16 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 ti.. a.Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking b.Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot(30-m)stations c.Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot(15-m)stations Subgrade blue tops at 25-foot (7.5-m) stations and 25-foot (7.5-m) offset distance (maximum) for the following section locations: a.Runway—minimum five(5)per station b.Taxiways—minimum three(3)per station c.Holding apron areas—minimum three(3)per station d.Roadways—minimum three(3)per station ") Base Course blue tops at 25-foot(7.5-m) stations and 25-foot(7.5-m) offset distance (maximum)for the following section locations: a.Runway—minimum five(5)per station b.Taxiways—minimum three(3)per station c.Holding apron areas—minimum three(3)per station Pavement areas: a.Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks(for stringline by Contractor)at 100-foot(30-m)stations. r.� b.Between Lifts at 25-foot(7.5-m)stations for the following section locations: (1)Runways—each paving lane width (2)Taxiways—each paving lane width (3)Holding areas—each paving lane width c.After finish paving operations at 50-foot(15-m)stations: *111 (1)All paved areas—Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot d.Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50-foot(15-m)stations and at all break points with maximum of 50-foot (15-m)offsets. e.Fence lines at 100-foot(30-m)stations minimum. f. Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, Visual Approach Slope Indicators (VASIs), Precision Approach Path Indicators (PAPIs),Runway End Identifier Lighting(REIL),Wind Cones,Distance Markers(signs),pull boxes and manholes. g.Drain lines,cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot(7.5-m)stations,inlet and manholes. "*1 h. Painting and Striping layout(pinned with 1.5 inch PK nails)marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting). i. Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a ..� minimum of once per 400 feet(120 m)per pass(that is,paving lane). The establishment of Survey Control and/or reestablishment of survey control shall be by a State Licensed Land Surveyor. Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 Automatically controlled equipment. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction,provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the ... contract. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-17 Waterloo Regional Airport 7AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 50-08 Authority and duties of inspectors. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation,fabrication,or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter,or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors are authorized to notify the Contractor or his or her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for a decision. 50-09 Inspection of the work. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. ._ If the Engineer requests it,the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed.After examination,the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable,the ►- uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable,the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. = Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the Owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 Removal of unacceptable and unauthorized work. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection 50-02 titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection 70-14 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been ... established by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so UNE done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs incurred by the Owner from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 Load restrictions. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his or her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his or her own expense. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 50-12 Maintenance during construction. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. Maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day,with adequate ,.� equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed,the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items,and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 Failure to maintain the work. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection 50-12 titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition.The time specified will ...� give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification,the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any ..y maintenance cost incurred by the Owner,shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 Partial acceptance. If at any time during the execution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, the Contractor may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, the Engineer may accept it as being complete, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 Final acceptance. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project,the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be complete in accordance with the contract,plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the fmal inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of fmal acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give '~ the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the fmal inspection,provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event,the Engineer will make the ..� fmal acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. ( 50-16 Claims for adjustment and disputes. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract,plans, or specifications or previously authorized as ..� extra work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his or her intention to claim such additional compensation before the Contractor begins the work on which the Contractor bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed,the Contractor shall,within 10 calendar days, submit a written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. lowest bidder pursuant to competitive bidding. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-19 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C On projects with original contract amounts in excess of$100,000, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in , functions or characteristics of the project, including but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design and safety standards -T- is provision shall not apply „ales the-proosai submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for consideration as a value engineering proposal. Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes-in-the basic sign-g a-pav€ment type, run ay and taxies lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the project. As a minimum,the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: a. A description of both existing contract requirements for performing the work and the proposed changes,with a discussion of the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each. b.An itemization of the contract requirements that must be changed if the proposal is adopted. c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work,under the existing contract and under the proposed changes. d.A statement of the time by which a change order adopting the proposal must be issued. e.A statement of the effect adoption of the proposal will have on the time for completion of the contract. f. The contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them. The Contractor may withdraw,in whole or in part,any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer,within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal that may be submitted. The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract until a date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a decision should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall a deemed rejected; savings from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings,the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's judgment such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. The Owner may require the Contractor toshare in the Owner's costs of investigating a cost reduction proposal h-a canditien is imposed, the Owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the contract. If the Contractor's cost reduction propo i i , change order that shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the plans and specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the involved work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. � o reduction proposal and the performance of the work. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 Acceptance of the cost reduction proposal and performance of the cost reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order. } END OF SECTION 50 I "1 1 1 I I j ,+3 I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-21 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 tam IRMO har tom Intentionally Left Blank 1c tams I irme FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-22 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 — "' Section 60 Control of Materials 60-01 Source of supply and quality requirements. The materials used in the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new(as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but,in all cases,prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option,materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products,the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications,the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in advisory circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, and Addendum that is in effect on the date of advertisement;and, b.Produced by the manufacturer as listed in the Addendum cited above for the certified equipment part number. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: L-823, Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors FAA AC 150/5345-26D L-824, Underground Cable for Airport Lighting Systems FAA AC 150/5345-7F L-830, Isolation Transformers, 60 Hz FAA AC 150/5345-47C L-858, Signs, Runway and Taxiway FAA AC 150/5345-44K L-861, Lights, Runway and Taxiway Edge, Medium Intensity FAA AC 150/5345-46E ..o L-867, Light Base, Non-Load Bearing FAA AC 150/5345-42H 60-02 Samples,tests,and cited specifications. Unless otherwise designated,all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, quality assurance tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods,which are current on the date of advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Engineer. "1 tiThe testing organizations performing on-site quality assurance field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his or her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples for quality assurance will be taken by a "'' qualified representative of the Engineer. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at their request after review and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required Quality Control tests. The ( Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified.All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to fmal payment,the Contractor shall submit a fmal report to the Engineer showing all test data reports,plus an analysis of all results showing ranges,averages,and corrective action taken on all failing tests. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-23 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 60-03 Certification of compliance. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by"brand name or equal"and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name,"the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a.Conformance to the specified performance,testing,quality or dimensional requirements;and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, the Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However,the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed"or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of ■- compliance. 60-04 Plant inspection. The Engineer or his or her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work.Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for — the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections,the following conditions shall exist: "' a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom the Engineer has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be r.. reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which,when retested,does not meet the requirements of the contract,plans,or specifications. 60-05 Engineer's field office. b of the field Engineers and inspectors, as a field office. This facility shall be an approved weatherproof building b 4 heat, air conditioning, and electricity' ). The Contractor and the Contractor's superintendent shall provide all • An Engineer' s field office is not required. �. 60-06 Storage of materials. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer.Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft.Unless otherwise shown FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 G-24 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written ..r permission of the Owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request,the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property Owner's permission. .. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his or her entire expense,except as otherwise agreed to(in writing)by the Owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 Unacceptable materials.Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work,unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Rejected material or assembly,the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to ,—, the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 Owner furnished materials. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except { those specified, if any, to be furnished by the Owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made available to the ..� Contractor at the location specified. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner- furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished O. material is used. After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified,the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material.The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-furnished materials. END OF SECTION 60 { I I 1 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-25 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank r FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-26 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 Nom Section 70 Legal Regulations and Responsibility to Public 70-01 Laws to be observed. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his or her officers,agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees. R 70-02 Permits,licenses,and taxes. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses,pay all charges, fees, and taxes,and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful execution of the work. 70-03 Patented devices, materials, and processes. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, the Contractor shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device,material or process,or any trademark or copyright,t, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs,expenses,and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement,at any time during the execution or after the completion of the work. rt 70-04 Restoration of surfaces disturbed by others. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner,such authorized work(by others)is indicated as follows: None Except as listed above,the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the Owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another ..dlib government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work,the Contractor shall cooperate with such Owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 Federal aid participation.For Airport Improvement Program(AIP)contracts,the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's)agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of Title 49 of the USC and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized ••� representatives of the FAA Administrator, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract,plans,or specifications. No requirement of the USC,the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere,in any way,with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 Sanitary, health, and safety provisions. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary y1 condition such accommodations for the use of his or her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health,or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-27 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Attention is directed to Federal,state,and local laws,rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary,hazardous,or dangerous to his or her health or safety. 70-07 Public convenience and safety. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to ... his or her own operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection 40-05 titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 Barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades,warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work.When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless �*- otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area (AOAs) shall be a maximum of 18 inches(0.5 m)high.Unless otherwise specified,barricades shall be spaced not more than 4 feet(1.2 m)apart.Barricades,warning signs,and markings shall be paid for under subsection 40-05. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. �-- When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish,erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of advisory circular(AC) 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles,and the Contractor's parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, .. Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. Imo The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades,warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their removal is directed by the Engineer. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted. 70-09 Use of explosives. The use of explosives will not be permitted. When the use of life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. of human occupancy. t _.. 70-10 Protection and restoration of property and landscape. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land ' 4 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-28 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the execution of the work,resulting from any act,omission,neglect,or misconduct in manner or method of executing the work,or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility shall not be released until the project has been �., completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof by the Contractor, the Contractor shall restore, at his or her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed,or the Contractor shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. ,..•41 70-11 Responsibility for damage claims. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers,and employees from all suits, actions, or claims, of any character,brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any ,.� other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his or her contract considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money is due, his or her surety may be held until such suits, actions, or claims for injuries or damages shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be "fila withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he or she is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 Third party beneficiary clause. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is 11°1 not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create for the public or any member thereof, a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. "A 70-13 Opening sections of the work to traffic. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging the work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner as described in the beleConstruction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) . ..� Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. ..� Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the "'! contract.Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his or her expense. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due 1 to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained AC 150/5370-2(see Special Provisions). Contractor shall refer to the approved Construction Safety Phasing Plan (CSPP) to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-29 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Imp 70-14 Contractor's responsibility for work. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed .. work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50,the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution - against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause,whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work.The Contractor shall rebuild,repair,restore,and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor,including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake,tidal wave,tornado,hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever,the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such r. precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his or her expense. During such period of suspension of work,the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seeding, and sodding furnished under the contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 Contractor's responsibility for utility service and facilities of others. As provided in the subsection 70-04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section,the Contractor shall cooperate �► with the Owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work.In addition,the Contractor shall control their operations to prevent the unscheduled ..• interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work,the approximate locations have been .... indicated on the plans and the Owners are indicated as follows: None It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or ._ encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall,upon execution of the contract,notify the Owners of all utility services or other facilities of his or her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided in this subsection and subsection 70-04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section.A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual Owners advised of changes in their plan of operations that would affect such Owners. Prior to beginning the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility,the Contractor shall again notify each such Owner of their plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion,the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the Owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the .• Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two days' notice shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's .� operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use hand excavation methods within 3 feet(1 m)of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise,the Contractor shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to ... prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-30 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to their operations whether due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his or her surety. 70-15.1 FAA facilities and cable runs. The Contractor is hereby advised that the construction limits of the project include existing facilities and buried cable runs that are owned, operated and maintained by the FAA. The Contractor, during the execution of the project work, shall comply with the following: a. The Contractor shall permit FAA maintenance personnel the right of _., access to the project work site for purposes of inspecting and maintaining all existing FAA owned facilities. b. The Contractor shall provide notice to the FAA Air Traffic Organization (ATO) /Technical Operations/System Support Center (SSC) Point-of-Contact through the airport [Owner] [operatorj [managcr] Airport Director a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to commencement of construction activities in order to permit sufficient time to locate and mark existing buried cables and to schedule any required facility outages. c. If execution of the project work requires a facility outage, the Contractor shall contact the FAA Point-of-Contact a minimum of 72 hours prior to the time of the required outage. d. Any damage to FAA cables, access roads, or FAA facilities during construction caused by the Contractor's equipment or personnel whether by negligence or accident will require the Contractor to repair or replace the damaged cables, access road, or FAA facilities to FAA requirements. The Contractor shall not bear the cost to repair damage to underground facilities or utilities improperly located by the FAA. e. If the project work requires the cutting or splicing of FAA owned cables, the FAA Point-of-Contact shall be contacted a minimum of 72 hours prior to the time the cable work commences. The FAA reserves the right to have a FAA representative on site to observe the splicing of the cables as a condition of acceptance. All cable splices are to be accomplished in accordance with FAA specifications and require approval by the FAA Point-of- Contact as a condition of acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor is hereby advised that FAA restricts the location of where splices may be installed. If a cable splice is required in a location that is not permitted by FAA, the Contractor shall furnish and install a sufficient length of new cable that eliminates the need for any splice. 70-16 Furnishing rights-of-way. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 70-17 Personal liability of public officials. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his or her authorized representatives,or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner.It is understood that in "1 such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 No waiver of legal rights. Upon completion of the work,the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work,nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his or her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his or her obligations under the contract.A FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-31 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any .. other or subsequent breach. The Contractor,without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud,or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 Environmental protection. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials y, and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 Archaeological and historical findings. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his or her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object .w that is incongruous with its surroundings, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract change order or supplemental agreement as provided in the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of Section 90.If appropriate,the contract change order or �-- supplemental agreement shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. END OF SECTION 70 ifte FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-32 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 e Section 80 Execution and Progress 80-01 Subletting of contract.The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated,qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide copies of all subcontracts to the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform, with his organization,an amount of work equal to at least thirty (3 0) percent of the total contract cost. Should the Contractor elect to assign his or her contract,said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval ( of the Owner. 80-02 Notice to proceed.The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in "1 any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-03 Execution and progress. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit their progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on { an' the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule,the Contractor shall,upon the Engineer's request, ,, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify their operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the execution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued i ` by the Owner. 80-04 Limitation of operations. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and the operations of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas(AOA)of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his or her operations within an AOA of the airport,the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AOA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection 70-08 titled BARRICADES, WARNING 1 SIGNS,AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AOA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AOA),the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AOA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AOA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AOA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AOA cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and shall be as provided in the Safety and Operations and Phasing Plans in the project plans. ations inf ml Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction(see Special Provisions). 80-04.1 Operational safety on airport during construction. All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) and the provisions set forth within the FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 G-33 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C current version of AC 150/5370-2. The CSPP included within the contract documents conveys minimum requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the CSPP. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the CSPP and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved CSPP unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. 80-05 Character of workers,methods,and equipment. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the ,► equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations or operational safety requirements and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper andIror skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall,at the written request of the Engineer,be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. • Should the Contractor fail to remove such persons or person, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper execution of the work,the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract,the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract,plans,and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract,the Contractor may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be .► in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If,after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, ... the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality,or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct.No change will be made in basis of payment low for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 Temporary suspension of the work. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as the Owner may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the execution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. Imo In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing,to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-34 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown.No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to ..4 suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his or her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. The Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the ..1 work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 Determination and extension of contract time. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: "`( a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his or her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any,that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The Engineer shall base his or her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1)No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least six (6) hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work ..� force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor,shall not be charged against the contract time. -, (2)The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The Contractor will be allowed one (1) week in which to file a written protest setting forth his or her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection 20-05 titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. b. Contract Time based on calendar days shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and includingall Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, y , y , and non- work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all work,due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-35 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the , actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. c.When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially complete. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his or her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, the Contractor may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended,make a written request to the Owner for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which the Contractor believes will justify the granting of his or her request. Requests for extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount of inclement weather exceeded what could normally be expected during the contract period. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for .� extension of time. If the supporting documentation justify the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, the Owner may extend the time for completion by a change order that adjusts the contract time or completion date. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect,the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 Failure to complete on time. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his or her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of the reasonable portion of damages, including but not limited to, additional engineering services that .. will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in their contract. Schedule Liquidated Damages Cost Allowed Construction Time Overall $500.00 150 Calendar Days Runway 12/30 $1,000.00 30 Calendar Days Closure The maximum construction time allowed for Schedules overall will be the sum of the time allowed for individual schedules but not more than 150 calendar days. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or — any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended,will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 Default and termination of contract.The Contractor shall be considered in default of his or her contract and — such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a.Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the Notice to Proceed,or -- b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment and/or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract,or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable,or d.Discontinues the execution of the work,or e.Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so,or f.Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt,or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency,or g.Allows any final judgment to stand against the Contractor unsatisfied for a period of 10 days,or k ' FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-36 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 h.Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors,or i.For any other cause whatsoever,fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason above, the Engineer shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract,to take the execution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other ..� methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner,together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 Termination for national emergencies. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the execution of war or in the interest of national defense. --. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall,at the option of the Contractor,be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his or her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 Work area, storage area and sequence of operations. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport.No operating runway,taxiway,or air operations area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his or her work in such a manner as to ensure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 4 0 0 feet from the centerline of an active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time.No equipment shall be within 2 0 0 feet of an active runway at any time. 7END OF SECTION 80 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-37 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank OMR FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-38 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 ... Section 90 Measurement and Payment 90-01 Measurement of quantities.All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer,or his I _.. or her authorized representatives,using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures(or leave-outs)having an area of 9 square feet(0.8 square meters)or less. Unless otherwise specified,transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. Mat In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe ^-� culverts and arches,and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inch. The term"ton"will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 lb(907 km)avoirdupois.All materials that are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail,the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material is paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs,and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable for the materials hauled, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, p ty, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. 0.11 When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing,material specified to be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards (cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. ~ Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon(liter) or ton(kg). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60°F(16°C)or will be corrected to the volume at 60°F(16°C)using ASTM D1250 for asphalts or ASTM D633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted,or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming,may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton(kg)or hundredweight(km). Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (MFBM) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-39 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 11 Reconstruct Taxiway C The term"lump sum"when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit(in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gauge,unit weight,section dimensions,etc.,such identification will be considered to be ... nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished,erected,and maintained by the Contractor,or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within 1/2%of the correct weight throughout the range of use.The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of 1% of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound(454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams,dials,platforms,and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound(2.3 km)weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. ti.. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1%. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been underweighing(indicating less than correct weight),they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment,shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the fmal quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer.If revised dimensions result .. in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 Scope of payment. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner,and for all risk, loss, damage,or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the execution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection 70-18 titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of r. Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item,this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or •�• specifications. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-40 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 90-03 Compensation for altered quantities. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned payment e original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted.No allowance, except�as provided for in the subsection 40-02 titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his or her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items,or from any other cause. 90-04 Payment for omitted items.As specified in the subsection 40-03 titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40,the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work(order nonperformance)any contract item,except major contract items,in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable the Engineer's order to omit or non-perform such contract item. p prior to Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. 90-05 Payment for extra work. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or `' supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. 90-06 Partial payments. Partial payments will be made to the Contractor at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates, prepared by the Engineer, of the value of the work performed and materials complete and in place, in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection 90-07 titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section.No partial payment will be made when the amount due to the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. The Contractor is required to pay all subcontractors for satisfactory performance of their contracts no later than 30 days after the Contractor has received a partial payment. The Owner must ensure prompt and full payment of retainage from the prime Contractor to the subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. A subcontractor's work ` is satisfactorily completed when all the tasks called for in the subcontract have been accomplished and documented as required by the Owner. When the Owner has made an incremental acceptance of a portion of a prime contract, the work of a subcontractor covered by that acceptance is deemed to be satisfactorily completed. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, five (5) percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WIT: HELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (ninety-five (95) percent) inocrt balincc of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his or her option, as provided in the subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such percent retainage shall be deducted. When at least 95% of the work has been completed, the Engineer shall, at the Owner's discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare estimates of both the contract value and the cost of the remaining work to be done. 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-41 AECOM Project#60537973-BP I Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C The Owner may retain an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. — It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on in he oposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental ofal work except when such exin excess of those cess quantitiesrhave been determined by the Engineer to be a part of supplemental agreements, P the fmal quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity.All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of fmal payment as provided in the subsection 90- ... 09 titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of this contract before the fmal payment is made. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release in full,the Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any potential lien or other such claim. The bond or collateral shall include all costs, expenses, and attorney fees the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging any such lien or claim. 90-07 Payment for materials on hand. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of .• materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract,plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial ... payment after the following conditions are met: a.The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d.The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title(free of liens or encumbrances of any kind)to the material so stored or stockpiled. ..• e. The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract,plans,and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or .. the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in .. } accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 Payment of withheld funds.At the Contractor's option, if an Owner withholds retainage in accordance with the methods described in subsection 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS, the Contractor may request that the Owner deposit the retainage into an escrow account. The Owner's deposit of retainage into an escrow account is subject to the following conditions: a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow ►. agreement acceptable to the Owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and having a value not less than the retainage that would otherwise be .. withheld from partial payment. i G-42 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AMP r ject#6053 95 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 AECOM Project#60537973 BP1 ti., c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owner. d.The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. -., 90-09 Acceptance and final payment. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or —" advise the Engineer of the Contractor's objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the fmal quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation .. of fmal quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection 50-16 titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved,or approved under protest,the Engineer's final estimate, and after the Engineer's d receipt of the project closeout documentation required in subsection 90-11 Project Closeout, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum,or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest,determined to be due the '1 Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection 50-16 titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances.Upon fmal adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. Pursuant to Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa, the Owner is required to retain, from all payments to the Contractor, 5 percent of the payment amount to be held for a period of not less than 30 days following final acceptance of the work. The amount so retained will be paid to the Contractor at the end of said 30-day period, provided that no claims or liens have been filed against said Contract. In the event that, at the end of said 30-day period, claims are on file as herein provided, the Owner shall continue to retain from said unpaid funds a sum not less than double the total amount of all claims on file, or the full 5 percent retainage amount, whichever is less. —"i 90-10 Construction warranty. a. In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect in equipment, material, workmanship, or design furnished,or performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor or supplier at any tier. b. This warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. If the Owner takes possession of any part of the work before final acceptance,this warranty shall continue for a period of 7 one year from the date the Owner takes possession. However, this will not relieve the Contractor from corrective I items required by the fmal acceptance of the project work. c. The Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any failure to conform, or any defect. In addition, 1 the Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any damage to Owner real or personal property, when that damage is the result of: (1)The Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements;or 1 (2)Any defect of equipment,material,workmanship,or design furnished by the Contractor. d. The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms and conditions of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced will run for one year from the date of repair or replacement. t e. The Owner will notify the Contractor, in writing,within seven (7) days after the discovery of any failure, —, defect,or damage. i FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-43 1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 f. If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage within 14 days after receipt of notice, the Owner shall have the right to replace,repair, or otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense. g. With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from subcontractors,manufacturers, or suppliers for work ,,. performed and materials furnished under this contract,the Contractor shall: (1)Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; (2) Require all warranties to be executed, in writing, for the benefit of the Owner,as directed by the Owner,and(3)Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the Owner. h.This warranty shall not limit the Owner's rights with respect to latent defects,gross mistakes,or fraud. 90-11 Project closeout.Approval of fmal payment to the Contractor is contingent upon completion and submittal of the items listed below. The final payment will not be approved until the Engineer approves the Contractor's final submittal.The Contractor shall: a.Provide two(2)copies of all manufacturers warranties specified for materials,equipment,and installations. b.Provide weekly payroll records(not previously received)from the general Contractor and all subcontractors. c.Complete final cleanup in accordance with subsection 40-08,FINAL CLEANUP. d.Complete all punch list items identified during the Final Inspection. e.Provide complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of the Contract. f. Provide a certified statement signed by the subcontractors, indicating actual amounts paid to the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE)subcontractors and/or suppliers associated with the project. g.When applicable per state requirements,return copies of sales tax completion forms. h.Manufacturer's certifications for all items incorporated in the work. '•' i.All required record drawings,as-built drawings or as-constructed drawings. j.Project Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Manual. k. Security for Construction Warranty. 1.Equipment commissioning documentation submitted, if required. ... m. Lien waivers for Prime Contractor and all subcontractors. END OF SECTION 90 G-44 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AIP r ject#6053 95 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Section 100 Contractor Quality Control Program 100-01 General. When the specification requires a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that - will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors.Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified here and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: — a.Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. C.Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present,at the preconstruction conference,their understanding of the 7quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. No partial pay ment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. Paving projects over $500,000 shall have a Quality Control (QC)/Quality Assurance (QA) workshop with the Engineer, Contractor, subcontractors, testing laboratories, and Owner's representative at start of construction. The workshop shall address QC and QA requirements of the project specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate with -z the Airport and the Engineer on time and location of the QC/QA workshop. 100-02 Description of program. ,, a. General description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform quality control inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. "-� b.Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document that shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction, or off-site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval at least five 5 calendar days before the Preconstruction Conference. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan and Quality Control testing laboratory must be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to the Notice to Proceed (NTP). The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address,as a minimum,the following items: "1 a.Quality control organization b.Project progress schedule 1 c.Submittals schedule d.Inspection requirements 1e.Quality control testing plan FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-45 7 AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C f.Documentation of quality control activities g.Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that is deemed oft.necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. 100-03 Quality control organization. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational chart shall be developed to show all .� quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function,and shall indicate the total staff ... required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program,including inspection and testing for each item of work.If necessary, different technicians can be used for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program,the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100- 03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall,as a minimum,consist of the following personnel: �. a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time on—site employee of the Contractor,or a consultant engaged by the Contractor.The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of five(5) years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least one of the following requirements: (1)Professional Engineer with one(1)year of airport paving experience. (2)Engineer-in-training with two(2)years of airport paving experience. (3) An individual with three (3) years of highway and/or airport paving experience, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering,Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials technician certified at Level III by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies(NICET). %" (5)Highway materials technician certified at Level III by NICET. (6)Highway construction technician certified at Level III by NICET. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with five (5) years of highway and/or airport paving experience. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications.The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person .� can be at the job site within two(2)hours after being notified of a problem. b. Quality control technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either Engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of two (2) years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the following functions: (1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical r. specifications,and as required by subsection 100-06. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-46 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and subsection 100-07. (3)Performance of density tests for the Engineer when required by the technical specifications. Certification at an equivalent level,by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification. c. Staffing levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different work elements. 100-04 Project progress schedule. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedule for all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method(CPM), Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities,milestone dates,and activity duration. The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. i 100-05 Submittals schedule. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (for example, mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number b.Item description c.Description of submittal d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal —1 e. Scheduled date of submittal 100-06 Inspection requirements. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all defmable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified '1 by subsection 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment used in 7 proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. b. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the 1 quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment used in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be j inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. I 100-07 Quality control testing plan. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional "1 quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control processes. q Y production and/or construction The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall,as a minimum,include the following: I 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-47 Waterloo Regional Airport 1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 {+ Reconstruct Taxiway C I ` I a. Specification item number(for example,P-401) b.Item description(for example,Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements) c.Test type(for example,gradation,grade,asphalt content) d. Test standard(for example,ASTM or American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)test number,as applicable) e. Test frequency (for example, as required by technical specifications or minimum frequency when requirements are not stated) f.Responsibility(for example,plant technician) g.Control requirements(for example,target,permissible deviations) ... The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D3665.The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by subsection 100-08. 100-08 Documentation. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations,causes for rejection,etc.;proposed remedial action;and corrective actions taken. These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include,but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: ... a. Daily inspection reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the following: (1)Technical specification item number and description (2)Compliance with approved submittals low (3)Proper storage of materials and equipment (4)Proper operation of all equipment (5)Adherence to plans and technical specifications �-- (6)Review of quality control tests (7)Safety inspection. The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found,causes for rejection,and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. b. Daily test reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that will record all quality control test results.Daily test reports shall document the following information: (1)Technical specification item number and description (2)Test designation (3)Location (4)Date of test 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-48 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 -. (5)Control requirements (6)Test results -" (7)Causes for rejection (8)Recommended remedial actions (9)Retests Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical specifications,the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 Corrective action requirements. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be — taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole,and for individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications,the Contractor shall establish and use statistical quality ~ control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 Surveillance by the Engineer. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production,manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed here and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall ..9 be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of either on- site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 Noncompliance. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the —, Engineer or his or her authorized representative to the Contractor or his or her authorized representative at the site of the work,shall be considered sufficient notice. b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor Quality Control Program or '� the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program,as determined by the Engineer,the Engineer may: (1)Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2)Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions are taken. END OF SECTION 100 i 1 H FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-49 il AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C 16. r.. Intentionally Left Blank E L L. G-50 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AMP r ject#6053 95 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 NEM Section 105 Mobilization 105-1 Description. This item shall consist of work and operations, but is not limited to, work and operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment,material and supplies to and from the project site for work on the project except as provided in the contract as separate pay items. 105-1.1 Posted notices. Prior to commencement of construction activities the Contractor must post the following documents in a prominent and accessible place where they may be easily viewed by all employees of the prime Contractor and by all employees of subcontractors engaged by the prime Contractor: Equal Employment ..1 Opportunity (EEO) Poster "Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" in accordance with the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Executive Order 11246, as amended; Davis Bacon Wage Poster(WH 1321) -DOL "Notice to All Employees" Poster; Applicable Davis-Bacon Wage Rate Determination and listing of 2 4- hour emergency contacts. These notices must remain posted until fmal acceptance of the work by the Owner. 105-2 Basis of measurement and payment. Based upon the contract lump sum price for "Mobilization" partial payments will be allowed as follows: a.With first pay request,25%. b. When 25%or more of the original contract is earned,an additional 25%. c. When 50%or more of the original contract is earned,an additional 40%. d.After Final Inspection, Staging area clean-up and delivery of all Project Closeout materials as required by 90- 11,the final 10%. W. END OF SECTION 105 --, 1 " 7 7 7 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-51 ^� AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Waterloo Regional Airport If Reconstruct Taxiway C i Intentionally Left Blank — f sue. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-52 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 Section 110 Method of Estimating Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL) 110-01 General. When the specifications provide for acceptance of material based on the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL), the PWL will be determined in accordance with this section.All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. The PWL is computed using the sample average (X)and sample standard deviation(Sn) of the specified number(n)of sublots for the lot and the specification tolerance limits, L for lower and U for upper, for the particular acceptance parameter.From these values,the respective Quality index,QL for Lower Quality Index and/or Qu for Upper Quality Index, is computed and the PWL for the lot for the specified n is determined from Table 1. All specification limits specified in the technical sections shall be absolute values. Test results used in the calculations shall be to the significant figure given in the test procedure. There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only a small fraction of production material (the population) is sampled and tested. This uncertainty exists because all portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability that material produced at the acceptable quality level is rejected or subjected to a pay adjustment.The Owner's risk is the probability that material produced at the rejectable quality level is accepted. It is the intent of this section to inform the Contractor that, in order to consistently offset the Contractor's risk for material evaluated, production quality (using population average and population standard deviation) must be maintained at the acceptable quality specified or higher. In all cases, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to produce at quality levels that will meet the specified acceptance criteria when sampled and tested at the frequencies specified. 110-02 Method for computing PWL.The computational sequence for computing PWL is as follows: a.Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the random sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the requirements of the specification. --, c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. d.Find the sample average(X)for all sublot values within the lot by using the following formula: X=(Xi+X2+X3+...Xn)/n Where:X=Sample average of all sublot values within a lot x1,x2=Individual sublot values n=Number of sublots e.Find the sample standard deviation(Sn)by use of the following formula: Sn=[0112+d22+d32+...(1n2)/(n-1)]112 Where: Sn=Sample standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set d1,d2=Deviations of the individual sublot values x1,x2, ... from the average value X that is:d1=(x1-X),d2=(x2-X) ... do=(xn-X) n=Number of sublots f. For single sided specification limits (that is, L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula: QL=(X-L)/Sn Where:L=specification lower tolerance limit 11 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-53 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the column appropriate to the total number(n)of measurements. If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table,use the next higher value of PWL. g.For double-sided specification limits(that is,L and U),compute the Quality Indexes QL and Qu by use of the following formulas: QL=(X-L)/S„ �. and Qu=(U-X)/S. Where:L and U=specification lower and upper tolerance limits .� Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Qu,using the column appropriate to the total number(n)of measurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below Pu for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table,use the next higher value of PL or Pu. Determine the PWL by ` use of the following formula: PWL=(Pu+PL)- 100 Where: PL=percent within lower specification limit Pu=percent within upper specification limit EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project:Example Project Test Item: Item P-401,Lot A. A.PWL Determination for Mat Density. �.. 1.Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 =96.60 A-2=97.55 A-3=99.30 A-4=98.35 L. n=4 2.Calculate average density for the lot. L. X=(x1+x2+x3+. . .xn)/n X=(96.60+97.55+99.30+98.35)/4 X=97.95%density 3.Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. S.=[((96.60-97.95)2+(97.55-97.95)2+(99.30-97.95)2+(98.35 -97.95)2))/(4- 1)11/2 Sn= [(1.82+0.16+ 1.82+0.16)/311/2 Sn= 1.15 4.Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot.(L=96.3) QL=(X-L)/S„ QL=(97.95 -96.30)/1.15 QL= 1.4348 i 5.Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL 1.44 and n=4. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-54 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 f.. PWL=98 B.PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1.Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 =5.00 A-2=3.74 A-3=2.30 A-4=3.25 2.Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X=(xi+x2+x3 . . .n)/n X=(5.00+3.74+2.30+3.25)/4 X=3.57% 3.Calculate the standard deviation S.for the lot. S.=[((3.57-5.00)2+(3.57-3.74)2+(3.57-2.30)2+(3.57-3.25)2)/(4- 1)11/2 Sn=[(2.04+0.03 + 1.62+0.10)/3[1/2 S„= 1.12 4.Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot.(L=2.0) QL=(X-L)/S. QL=(3.57-2.00)/ 1.12 QL= 1.3992 "1 5.Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL= 1.41 and n=4. PL=97 6.Calculate the Upper Quality Index Qu for the lot. (U=5.0) Qu=(U-X)/So Qu=(5.00-3.57)/ 1.12 Qu= 1.2702 7.Determine PU by entering Table 1 with Qu= 1.29 and n=4. PU=93 8.Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL=(PL+PU)- 100 PWL=(97+93)- 100=90 EXAMPLE OF OUTLIER CALCULATION(REFERENCE ASTM E178) Project: Example Project ... Test Item: Item P-401,Lot A. A. Outlier Determination for Mat Density. 1.Density of four random cores taken from Lot A arranged in descending order. A-3=99.30 A-4=98.35 •� A-2=97.55 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-55 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C A-1 =96.60 2.Use n=4 and upper 5%significance level of to find the critical value for test criterion= 1.463. 3.Use average density, standard deviation,and test criterion value to evaluate density measurements. _ a.For measurements greater than the average: If(measurement-average)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, then the measurement is not considered an outlier For A-3,check if(99.30 -97.95)/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.174 is less than 1.463,the value is not an outlier. b. For measurements less than the average: If(average-measurement)/(standard deviation)is less than test criterion, then the measurement is not considered an outlier. For A-1,check if(97.95 -96.60)/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.435 is less than 1.463,the value is not an outlier. Note: In this example,a measurement would be considered an outlier if the density were: Greater than(97.95 + 1.463 x 1.15)=99.63% OR less than(97.95 - 1.463 x 1.15)=96.27%. Table 1.Table for Estimating Percent of Lot Within Limits(PWL) Percent Within Positive Values of Q(Qi,and Qu) Limits (Pi,and PO n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 99 1.1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1.9520 1.9994 2.0362 98 1.1524 1.4400 1.6016 1.6982 1.7612 1.8053 1.8379 1.8630 97 1.1496 1.4100 1.5427 1.6181 1.6661 1.6993 1.7235 1.7420 96 1.1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.5497 1.5871 1.6127 1.6313 1.6454 95 1.1405 1.3500 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 1.5381 1.5525 1.5635 ,- 94 1.1342 1.3200 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4717 1.4829 1.4914 93 1.1269 1.2900 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112 1.4199 1.4265 92 1.1184 1.2600 1.3088 1.3323 1.3461 1.3554 1.3620 1.3670 91 1.1089 1.2300 1.2683 1.2860 1.2964 1.3032 1.3081 1.3118 90 1.0982 1.2000 1.2290 1.2419 1.2492 1.2541 1.2576 1.2602 89 1.0864 1.1700 1.1909 1.1995 1.2043 1.2075 1.2098 1.2115 88 1.0736 1.1400 1.1537 1.1587 1.1613 1.1630 1.1643 1.1653 87 1.0597 1.1100 1.1173 1.1192 1.1199 1.1204 1.1208 1.1212 86 1.0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1.0794 1.0791 1.0789 85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1.0435 1.0413 1.0399 1.0389 1.0382 84 1.0119 1.0200 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 1.0000 0.9990 - 83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0.9671 0.9643 0.9624 0.9610 82 0.9749 0.9600 0.9452 0.9367 0.9315 0.9281 0.9258 0.9241 81 0.9550 0.9300 0.9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928 0.8901 0.8882 80 0.9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583 0.8554 0.8533 79 0.9124 0.8700 0.8478 0.8360 0.8291 0.8245 0.8214 0.8192 78 0.8897 0.8400 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0.7915 0.7882 0.7858 77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 0.7716 0.7640 0.7590 0.7556 0.7531 76 0.8417 0.7800 0.7535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271 0.7236 0.7211 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 0.7009 0.6958 0.6922 0.6896 74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649 0.6613 0.6587 73 0.7636 0.6900 0.6617 0.6477 0.6396 0.6344 0.6308 0.6282 72 0.7360 0.6600 0.6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044 0.6008 0.5982 71 0.7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747 0.5712 0.5686 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-56 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 Percent Within Positive Values of - Limits Q(QL and QU) (Pi and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5582 0.5504 0.5454 0.5419 0.5394 69 0.6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164 0.5130 0.5105 - 68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 0.4844 0.4820 67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 0.4560 0.4537 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4355 0.4310 0.4280 0.4257 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4030 0.4001 0.3980 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0.3753 0.3725 0.3705 63 0.4586 0.3900 0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0.3477 0.3451 0.3432 62 0.4251 0.3600 0.3392 0.3295 0.3239 0.3203 0.3179 0.3161 61 0.3911 0.3300 0.3107 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931 0.2908 0.2892 60 0.3568 0.3000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 0.2660 0.2639 0.2624 59 0.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391 0.2372 0.2358 58 0.2872 0.2400 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 0.2122 0.2105 0.2093 57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0.1855 0.1840 0.1829 56 0.2164 0.1800 0.1688 0.1636 0.1607 0.1588 0.1575 0.1566 55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1406 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322 0.1312 0.1304 54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057 0.1049 0.1042 53 0.1087 0.0900 0.0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0793 0.0786 0.0781 52 0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 0.0534 0.0528 0.0524 0.0521 51 0.0363 0.0300 0.0281 0.0272 0.0267 0.0264 0.0262 0.0260 50 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 - Percent Within Negative Values of Limits Q(QL and QL.) (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 49 -0.0363 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0.0267 -0.0264 -0.0262 -0.0260 48 -0.0725 -0.0600 -0.0562 -0.0544 -0.0534 -0.0528 -0.0524 -0.0521 47 -0.1087 -0.0900 -0.0843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0.0793 -0.0786 -0.0781 46 -0.1447 -0.1200 -0.1125 -0.1090 -0.1070 -0.1057 -01049 -0.1042 45 -0.1806 -0.1500 -0.1406 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 -0.1312 -0.1304 44 -0.2164 -0.1800 -0.1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1588 -0.1575 -0.1566 43 -0.2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -0.1911 -0.1877 -0.1855 -0.1840 -0.1829 42 -0.2872 -0.2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122 -0.2105 -0.2093 41 -0.3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0.2391 -0.2372 40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0.2738 -0.2691 -0.2660 -0.2639 -0.2624 39 -0.3911 -0.3300 -0.3107 -0.3016 -0.2964 -0.2931 -0.2908 38 -0.4251 -0.3600 -0.3392 -0.3295 -0.3239 -0.3203 -0.3179 -0.38161 37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0.3477 -0.3451 -0.3432 36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0.3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0.3753 -0.3725 -0.3705 35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4030 -0.4001 -0.3980 34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4355 -0.4310 -0.4280 -0.4257 - 33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 -0.4560 -0.4537 32 -0.6187 -0.5400 -0.5129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877 -0.4844 -0.4820 31 -0.6490 -0.5700 -0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164 -0.5130 -0.5105 - 30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0.5719 -0.5582 -0.5504 -0.5454 -0.5419 -0.5394 29 -0.7077 -0.6300 -0.6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747 -0.5712 -0.5686 28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0.6095 -0.6044 -0.6008 -0.5982 27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344 -0.6308 -0.6282 _, 26 -0.7904 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0.6649 -0.6613 -0.6587 25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0.7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 -0.6922 -0.6896 24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 -0.7236 -0.7211 23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0.7640 -0.7590 -0.7556 -0.7531 -- 22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915 -0.7882 -0.7858 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-57 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C Percent Within Positive Values of Q(QL and Qu) Limits(Pi,and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 21 -0.9124 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0.8360 -0.8291 -0.8245 -0.8214 -0.8192 _ 20 -0.9342 -0.9000 -0.8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 -0.8554 -0.8533 19 -0.9550 -0.9300 -0.9123 -0.9025 -0.8966 -0.8928 -0.8901 -0.8882 18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0.9367 -0.9315 -0.9281 -0.9258 -0.9241 17 -0.9939 -0.9900 -0.9785 -0.9715 -0.9671 -0.9643 -0.9624 -0.9610 16 -1.0119 -1.0200 -1.0124 -1.0071 -1.0037 -1.0015 -1.0000 -0.9990 15 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1.0467 -1.0435 -1.0413 -1.0399 -1.0389 -1.0382 14 -1.0448 -1.0800 -1.0817 -1.0808 -1.0800 -1.0794 -1.0791 -1.0789 13 -1.0597 -1.1100 -1.1173 -1.1192 -1.1199 -1.1204 -1.1208 -1.1212 12 -1.0736 -1.1400 -1.1537 -1.1587 -1.1613 -1.1630 -1.1643 -1.1653 11 -1.0864 -1.1700 -1.1909 -1.1995 -1.2043 -1.2075 -1.2098 -1.2115 10 -1.0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1.2492 -1.2541 -1.2576 -1.2602 - 9 -1.1089 -1.2300 -1.2683 -1.2860 -1.2964 -1.3032 -1.3081 -1.3118 8 -1.1184 -1.2600 -1.3088 -1.3323 -1.3461 -1.3554 -1.3620 -1.3670 7 -1.1269 -1.2900 -1.3508 -1.3810 -1.3991 -1.4112 -1.4199 -1.4265 _� 6 -1.1342 -1.3200 -1.3946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4717 -1.4829 -1.4914 5 -1.1405 -1.3500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 -1.5525 -1.5635 4 -1.1456 -1.3800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1.5871 -1.6127 -1.6313 -1.6454 3 -1.1496 -1.4100 -1.5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 -1.7235 -1.7420 2 -1.1524 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1.7612 -1.8053 -1.8379 -1.8630 1 -1.1541 -1.4700 -1.6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 -1.9520 -1.9994 -2.0362 END OF SECTION 110 G-58 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AMP Project #6053 95 Reconstruct Taxiway C-N&S of Runway 12/30 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 PART 1 LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS. Contractor's supervisory employees shall obtain Security Clearance prior to having access to any area on the Airport within the limits of the perimeter fence(the 8'and 10'chain link fence). Other contractor employees who have a need for access to a work area on the Airport must be escorted by an employee with current Security Clearance. The Security-Cleared employee shall have no more than 10 employees under his/her direct supervision. This employee shall be in direct contact and control of and be responsible for all employees under his/her supervision at all times. The procedure for a Contractor's employee to obtain Security Clearance is as follows. a. Obtain fingerprint form from the Airport Administration. Provide data on the fingerprint form and take it to the Waterloo Police Department office in City Hall. Fingerprinting will be conducted by the Waterloo Police Department. Return the completed fingerprint form to the Airport Administration. The cost of fingerprinting at the Waterloo Police Department is$10.00 per person,to be paid at time of fingerprinting. b. The completed fingerprint form that has been returned to the Airport Administration will be forwarded for a criminal background check. emik c. After the background check is completed,which takes approximately 7-10 days,Airport Administration will issue approval notice of unescorted access to the airfield. d. Prior to access to the airfield,the person(s)are required to attend a Driver Training Program at the airport. This program takes approximately two(2)hours to complete. e. In addition to the cost of fingerprinting,a non-refundable payment in the amount of$100 is required for each Airport Security Clearance Request. This payment is due to the Waterloo Regional Airport when the completed fingerprint form is returned to Airport Administration. Each company or agency must provide the Airport Administration with a list of individuals who have or are requesting Airport Security Clearance. 1.02 INSURANCE. i ! 1. GENERAL. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance to protect the Contractor and the Waterloo Regional Airport against all hazards enumerated herein throughout the duration of the Contract. All policies shall be in the amounts,form and companies satisfactory to the Waterloo Regional Airport. Insurance coverage will be considered acceptable when certificates of insurance required herein state that thirty(30) ••� days'written notice will be given to the Waterloo Regional Airport before the policy is cancelled or changed. All f certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the Waterloo Regional Airport prior to the time that any operations under the Contract are awarded. All of said Contractor's certificates of insurance shall be written in an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Iowa or,if written in an insurance company not authorized to do business in the State of Iowa,by an insurance company approved by the Waterloo Regional Airport. "Insurance," "insurance policy"or"insurance contract," when used in this code, shall have the same meaning as "insurance policy"and"insurance contract"under Section 507B.2 of the Code of Iowa provided,however,that when "insurance"as demonstrated by an"insurance policy"or"insurance contract"is required to be posted,presented or demonstrated to exist by any person or other entity by this code or by virtue of any Contract, bid request, specification,rule or other action or request of the Waterloo Regional Airport said"insurance policy"or"contract of insurance"shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis and not on a claims-made basis and the person or other entity shall provide evidence of such coverage through an"insurance policy,""contract of insurance"or"certificate of insurance"which clearly discloses on its face coverage on an occurrence basis,except as to insurance coverage FAA AIP#3-19-0094-45 SP-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C { I I required for asbestos removal which may be provided on a claims-made basis when it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Waterloo Regional Airport that occurrence coverage is not reasonably available. 2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract,whether such operations be by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: Immo a. Claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; b. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of the Contractor's employees; c. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; d. Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor,or (2) by any other person; ..r e. Claims for damages, other than to the work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;and f. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 3. LIMITS OF LIABILITY. The insurance required by Section 2 shall be written for not less than any limits of liability specified herein,or required by law,whichever is greater: a. General Liability; $2,000,000 Combined (including products-completed single limit per operations;independent occurrence. contractors;underground, explosion&collapse hazards; and standard broad form liability endorsement) $2,000,000 Aggregate b. Automobile Liability; $1,000,000 Combined (including all owned, single limit non-owned and hired autos) low c. Workers'Compensation Statutory Benefits $100,000 Coverage B d. Umbrella Liability; $2,000,000 Combined Imp (applying directly in single limit excess of above liability $2,000,000 Aggregate coverages) — 4. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY INSURANCE. The insurance required by Section 2 shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations as follows: a. To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Waterloo Regional Airport,the City of Waterloo and AECOM, and their agents, officers and employees from and against all FAA AIP#3-19-0094-45 SP-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C claims,damages,losses and expenses,including,but not limited to attorney's fees,arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work,provided that any such claim,damage,loss or expense: (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the work itself)including the loss of use resulting therefrom,and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Section 4. •-, b. In any and all claims against the Waterloo Regional Airport,the City of Waterloo and AECOM,or any of their agents, officers or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,the indemnification obligation under this Section 4, shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts,disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts. } c. The obligations of the Contractor under this Section 4,shall not extend to the liability of AECOM,their agents { or employees,arising out of: (1) The preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions,reports, surveys, change orders, designs or Specifications,or (2) The giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by AECOM, their agents or employees providing such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 5. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE FOR OTHER LOSSES. For the consideration in this agreement heretofore stated, `e4 in addition to Contractor's other obligations,the Contractor assumes full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools owned by the mechanics, any tool machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor,the Contractor's agents,Subcontractor's material men or the Contractor's or their .,t employees,as well as to shed or other temporary structures,scaffolding and stagings,protective fences,bridges and sidewalk hooks. The Contractor shall also assume responsibility for all loss or damage caused by, arising out of or incident to larceny,theft or any cause whatsoever(except as hereinbefore provided)to the structure on which the work of this Contract,and any modifications alterations,enlargement thereto,is to be done,and to items and labor connected or to be used as a part of the permanent materials,and supplies necessary to the work. 6. NOTIFICATION IN EVENT OF LIABILITY OR DAMAGE. Upon the occurrence of any event,the liability for which i.s herein assumed,the Contractor agrees to forthwith notify the Waterloo Regional Airport in writing,such happening,which notice shall forthwith give the details as to the happening,the cause as far as can be ascertained, the estimate of loss or damage done,the names of witnesses,if any,and stating the amount of any claim. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES. The construction progress schedule shall be prepared in accordance with the following: a) Contractor shall indicate hours of daily operations. b) No work shall be done on Sundays or legal holidays without written permission of Owner. However,emergency work may be done without prior permission. c) The schedule shall be in the form of a horizontal bar chart. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-45 SP-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 (1) Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade,activity or operation. (2) Horizontal Time Scale: Identify first work day of each week. (3) Scale and spacings to allow space for notations and future revisions. d) The format of the listing shall be in chronological order of the start of each item of work. e) Show dates for beginning and completion of each major element of construction. 0Show projected percentage of completion for each item as of first day of each month. 1.. 1.04 CONVICT LABOR. No convict labor may be employed under this contract. 1.05 WITHHOLDING: SPONSOR FROM CONTRACTOR. Whether or not payments or advances to the Waterloo Regional Airport are withheld or suspended by the FAA,the Waterloo Regional Airport may withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. 1.06 NONPAYMENT OF WAGES. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages required by this contract,the Waterloo Regional Airport,after written notice ler to the contractor, shall take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. 1.07 SUBCONTRACTS. The contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraph 1.04 and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into,together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. END OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS Imo FAA AIP#3-19-0094-45 SP-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C PART 2 FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT PROJECTS SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS PART A - FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT CONTRACTS APPLICATION OF REFERENCES ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "CONTRACTOR", "BIDDER", AND "OFFEROR" SHALL PERTAIN TO THE PRIME CONTRACTOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SUI3CONTRACTOR" SHALL PERTAIN TO ANY AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE PRIME CONTRACTOR OR A SUBCONTRACTOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "CONSULTANT" SHALL PERTAIN TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER (A/E) UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE SPONSOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SUBCONSULTANT" SHALL PERTAIN TO ANY AND ALL ✓ SUBCONSULTANTS UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE A/E. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SPONSOR" AND "OWNER" SHALL PERTAIN TO -- THE STATE, CITY, AIRPORT AUTHORITY OR OTHER PUBLIC ENTITY EXECUTING CONTRACTS WITH THE PRIME CONTRACTOR AND/OR THE A/E. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS 3 BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCE 3 CIVIL RIGHTS—GENERAL 3 CIVIL RIGHTS—TITLE VI ASSURANCES 3 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE 6 ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS 7 FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT(FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE) 7 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 7 RIGHT TO INVENTIONS 7 SEISMIC SAFETY 8 TRADE RESTRICTION CERTIFICATION 8 VETERAN'S PREFERENCE 9 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $2,000 COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK' ACT 10 DAVIS-BACON REQUIREMENTS 10 Page 1 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $3,500 DISTRACTED DRIVING 16 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $10,000 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENT 17 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY(EEO) 18 PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS 23 PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES 24 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT 24 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $25,000 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION 27 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $100,000 _ CONTRACT WORKHOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT REQUIREMENTS 28 LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES 29 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $150,000 BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS 30 CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 30 Page 2 of 30 Revised April 18,2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200.333, 2 CFR § 200.336, and FAA Order 5100.38 The Contractor must maintain an acceptable cost accounting system.The Contractor agrees to provide the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives, access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts and transcriptions. The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three years after final payment is made and all pending matters are closed. BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCE Reference: 49 USC § 50101 The contractor agrees to comply with 49 USC § 50101, which provides that Federal funds may not be obligated unless all steel and manufactured goods used in AIP funded projects are produced in the United States, unless the FAA has issued a waiver for the product; the product is listed as an Excepted Article, Material Or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation subpart 25.108; or is included in the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued list. A Bidder or Offeror must complete and submit the Buy America certification included herein with their bid or offer. The Owner will reject as nonresponsive any bid or offer that does not include a completed Certificate of Buy American Compliance. CIVIL RIGHTS—GENERAL Reference: 49 USC § 47123 The Contractor agrees that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive Orders and such rules as are promulgated to ensure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision binds the Contractor and subtier contractors from the bid solicitation period through the completion of the contract. This provision is in addition to that required of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. CIVIL RIGHTS—TITLE VI ASSURANCES Title VI Solicitation Notice The Sponsor, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in Page 3 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. Compliance with Nondiscrimination Requirements During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: — 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor(hereinafter includes Consultants) will comply with the Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, as they may be amended from time to time, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Non-discrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, will not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases — of equipment. The Contractor will not participate directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by the Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, including employment practices when the contract covers any activity, project, or program set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR — Part 21. 3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations, either by competitive bidding, or negotiation made by the Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials, or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier will be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Nondiscrimination Acts And —' Authorities on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports: The Contractor will provide all information and reports required — by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration to be pertinent to — ascertain compliance with such Nondiscrimination Acts And Authorities and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish the information, the Contractor will so certify to the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration, as appropriate, and will set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of a Contractor's noncompliance with the Non- discrimination provisions of this contract, the Sponsor will impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Aviation Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: i. Withholding payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor complies; and/or — ii. Cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs one — through six in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the Regulations and directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor will take action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as — the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such Page 4 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such direction, the Contractor may request the Sponsor to enter into any litigation to protect the interests of the Sponsor. In addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Authorities During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees to comply with the following non-discrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited to: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq., 78 stat. 252), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin); • 49 CFR Part 21 (Non-discrimination In Federally-Assisted Programs of The Department of Transportation—Effectuation of Title VI of The Civil Rights Act of 1964); • The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 U.S.C. § 4601), (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects); • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.), as amended, (prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR part 27; • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of age); • Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 USC § 471, Section 47123), as amended, (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex); • The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987, (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope, coverage and applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms "programs or activities" to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not); • Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131— 12189) as implemented by Department of Transportation regulations at 49 CFR parts 37 and 38; • The Federal Aviation Administration's Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. § 47123) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex); • Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, which ensures non-discrimination against minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations; Page 5 of 30 Revised April 18,2016 • Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency, and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of limited English proficiency(LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs (70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100); • Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating because of sex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq). DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE Reference: 49 CFR Part 26 Solicitation Language (Project Goal) The Owner's award of this contract is conditioned upon Bidder or Offeror satisfying the good faith effort requirements of 49 CFR §26.53. As a condition of bid responsiveness, the Bidder or Offeror must submit the following information with their proposal on the forms provided herein: (1) The names and addresses of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)firms that will participate in the contract; (2) A description of the work that each DBE firm will perform; (3) The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm listed under(1) — (4) Written statement from Bidder or Offeror that attests their commitment to use the DBE firm(s) listed under(1) to meet the Owner's project goal; -- (5) If Bidder or Offeror cannot meet the advertised project DBE goal; evidence of good faith efforts undertaken by the Bidder or Offeror as described in appendix A to 49 CFR Part 26. The successful Bidder or Offeror must provide written confirmation of participation from each of the DBE firms the Bidder or Offeror lists in their commitment. This Bidder or Offeror must submit the DBE's written confirmation of participation within 5 days of receiving the Owners notice of — award or with the proposal documents as a condition of bid responsiveness. • Contract Assurance(§ 26.13) _ The Contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract.The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy, as the recipient deems appropriate. Prompt Payment(§26.29) The Prime Contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this Prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than thirty(30) calendar days from the receipt of each payment the Prime Contractor receives from the Owner. The Prime Contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within thirty(30) calendar days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above — Page 6 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the Owner. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. Race/Gender Neutral The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 apply to this contract. It is the policy of the Owner to practice nondiscrimination based on race, color, sex or national origin in the award or performance of this contract.The Owner encourages participation by all firms qualifying under this solicitation regardless of business size or ownership. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(H) The Contractor and subcontractor(s) agree to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency as contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6201et seq). FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT(FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE) Reference: 29 USC § 201, et seq. -- All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the provisions of 29 CFR Part 201, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), with the same force and effect as if given in full text. The FLSA sets minimum wage, overtime pay, recordkeeping, and child labor standards for full and part time workers. The Contractor/Consultant has full responsibility to monitor compliance to the referenced statute or regulation. The Contractor/Consultant] must address any claims or disputes that arise from this requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor—Wage and Hour Division. — OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 Reference: 20 CFR Part 1910 All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910 with the same force and effect as if given in full text. Contractor must provide a work environment that is free from recognized hazards that may cause death or serious physical harm to the employee.The Contractor retains full responsibility to monitor its compliance and their subcontractor's compliance with the applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (20 CFR Part 1910). Contractor must address any claims or disputes that pertain to a referenced requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor— Occupational Safety and Health Administration. RIGHT TO INVENTIONS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(F) and 37 CFR §401 Contracts or agreements that include the performance of experimental, developmental, or research work must provide for the rights of the Federal Government and the Owner in any resulting Page 7 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 invention as established by 37 CFR Part 401, Rights to Inventions Made by Non-profit Organizations and Small Business Firms under Government Grants, Contracts, and Cooperative Agreements. This contract incorporates by reference the patent and inventions rights as specified within in the 37 CFR §401.14. Contractor must include this requirement in all sub-tier contracts involving experimental, developmental or research work. SEISMIC SAFETY Reference: 49 CFR Part 41 The Contractor agrees to ensure that all work performed under this contract, including work performed by subcontractors, conforms to a building code standard that provides a level of seismic safety substantially equivalent to standards established by the National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program (NEHRP). Local building codes that model their code after the current version of the International Building Code (IBC) meet the NEHRP equivalency level for seismic safety. TRADE RESTRICTION CERTIFICATION Reference: 49 USC § 50104 and 49 CFR Part 30 By submission of an offer, the Offeror certifies that with respect to this solicitation and any resultant contract, the Offeror: a) is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of -- countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (U.S.T.R.); b) has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the U.S.T.R; and c) has not entered into any subcontract for any product to be used on the Federal project that is produced in a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker _ subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. The Offeror/Contractor must provide immediate written notice to the Owner if the Offeror/Contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The Contractor must require subcontractors provide immediate written notice to the Contractor if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no contract shall be awarded to an Offeror or subcontractor: (1) who is owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. or Page 8 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 (2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list or (3) who incorporates in the public works project any product of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list; Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a Contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. The Offeror agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely on the certification of a prospective subcontractor that it is not a firm from a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by U.S.T.R, unless the Offeror has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making an award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Owner or the FAA. VETERAN'S PREFERENCE Reference: 49 USC § 47112(c) In the employment of labor (excluding executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), the Contractor and all sub-tier contractors must give preference to covered veterans as defined within Title 49 United States Code Section 47112. Covered veterans include Vietnam-era veterans, Persian Gulf veterans, Afghanistan-Iraq war veterans, disabled veterans, and small business concerns (as defined by 15 U.S.C. 632) owned and controlled by disabled veterans. This preference only applies when there are covered veterans readily available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. Page 9 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$2,000 COPELAND"ANTI-KICKBACK'ACT Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(D) and 29 CFR Parts 3 & 5 ,... Contractor must comply with the requirements of the Copeland "Anti-Kickback" Act (18 U.S.C. 874 and 40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulation 29 CFR part 3. Contractor and subcontractors are prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed on the project to give up any part of the compensation to which the employee is entitled. The Contractor and each Subcontractor must submit to the Owner, a weekly statement on the wages paid to each employee performing on covered work during the prior week. Owner must report any violations of the Act to the Federal Aviation Administration. DAVIS-BACON REQUIREMENTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(D) and 29 CFR Part 5 — 1. Minimum Wages (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act(29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe — benefits (or cash equivalent thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to — exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often _ than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage — determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time — actually worked therein: Provided that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed.The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under(1)(ii) of this section) and the — Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. — (ii) (A) thru (D) (A)The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including — helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under Page 10 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and — (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period — that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the — classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination.The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D)The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(ii) (B) or (C) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanlics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonalbly anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program,provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met.The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2. Withholding The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written -- request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be Page 11 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 withheld from the Contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same Prime Contractor, so much of the accrued !` payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Federal Aviation Administration _ may, after written notice to the Contractor, Sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. _ 3. Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of _ wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the _ Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii) (A) thru (D) (A)The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the Federal Aviation Administration if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, Sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration.The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly _ transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security number).The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. _ Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts/dbra.htm or its successor site.The Prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current Page 12 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the Federal Aviation Administration if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit them to the applicant, Sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration, the Contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a Prime Contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the Prime Contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the sponsoring government agency(or the applicant, Sponsor, or owner). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR § 5.5(a)(3)(ii), the appropriate information is being maintained under 29 CFR § 5.5 (a)(3)(i) and that such information is correct and complete; (2) That each laborer and mechanic (including each helper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions — have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C)The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D)The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (iii)The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the Contractor, Sponsor, applicant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and Trainees. (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment Page 13 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice.The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a Contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate -- specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship — program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii)Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal — certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration.The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at — not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate that is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work Page 14 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen _ under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. S. Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. 7. Contract Termination:Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in paragraph 1 through 10 of this section may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes; arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of Eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii)The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. Page 15 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$3,500 DISTRACTED DRIVING Reference: Executive Order 13513 and DOT Order 3902.10 In accordance with Executive Order 13513, "Federal Leadership on Reducing Text Messaging While Driving" (10/1/2009) and DOT Order 3902.10 "Text Messaging While Driving" (12/30/2009),the FAA encourages recipients of Federal grant funds to adopt and enforce safety policies that decrease crashes by distracted drivers, including policies to ban text messaging while driving when performing work related to a grant or sub-grant. In support of this initiative, the Owner encourages the Contractor to promote policies and initiatives for its employees and other work personnel that decrease crashes by distracted drivers, including policies that ban text messaging while driving motor vehicles while performing work activities — associated with the project. The Contractor must include the substance of this clause in all sub-tier contracts exceeding $3,500 and involve driving a motor vehicle in performance of work activities associated with the project. — Page 16 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$10,000 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENT Reference: 41 CFR Part 60-4 and Executive Order 11246 1. The Bidder's or Offeror's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables Goals for minority participation for each trade: 4.7% Goals for female participation in each trade: 6.9% These goals are applicable to all of the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally-assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and non-federally involved construction. -- The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects.The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of$10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this notice and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is 101 Waterloo, IA: SMSA Counties: 8920 Waterloo-Cedar Falls, IA IA Black Hawk Page 17 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY(EEO) Reference: 2 CFR 200,Appendix II(C), 41 CFR § 60-1.4, 41 CFR § 60-4.3, and Executive Order 11246 ._ During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1)The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because _ of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identify or national origin. Such action — shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship.The contractor agrees to post in — conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2)The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of — the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. — (3)The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4)The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5)The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (6) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with — procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. -- (7)The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor.The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or — purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such _ Page 18 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S.Treasury Department Form 941; d. "Minority" includes: (1) Black (all) persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original _ peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any of the — original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of$10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by — the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors shall be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7.a through 7.p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each Page 19 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in a geographical area where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the _ geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal _ Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246 nor the — regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the non-working training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting — the goals, such apprentices and trainees shall be employed by the Contractor during the training period and the Contractor shall have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. — Trainees shall be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: — a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The — Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such — sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide — written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. _ c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source, or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such — individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be — documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which — the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or female sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its — obligations. Page 20 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. _ f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female, and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 4:1 CFR Part 60-3. I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices,job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. Page 21 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to — minority and female Contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations, which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7.a through 7.p). The efforts of a Contractor — association,joint Contractor union, Contractor community, or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7.a through 7.p of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively -- participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a — good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an — obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The w. Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non- minority. Consequently, if the particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for — example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally,) the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized. 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from — Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the — implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. Page 22 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 — 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours — worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing, herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws — which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS Reference: 2 CFR § 200.322 and 40 CFR Part 247 Contractor and subcontractor agree to comply with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247. In the performance of this contract and to the extent practicable, the Contractor and subcontractors are to use of products containing the highest percentage of recovered materials for -- items designated by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under 40 CFR Part 247 whenever: a) The contract requires procurement of$10,000 or more of a designated item during the fiscal year; or, b) The Contractor has procured $10,000 or more of a designated item using Federal funding during the previous fiscal year. The list of EPA-designated items is available at https://www3.epa.Rov/epawaste/conserve/tools/cpg/products/. Section 6002(c) establishes exceptions to the preference for recovery of EPA-designated products if the Contractor can demonstrate the item is: _ a) Not reasonably available within a timeframe providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; b) Fails to meet reasonable contract performance requirements; or c) Is only available at an unreasonable price. Page 23 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES Reference: 41 CFR § 60 (a)The Contractor agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Contractor agrees that a breach of this clause is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. (b) "Segregated facilities," as used in this clause, means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation,and housing facilities provided for employees, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin because of written or oral policies or employee custom.The term does not include separate or single-user rest rooms or — necessary dressing or sleeping areas provided to assure privacy between the sexes. (c)The Contractor shall include this clause in every subcontract and purchase order that is subject — to the Equal Opportunity clause of this contract. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(B) and FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10, Section 80-09 Termination for Convenience (Construction & Equipment Contracts) — The Owner may terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time by providing written notice to the Contractor. Such action may be without cause and without prejudice to any other right or — remedy of Owner. Upon receipt of a written notice of termination, except as explicitly directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with the following obligations regardless of any delay in determining or adjusting amounts due under this clause:1. Contractor must immediately discontinue work as specified in the written notice. 2. Terminate all subcontracts to the extent they relate to the work terminated under the — notice. 3. Discontinue orders for materials and services except as directed by the written notice.4. Deliver to the owner all fabricated and partially fabricated parts, completed and partially completed work, supplies, equipment and materials acquired prior to termination of the work and as directed in the written notice.5. Complete performance of the work not terminated by the notice. 6. Take action as directed by the owner to protect and preserve property and work related to this contract that Owner will take possession. Owner agrees to pay Contractor for: a) completed and acceptable work executed in accordance with the contract documents prior to the effective date of termination; Page 24 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 b) documented expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing work and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the contract documents in connection with uncompleted work; c) reasonable and substantiated claims, costs and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and d) reasonable and substantiated expenses to the Contractor directly attributable to Owner's termination action Owner will not pay Contractor for loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from the Owner's termination action. The rights and remedies this clause provides are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. Termination for Default(Construction) — Section 80-C)9 of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10 establishes conditions, rights and remedies associated with Owner termination of this contract due default of the Contractor. Termination for Default(Equipment) The Owner may, by written notice of default to the Contractor, terminate all or part of this Contract if the Contractor: 1. Fails to commence the Work under the Contract within the time specified in the Notice-to- Proceed; 2. Fails to make adequate progress as to endanger performance of this Contract in accordance with its terms; 3. Fails to make delivery of the equipment within the time specified in the Contract, including any Owner approved extensions; 4. Fails to comply with material provisions of the Contract; 5. Submits certifications made under the Contract and as part of their proposal that include false or fraudulent statements; 6. Becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy; If one or more of the stated events occur, the Owner will give notice in writing to the Contractor and Surety of its intent to terminate the contract for cause. At the Owner's discretion, the notice may allow the Contractor and Surety an opportunity to cure the breach or default. If within [10] days of the receipt of notice, the Contractor or Surety fails to remedy the breach or default to the satisfaction of the Owner, the Owner has authority to acquire equipment by other procurement action.The Contractor will be liable to the Owner for any excess costs the Owner incurs for acquiring such similar equipment. Payment for completed equipment delivered to and accepted by the Owner shall be at the Contract price.The Owner may withhold from amounts otherwise due the Contractor for such completed equipment, such sum as the Owner determines to be necessary to protect the Owner against loss because of Contractor default. Page 25 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 Owner will not terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work under this clause if the delay in completing the work arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such acceptable causes include: acts of God, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, and severe weather events that substantially exceed normal conditions for the location. If, after termination of the Contractor's right to proceed, the Owner determines that the Contractor was not in default, or that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the same as if the Owner issued the termination for the convenience the Owner. -- The rights and remedies of the Owner in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. _ Page 26 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$25,000 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION Reference: 2 CFR Part 180 (Subpart C), 2 CFR Part 1200, DOT Order 4200.5 CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER OR OFFEROR REGARDING DEBARMENT By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, the Bidder or Offeror certifies that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred or suspended by any Federal department or agency from participation in this transaction. CERTIFICATION OF LOWER TIER CONTRACTORS REGARDING DEBARMENT The successful Bidder, by administering each lower tier subcontract that exceeds $25,000 as a "covered transaction", must verify each lower tier participant of a "covered transaction" under the project is not presently debarred or otherwise disqualified from participation in this federally assisted project. The successful Bidder will accomplish this by: 1. Checking the System for Award Management at website: https://www.sam.gov. 2. Collecting a certification statement similar to the Certificate Regarding Debarment and Suspension (Bidder or Offeror), above. 3. Inserting a clause or condition in the covered transaction with the lower tier contract If the FAA later determines that a lower tier participant failed to disclose to a higher tier participant that it was excluded or disqualified at the time it entered the covered transaction, the FAA may pursue any available remedies, including suspension and debarment of the non-compliant participant. Page 27 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$100,000 CONTRACT WORKHOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT REQUIREMENTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II (E)1. Overtime Requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic — receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. — In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such — Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual — laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause. 3. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages.The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same Prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2) of this clause. — 4. Subcontractors. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs(1) through (4) and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this clause. Page 28 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES Reference: 31 U.S.C. § 1352— Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 2 CFR part 200, Appendix II(J), and 49 CFR part 20, Appendix A CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING The Bidder or Offeror certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the Bidder or Offeror, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub-grants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub-recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352,Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. Page 29 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$150,000 BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(A)Any violation or breach of terms of this contract on the part of the Contractor/Consultant or its subcontractors/subconsultants may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action that may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. Owner will provide Contractor/Consultant written notice that describes the nature of the breach and corrective actions the Contractor/Consultant must undertake in order to avoid termination of the contract. Owner reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor/Consultant until such time the Contractor/Consultant corrects the breach or the Owner elects to terminate the contract. The Owner's notice will identify a specific date by which the Contractor/Consultant must correct the — breach. Owner may proceed with termination of the contract if the Contractor/Consultant fails to correct the breach by deadline indicated in the Owner's notice. The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder are in addition to, and not a limitation of, any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. _ CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL _ References: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(G) Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, and regulations issued pursuant _ to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 740-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. § 1251-1387).The Contractor agrees to report any violation to the Owner immediately upon discovery.The Owner assumes responsibility for notifying the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) and the Federal Aviation Administration. Page 30 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PART 3 FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR 150/5370-2F OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORTS DURING CONSTRUCTION U.S.D Advisoryepartment of Transportation • Federal Aviation Circular Administration Subject: Operational Safety on Date: 9/29/11 AC No: 150/5370-2F Airports During Construction Initiated by: AAS-1 00 1. Purpose.This AC sets forth guidelines for operational safety on airports during construction. 2. What this AC Cancels.This AC cancels AC 150/5370-2E, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction,dated January 17,2003. 3. Whom This AC Affects.This AC assists airport operators in complying with Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations(CFR)Part 139, Certification of Airports(Part 139). For those certificated airports, this AC provides one way, but not the only way,of meeting those requirements. The use of this AC is mandatory for those airport construction projects receiving funds under the Airport Improvement Program (AIP)or the Passenger Facility Charge(PFC)Program. See Grant Assurance No. 34, "Policies, Standards, and Specifications,"and PFC Assurance No. 9, "Standard and Specifications." While we do not require non-certificated airports without grant agreements to adhere to these guidelines,we recommend that they do so to help these airports maintain operational safety during construction. 4. Principal Changes. a. Construction activities are prohibited in safety areas while the associated runway or taxiway is open to aircraft. b. Guidance is provided in incorporating Safety Risk Management. c. Recommended checklists are provided for writing Construction Safety and Phasing Plans and for daily inspections. 5. Reading Material Related to this AC.Numerous ACs are referenced in the text of this AC.These references do not include a revision letter, as they are to be read as referring to the latest version. Appendix 1 contains a list of reading material on airport construction, design, and potential safety hazards during construction, as well as instructions for obtaining these documents. dop Michael J. t I onnell Director of Airport Safety and Standards AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 L. Intentionally Left Blank --ISeptember 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Table of Contents Chapter 1. Planning an Airfield Construction Project 1 101. Overview. 1 102. Plan for Safety. 1 103. Develop a Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP). 2 104. Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction? 3 Chapter 2. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 7 201. Overview. 7 ^ 202. Assume Responsibility. 7 203. Submit the CSPP. 7 204. Meet CSPP Requirements. 7 205. Coordination. 11 206. Phasing. 11 207. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity. 12 208. Navigation Aid(NAVAID)Protection. 13 "-, 209. Contractor Access. 13 210. Wildlife Management. 15 211. Foreign Object Debris(FOD)Management. 16 212. Hazardous Materials(HAZMAT)Management. 16 " 213. Notification of Construction Activities. 16 214. Inspection Requirements. 17 215. Underground Utilities. 17 " 216. Penalties. 17 217. Special Conditions. 17 218. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. 18 219. Marking and Signs for Access Routes. 24 1 220. Hazard Marking,Lighting and Signing. 24 221. Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. 26 222. Other Limitations on Construction. 28 --w Chapter 3. Guidelines for Writing a CSPP 31 301. General Requirements. 31 302. Applicability of Subjects. 31 303. Graphical Representations. 31 7 304. Reference Documents. 31 305. Restrictions. 31 306. Coordination. 31 -• 307. Phasing. 32 308. Areas and Operations Affected By Construction. 32 309. Navigation Aid(NAVAID)Protection. 33 310. Contractor Access. 33 `-, 311. Wildlife Management. 34 i 312. Foreign Object Debris(FOD)Management. 34 313. Hazardous Materials(HAZMAT)Management. 34 ...1 314. Notification of Construction Activities. 35 i 315. Inspection Requirements. 35 316. Underground Utilities. 35 317. Penalties. 35 "'7 318. Special Conditions. 35 I 319. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. 35 320. Marking and Signs for Access Routes. 36 '-.1 322. Hazard Marking and Lighting. 36 322. Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. 36 323. Other Limitations on Construction. 36 Appendix 1. Related Reading Material 37 -1iii i AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Appendix 2. Definition of Terms 39 Appendix 3. Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 43 Appendix 4. Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist 51 List of Tables Table 3-1 Sample Operations Effects 32 List of Figures Figure 2-1 Markings for a Temporarily Closed Runway 19 Figure 2-2 Taxiway Closure 20 Figure 2-3 Lighted X in Daytime 22 Figure 2-4 Lighted X at Night 22 Figure 2-5 Interlocking Barricades 25 Figure 2-6 Low Profile Barricades 25 iv September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Chapter 1. Planning an Airfield Construction Project 101. Overview.Airports are complex environments, and procedures and conditions associated with construction activities often affect aircraft operations and can jeopardize operational safety. Safety considerations are paramount and may make operational impacts unavoidable.However, careful planning, scheduling, and coordination of construction activities can minimize disruption of normal aircraft operations and avoid situations that compromise the airport's operational safety. The airport operator must understand how construction activities and aircraft operations affect one another to be able to develop an effective plan to complete the project. While the guidance in this AC is primarily used for construction operations, some of the concepts,methods and procedures described may also enhance the day-to-day airport maintenance operations, such as lighting maintenance and snow removal operations. 102. Plan for Safety.Safety,maintaining aircraft operations, and construction costs are all interrelated. Since safety must not be compromised,the airport operator must strike a balance between maintaining aircraft operations and construction costs. This balance will vary widely depending on the operational needs and resources of the airport and will require early coordination with airport users and the FAA.As the project design progresses,the necessary construction locations,activities, and associated costs will be identified.As they are identified,their impact to airport operations must be assessed. Adjustments are made to the proposed construction activities, often by phasing the project, and/or to airport operations in order to maintain operational safety. This planning effort will ultimately result in a project Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP).The development of the CSPP takes place through the following five steps: a. Identify Affected Areas.The airport operator must determine the geographic areas on the airport affected by the construction project. Some, such as a runway extension,will be defined by the project. Others may be variable, such as the location of haul routes and material stockpiles. b. Describe Current Operations.Identify the normal airport operations in each affected area for each phase of the project. This becomes the baseline from which the impact on operations by construction activities can be measured. This should include a narrative of the typical users and aircraft operating 1 within the affected areas. It should also include information related to airport operations:the Aircraft Reference Code(ACRC)for each runway;Airplane Design Group(ADG) and Taxiway Design Group (TDG)1 for each affected taxiway; designated approach visibility minimums; available approach and departure procedures; most demanding aircraft; declared distances; available air traffic control services; airport Surface Movement Guidance and Control System plan; and others. The applicable seasons, days and times for certain operations should also be identified as applicable. c. Allow for Temporary Changes to Operations.To the extent practical,current airport operations should be maintained during the construction. In consultation with airport users,Aircraft ..1 Rescue and Fire Fighting(ARFF)personnel, and FAA Air Traffic Organization(ATO)personnel,the 1 airport operator should identify and prioritize the airport's most important operations.The construction activities should be planned,through project phasing if necessary,to safely accommodate these —1 regardless When the construction activities cannot be adjusted to safely maintain current operations, regardless of their importance,then the operations must be revised accordingly.Allowable changes include temporary revisions to approach procedures,restricting certain aircraft to specific runways and taxiways, suspension of certain operations, decreased weights for some aircraft due to shortened runways, 1 Taxiway Design Group will be introduced in AC 150/5300-13A. 1 Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project 1 AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 and other changes.An example of a table showing temporary operations versus current operations is lim shown in Table 3-1 Sample Operations Effects. d. Take Required Measures to Revised Operations.Once the level and type of aircraft operations to be maintained are identified,the airport operator must determine the measures required to safely conduct the planned operations during the construction. These measures will result in associated costs, which can be broadly interpreted to include not only direct construction costs,but also loss of revenue from impacted operations.Analysis of costs may indicate a need to reevaluate allowable changes to operations. As aircraft operations and allowable changes will vary so widely among airports,this AC presents general guidance on those subjects. e. Manage Safety Risk. Certain airport projects may require the airport operator to provide a Project Proposal Summary to help the FAA to determine the appropriate level of Safety Risk Management(SRM)documentation.The airport operator must coordinate with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office early in the development of the CSPP to determine the need for SRM documentation. See FAA Order 5200.11,FAA Airports(ARP) Safety Management System(SMS), for more information. If the FAA requires SRM documentation,the airport operator must at a minimum: (1) Notify the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office during the project "scope development"phase of any project requiring a CSPP. (2) Provide documents identified by the FAA as necessary to conduct SRM. (3) Participate in the SRM process for airport projects. (4) Provide a representative to participate on the SRM panel. (5) Ensure that all applicable SRM identified risks elements are recorded and mitigated within the CSPP. 103. Develop a Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP).Development of an effective CSPP will require familiarity with many other documents referenced throughout this AC. See Appendix 1, Related Reading Material for a list of related reading material. a. List Requirements.A CSPP must be developed for each on-airfield construction project funded by the Airport Improvement Program(AIP)or the Passenger Facility Charge(PFC)program or located ... on an airport certificated under Part 139.As per Order 5200.11, such projects do not include construction, rehabilitation,or change of any facility that is entirely outside the air operations area, does not involve any expansion of the facility envelope and does not involve construction equipment,haul routes or placement of material in locations that require access to the air operations area, increase the facility envelope,or impact line-of-sight. Such facilities may include passenger terminals and parking or other structures. However, extraordinary circumstances may trigger the need for a Safety Assessment and a CSPP. The CSPP is subject to subsequent review and approval under the FAA's Safety Risk Management procedures(see paragraph 102.e above).Additional information may be found in Order 5200.11. b. Prepare a Safety Plan Compliance Document.The Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD) '" details how the contractor will comply with the CSPP.Also, it will not be possible to determine all safety plan details(for example specific hazard equipment and lighting,contractor's points of contact, construction equipment heights)during the development of the CSPP. The successful contractor must define such details by preparing an SPCD that the airport operator reviews for approval prior to issuance of a notice-to-proceed. The SPCD is a subset of the CSPP, similar to how a shop drawing review is a subset to the technical specifications. Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project 2 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F c. Assume Responsibility for the CSPP.The airport operator is responsible for establishing and enforcing the CSPP. The airport operator may use the services of an engineering consultant to help develop the CSPP.However,writing the CSPP cannot be delegated to the construction contractor. Only those details the airport operator determines cannot be addressed before contract award are developed by the contractor and submitted for approval as the SPCD. The SPCD does not restate nor propose —. differences to provisions already addressed in the CSPP. 104. Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction? a. Establish a Safety Culture.Everyone has a role in operational safety on airports during construction:the airport operator,the airport's consultants,the construction contractor and subcontractors, airport users,airport tenants,ARFF personnel,Air Traffic personnel, including Technical Operations personnel,FAA Airports Division personnel, and others. Close communication and coordination between all affected parties is the key to maintaining safe operations. Such communication and coordination should start at the project scoping meeting and continue through the completion of the project.The airport operator and contractor should conduct onsite safety inspections throughout the project and immediately remedy any deficiencies,whether caused by negligence,oversight,or project scope change. b. Assess Airport Operator's Responsibilities.An airport operator has overall responsibility for all activities on an airport, including construction. This includes the predesign,design,preconstruction, construction,and inspection phases.Additional information on the responsibilities listed below can be found throughout this AC. The airport operator must: (1) Develop a CSPP that complies with the safety guidelines of Chapter 2,Construction Safety and Phasing Plans, and Chapter 3, Guidelines for Writing a CSPP. The airport operator may develop the CSPP internally or have a consultant develop the CSPP for approval by the airport operator. For tenant sponsored projects, approve a CSPP developed by the tenant or its consultant. (2) Require,review and approve the SPCD by the contractor that indicates how it will comply with the CSPP and provides details that cannot be determined before contract award. (3) Convene a preconstruction meeting with the construction contractor,consultant,airport employees and, if appropriate,tenant sponsor and other tenants to review and discuss project safety before beginning construction activity.The appropriate FAA representatives should be invited to attend the meeting. See AC 150/5300-9,Predesign, Prebid, and Preconstruction Conferences for Airport Grant Projects. (Note"FAA"refers to the Airports Regional or District Office,the Air Traffic Organization, Flight Standards Service, and other offices that support airport operations, flight regulations,and construction/environmental policies.) (4) Ensure contact information is accurate for each representative/point of contact identified in the CSPP and SPCD. (5) Hold weekly or,if necessary,daily safety meetings with all affected parties to .� coordinate activities. (6) Notify users,ARFF personnel,and FAA ATO personnel of construction and conditions that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport via Notices to Airmen(NOTAM) and other methods, as appropriate. Convene a meeting for review and discussion if necessary. (7) Ensure construction personnel know of any applicable airport procedures and of changes to those procedures that may affect their work. (8) Ensure construction contractors and subcontractors undergo training required by the CSPP and SPCD. 3 Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 (9) Ensure vehicle and pedestrian operations addressed in the CSPP and SPCD are coordinated with airport tenants,the airport traffic control tower(ATCT),and construction contractors. (10) At certificated airports,ensure each CSPP and SPCD is consistent with Part 139. (11) Conduct inspections sufficiently frequently to ensure construction contractors and tenants comply with the CSPP and SPCD and that there are no altered construction activities that could create potential safety hazards. (12) Resolve safety deficiencies immediately.At airports subject to 49 CFR Part 1542, Airport Security, ensure construction access complies with the security requirements of that regulation. (13) Notify appropriate parties when conditions exist that invoke provisions of the CSPP and SPCD (for example, implementation of low-visibility operations). (14) Ensure prompt submittal of a Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration(Form 7460-1)for conducting an aeronautical study of potential obstructions such as tall equipment(cranes, concrete pumps, other.), stock piles, and haul routes. A separate form may be filed for each potential obstruction, or one form may be filed describing the entire construction area and maximum equipment height. In the latter case, a separate form must be filed for any object beyond or higher than the originally evaluated area/height. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency. The appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office can provide assistance in determining which objects require an aeronautical study. _ (15) Promptly notify the FAA Airports Regional or District Office of any proposed changes to the CSPP prior to implementation of the change. Changes to the CSPP require review and approval by the airport operator and the FAA. Coordinate with appropriate local and other federal government agencies, such as EPA, OSHA, TSA,and the state environmental agency. c. Define Construction Contractor's Responsibilities. The contractor is responsible for complying with the CSPP and SPCD. The contractor must: (1) Submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD)to the airport operator describing how it will comply with the requirements of the CSPP and supplying any details that could not be --- determined before contract award. The SPCD must include a certification statement by the contractor that indicates it understands the operational safety requirements of the CSPP and it asserts it will not deviate from the approved CSPP and SPCD unless written approval is granted by the airport operator.Any construction practice proposed by the contractor that does not conform to the CSPP and SPCD may impact the airport's operational safety and will require a revision to the CSPP and SPCD and re- coordination with the airport operator and the FAA in advance. (2) Have available at all times copies of the CSPP and SPCD for reference by the airport operator and its representatives, and by subcontractors and contractor employees. (3) Ensure that construction personnel are familiar with safety procedures and regulations T on the airport. Provide a point of contact who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction-related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. Many projects will require 24-hour coverage. (4) Identify in the SPCD the contractor's on-site employees responsible for monitoring compliance with the CSPP and SPCD during construction. At least one of these employees must be on- _ site whenever active construction is taking place. (5) Conduct inspections sufficiently frequently to ensure construction personnel comply with the CSPP and SPCD and that there are no altered construction activities that could create potential safety hazards. Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project 4 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F (6) Restrict movement of construction vehicles and personnel to permitted construction areas by flagging, barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate and as specified in the CSPP and SPCD. (7) Ensure that no contractor employees,employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or other persons enter any part of the air operations area(AOA) from the construction site unless authorized. (8) Ensure prompt submittal through the airport operator of Form 7460-1 for the purpose of conducting an aeronautical study of contractor equipment such as tall equipment(cranes, concrete pumps, other equipment), stock piles, and haul routes when different from cases previously filed by the airport operator. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency. d. Define Tenant's Responsibilities if planning construction activities on leased property. Airport tenants, such as airline operators, fixed base operators, and FAA ATO/Technical Operations sponsoring construction must: (1) Develop,or have a consultant develop, a project specific CSPP and submit it to the airport operator for certification and subsequent approval by the FAA. The approved CSPP must be made part of any contract awarded by the tenant for construction work. (2) In coordination with its contractor,develop an SPCD and submit it to the airport operator for approval to be issued prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed. (3) Ensure that construction personnel are familiar with safety procedures and -` regulations on the airport. (4) Provide a point of contact of who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction-related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. (5) Identify in the SPCD the contractor's on-site employees responsible for monitoring compliance with the CSPP and SPCD during construction.At least one of these employees must be on- - site whenever active construction is taking place. (6) Ensure that no tenant or contractor employees,employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or any other persons enter any part of the AOA from the construction site unless authorized. (7) Restrict movement of construction vehicles to construction areas by flagging and barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate, and as specified in the CSPP and SPCD. (8) Ensure prompt submittal through the airport operator of Form 7460-1 for the purpose of conducting an aeronautical study of contractor equipment such as tall equipment(cranes, concrete pumps, other.), stock piles, and haul routes. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency. 5 Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Intentionally Left Blank Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project 6 ..� September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Chapter 2. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans Section 1. Basic Considerations 201. Overview.Aviation safety is the primary consideration at airports, especially during construction. The airport operator's Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP)and the contractor's Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD)are the primary tools to ensure safety compliance when coordinating construction activities with airport operations. These documents identify all aspects of the construction project that pose a potential safety hazard to airport operations and outline respective mitigation procedures for each hazard. They must provide all information necessary for the Airport Operations department to conduct airfield inspections and expeditiously identify and correct unsafe conditions during construction. All aviation safety provisions included within the project drawings,contract specifications, and other related documents must also be reflected in the CSPP and SPCD. 202. Assume Responsibility.Operational safety on the airport remains the airport operator's responsibility at all times. The airport operator must develop, certify, and submit for FAA approval each CSPP. It is the airport operator's responsibility to apply the requirements of the FAA approved CSPP. fiMlik The airport operator must revise the CSPP when conditions warrant changes and must submit the revised CSPP to the FAA for approval. The airport operator must also require and approve a SPCD from the project contractor. 203. Submit the CSPP. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans should be developed concurrently with the project design.Milestone versions of the CSPP should be submitted for review and approval as 0.1 follows. While these milestones are not mandatory,early submission will help to avoid delays. Submittals are preferred in 8.5 x 11 in or 11 x 17 in format for compatibility with the FAA's Obstruction Evaluation/ Airport Airspace Analysis(OE/AAA)process. a. Submit an Outline/Draft.By the time approximately 25%to 30%of the project design is completed,the principal elements of the CSPP should be established.Airport operators are encouraged to submit an outline or draft, detailing all CSPP provisions developed to date,to the FAA for review at this stage of the project design. b. Submit a Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP).The CSPP should be formally —, submitted for FAA approval when the project design is 80%to 90% complete. Since provisions in the CSPP will influence contract costs, it is important to obtain FAA approval in time to include all such provisions in the procurement contract. c. Submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD). The contractor should submit the SPCD to the airport operator for approval to be issued prior to the Notice to Proceed. d. Submit CSPP Revisions.All revisions to the CSPP or SPCD should be submitted to the FAA for approval as soon as required changes are identified. 204. Meet CSPP Requirements. a. To the extent possible,the CSPP should address the following as outlined in Section 2,Plan Mai Requirements and Chapter 3, Guidelines for Writing a CSPP, as appropriate.Details that cannot be determined at this stage are to be included in the SPCD. (1) Coordination. 7 Chapter 2 Construction Safety arid Phasing Plans AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 (a) Contractor progress meetings. (b) Scope or schedule changes. (c) FAA ATO coordination. (2) Phasing. (a) Phase elements. (b) Construction safety drawings (3) Areas and operations affected by the construction activity. (a) Identification of affected areas. (b) Mitigation of effects. (4) Protection of navigation aids (NAVAIDs). (5) Contractor access. (a) Location of stockpiled construction materials. (b) Vehicle and pedestrian operations. (6) Wildlife management. (a) Trash. (b) Standing water. (c) Tall grass and seeds. (d) Poorly maintained fencing and gates. (e) Disruption of existing wildlife habitat. (7) Foreign Object Debris (FOD) management. (8) Hazardous materials (HAZMAT) management (9) Notification of construction activities. (a) Maintenance of a list of responsible representatives/points of contact. (b) Notices to Airmen (NOTAM). (c) Emergency notification procedures. (d) Coordination with ARFF Personnel. (e) Notification to the FAA. (10) Inspection requirements. (a) Daily(or more frequent) inspections. (b) Final inspections. (11) Underground utilities. (12) Penalties. (13) Special conditions. (14) Runway and taxiway visual aids. Marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs. Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 8 ...� September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F (a) General. (b) Markings. (c) Lighting and visual NAVAIDs. (d) Signs. (15) Marking and signs for access routes. (16) Hazard marking and lighting. (a) Purpose. (b) Equipment. (17) Protection.Of runway and taxiway safety areas, object free areas, obstacle free zones, and approach/departure surfaces (a) Runway Safety Area(RSA). (b) Runway Object Free Area(ROFA). (c) Taxiway Safety Area(TSA). (d) Taxiway Object Free Area(TOFA). (e) Obstacle Free Zone(OFZ). (f) Runway approach/departure surfaces. (18) Other limitations on construction. (a) Prohibitions. (b) Restrictions. b. The Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD) should include a general statement by the construction contractor that he/she has read and will abide by the CSPP.In addition,the SPCD must include all supplemental information that could not be included in the CSPP prior to the contract award. 11-1 The contractor statement should include the name of the contractor,the title of the project CSPP,the approval date of the CSPP,and a reference to any supplemental information(that is, "I,Name of Contractor,have read the Title of Project CSPP, approved on Date,and will abide by it as written and with the following additions as noted:"). The supplemental information in the SPCD should be written to match the format of the CSPP indicating each subject by corresponding CSPP subject number and title. If no supplemental information is necessary for any specific subject,the statement,"No supplemental information," should be written after the corresponding subject title. The SPCD should not duplicate information in the CSPP: (1) Coordination.Discuss details of proposed safety meetings with the airport operator and with contractor employees and subcontractors. (2) Phasing.Discuss proposed construction schedule elements, including: -� (a) Duration of each phase. (b) Daily start and finish of construction, including"night only" construction. (c) Duration of construction activities during: (i) Normal runway operations. (ii) Closed runway operations. 9 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans Iftw AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 (iii) Modified runway"Aircraft Reference Code"usage. .. (3) Areas and operations affected by the construction activity.These areas and operations should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. (4) Protection of NAVAIDs.Discuss specific methods proposed to protect operating NAVAIDs. (5) Contractor access.Provide the following: Saw (a) Details on how the contractor will maintain the integrity of the airport security fence(gate guards,daily log of construction personnel,and other). (b) Listing of individuals requiring driver training(for certificated airports and as requested). (c) Radio communications. r„ (i) Types of radios and backup capabilities. (ii) Who will be monitoring radios. (iii)Whom to contact if the ATCT cannot reach the contractor's designated person by radio. (d) Details on how the contractor will escort material delivery vehicles. taw (6) Wildlife management.Discuss the following: (a) Methods and procedures to prevent wildlife attraction. (b) Wildlife reporting procedures. (7) Foreign Object Debris(FOD) management.Discuss equipment and methods for -. control of FOD, including construction debris and dust. (8) Hazardous material(HAZMAT)management.Discuss equipment and methods for responding to hazardous spills. (9) Notification of construction activities.Provide the following: (a) Contractor points of contact. (b) Contractor emergency contact. (c) Listing of tall or other requested equipment proposed for use on the airport and the timeframe for submitting 7460-1 forms not previously submitted by the airport operator. (d) Batch plant details, including 7460-1 submittal. (10) Inspection requirements. Discuss daily(or more frequent) inspections and special inspection procedures. (11) Underground utilities.Discuss proposed methods of identifying and protecting underground utilities. (12) Penalties.Penalties should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. (13) Special conditions.Discuss proposed actions for each special condition identified in the CSPP. (14) Runway and taxiway visual aids.Including marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs.Discuss proposed visual aids including the following: Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 10 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F (a) Equipment and methods for covering signage and airfield lights. ,,1 (b) Equipment and methods for temporary closure markings(paint, rubric, other). (c) Types of temporary Visual Guidance Slope Indicators(VGSI). (15) Marking and signs for access routes.Discuss proposed methods of demarcating access routes for vehicle drivers. (16) Hazard marking and lighting.Discuss proposed equipment and methods for identifying excavation areas. (17) Protection of runway and taxiway safety areas.including object free areas, obstacle free zones, and approach/departure surfaces. Discuss proposed methods of identifying, demarcating, and protecting airport surfaces including: (a) Equipment and methods for maintaining Taxiway Safety Area standards. (b) Equipment and methods for separation of construction operations from aircraft operations, including details of barricades. (18) Other limitations on construction should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. Section 2. Plan Requirements 205. Coordination.Airport operators,or tenants conducting construction on their leased properties, should use predesign, prebid, and preconstruction conferences to introduce the subject of airport operational safety during construction(see AC 150/5300-9). In addition,the following should be coordinated as required: a. Contractor Progress Meetings.Operational safety should be a standing agenda item for discussion during progress meetings throughout the project. b. Scope or Schedule Changes.Changes in the scope or duration of the project may necessitate -•! revisions to the CSPP and review and approval by the airport operator and the FAA. c. FAA ATO Coordination.Early coordination with FAA ATO is required to schedule airway ,.� facility shutdowns and restarts.Relocation or adjustments to NAVAIDs, or changes to final grades in critical areas,may require an FAA flight inspection prior to restarting the facility.Flight inspections must be coordinated and scheduled well in advance of the intended facility restart. Flight inspections may require a reimbursable agreement between the airport operator and FAA ATO. Reimbursable agreements should be coordinated a minimum of 12 months prior to the start of construction.(See 213.e(3)(b)for required FAA notification regarding FAA owned NAVAIDs.) 206. Phasing.Once it has been determined what types and levels of airport operations will be maintained,the most efficient sequence of construction may not be feasible. In such a case,the sequence of construction may be phased to gain maximum efficiency while allowing for the required operations. -"1 The development of the resulting construction phases should be coordinated with local Air Traffic personnel and airport users. The sequenced construction phases established in the CSPP must be incorporated into the project design and must be reflected in the contract drawings and specifications. a. Phase Elements. For each phase the CSPP should detail: • Areas closed to aircraft operations 11 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 1 AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 • Duration of closures _ • Taxi routes • ARFF access routes • Construction staging areas • Construction access and haul routes • Impacts to NAVAIDs — • Lighting and marking changes • Available runway length • Declared distances(if applicable) • Required hazard marking and lighting • Lead times for required notifications --- b. Construction Safety Drawings. Drawings specifically indicating operational safety procedures and methods in affected areas(that is, construction safety drawings) should be developed for each construction phase. Such drawings should be included in the CSPP as referenced attachments and should likewise be included in the contract drawing package. 207. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity. Runways and taxiways should remain in use by aircraft to the maximum extent possible without compromising safety.Pre-meetings with the FAA Air Traffic Organization(ATO)will support operational simulations. See Chapter 3 for an example of a table showing temporary operations versus current operations. — a. Identification of Affected Areas.Identifying areas and operations affected by the construction will help to determine possible safety problems. The affected areas should be indentified in the — construction safety drawings for each construction phase. (See 206.b above.)Of particular concern are: (1) Closing,or partial closing,of runways,taxiways and aprons. When a runway is partially closed, a portion of the pavement is unavailable for any aircraft operation,meaning taxiing, landing, or taking off in either direction on that pavement is prohibited. A displaced threshold,by contrast, is established to ensure obstacle clearance and adequate safety area for landing aircraft. The pavement prior to the displaced threshold is available for take-off in the direction of the displacement and for landing and taking off in the opposite direction. Misunderstanding this difference, and issuance of a subsequently inaccurate NOTAM, can lead to a hazardous condition. (2) Closing of Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting access routes. — (3) Closing of access routes used by airport and airline support vehicles. (4) Interruption of utilities,including water supplies for fire fighting. — (5) Approach/departure surfaces affected by heights of objects. (6) Construction areas, storage areas, and access routes near runways,taxiways, aprons, or helipads. b. Mitigation of Effects. Establishment of specific procedures is necessary to maintain the safety — and efficiency of airport operations. The CSPP must address: (1) Temporary changes to runway and/or taxi operations. (2) Detours for ARFF and other airport vehicles. — Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 12 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F (3) Maintenance of essential utilities. (4) Temporary changes to air traffic control procedures. Such changes must be coordinated with the ATO. 208. Navigation Aid (NAVAID)Protection.Before commencing construction activity,parking vehicles, or storing construction equipment and materials near a NAVAID, coordinate with the appropriate FAA ATO/Technical Operations office to evaluate the effect of construction activity and the required distance and direction from the NAVAID. (See paragraph 213.e(3)below.)Construction activities,materials/equipment storage, and vehicle parking near electronic NAVAIDs require special consideration since they may interfere with signals essential to air navigation.If any NAVAID may be affected,the CSPP and SPCD must show an understanding of the"critical area"associated with each -- NAVAID and describe how it will be protected. Where applicable,the operational critical areas of NAVAIDs should be graphically delineated on the project drawings. Pay particular attention to stockpiling material,as well as to movement and parking of equipment that may interfere with line of sight from the ATCT or with electronic emissions. Interference from construction equipment and activities may require NAVAID shutdown or adjustment of instrument approach minimums for low visibility operations. This condition requires that a NOTAM be filed(see paragraph 213.b below). Construction activities and materials/equipment storage near a NAVAID must not obstruct access to the equipment and instruments for maintenance. Submittal of a 7460-1 form is required for construction vehicles operating near FAA NAVAIDs. (See paragraph 213.e(1)below.) 209. Contractor Access.The CSPP must detail the areas to which the contractor must have access, and explain how contractor personnel will access those areas. Specifically address: a. Location of Stockpiled Construction Materials. Stockpiled materials and equipment storage are not permitted within the RSA and OFZ, and if possible should not be permitted within the Object Free Area(OFA)of an operational runway. Stockpiling material in the OFA requires submittal of a 7460-1 form and justification provided to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office for approval. The airport operator must ensure that stockpiled materials and equipment adjacent to these areas are prominently marked and lighted during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. (See paragraph 218.b below.)This includes determining and verifying that materials are stabilized and stored at an approved location so as not to be a hazard to aircraft operations and to prevent attraction of wildlife and foreign object damage. See paragraphs 210 and 211 below. b. Vehicle and Pedestrian Operations.The CSPP should include specific vehicle and pedestrian requirements. Vehicle and pedestrian access routes for airport construction projects must be controlled to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized entry of persons,vehicles, or animals onto the AOA. The airport "'� operator should coordinate requirements for vehicle operations with airport tenants, contractors,and the FAA air traffic manager. In regard to vehicle and pedestrian operations,the CSPP should include the following,and detail associated training requirements: "1 (1) Construction site parking.Designate in advance vehicle parking areas for contractor employees to prevent any unauthorized entry of persons or vehicles onto the AOA.These areas should provide reasonable contractor employee access to the job site. (2) Construction equipment parking. Contractor employees must park and service all construction vehicles in an area designated by the airport operator outside the OFZ and never in the safety area of an active runway or taxiway.Unless a complex setup procedure makes movement of specialized equipment infeasible, inactive equipment must not be parked on a closed taxiway or runway.If it is necessary to leave specialized equipment on a closed taxiway or runway at night,the equipment must be well lighted. Employees should also park construction vehicles outside the OFA when not in use by 13 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 construction personnel(for example, overnight,on weekends, or during other periods when construction is not active). Parking areas must not obstruct the clear line of sight by the ATCT to any taxiways or runways under air traffic control nor obstruct any runway visual aids, signs,or navigation aids.The FAA must also study those areas to determine effects on airport design criteria, surfaces established by 14 CFR Part 77, Safe,Efficient Use, and Preservation of the Navigable Airspace(Part 77),and on NAVAIDs and Instrument Approach Procedures(IAP). See paragraph 213.e(1)below for further information. (3) Access and haul roads.Determine the construction contractor's access to the .. construction sites and haul roads. Do not permit the construction contractor to use any access or haul roads other than those approved.Access routes used by contractor vehicles must be clearly marked to prevent inadvertent entry to areas open to airport operations.Pay special attention to ensure that if construction traffic is to share or cross any ARFF routes that ARFF right of way is not impeded at any time, and that construction traffic on haul roads does not interfere with NAVAIDs or approach surfaces of operational runways. (4) Marking and lighting of vehicles in accordance with AC 150/5210-5,Painting, Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport. (5) Description of proper vehicle operations on various areas under normal, lost communications,and emergency conditions. (6) Required escorts. (7) Training requirements for vehicle drivers to ensure compliance with the airport operator's vehicle rules and regulations. Specific training should be provided to those vehicle operators providing escorts. See AC 150/5210-20,Ground Vehicle Operations on Airports,for information on training and records maintenance requirements. (8) Situational awareness.Vehicle drivers must confirm by personal observation that no aircraft is approaching their position(either in the air or on the ground)when given clearance to cross a runway,taxiway,or any other area open to airport operations. In addition, it is the responsibility of the escort vehicle driver to verify the movement/position of all escorted vehicles at any given time. (9) Two-way radio communication procedures. (a) General. The airport operator must ensure that tenant and construction contractor personnel engaged in activities involving unescorted operation on aircraft movement areas observe the proper procedures for communications, including using appropriate radio frequencies at airports with and without ATCT. When operating vehicles on or near open runways or taxiways, construction personnel must understand the critical importance of maintaining radio contact,as directed by the airport operator, with: (i) Airport operations (ii) ATCT (iii)Common Traffic Advisory Frequency(CTAF),which may include UNICOM, MULTICOM. (iv)Automatic Terminal Information Service(ATIS). This frequency is useful for monitoring conditions on the airport. Local air traffic will broadcast information regarding construction related runway closures and"shortened"runways on the ATIS frequency. (b) Areas requiring two-way radio communication with the ATCT.Vehicular traffic crossing active movement areas must be controlled either by two-way radio with the ATCT,escort, flagman, signal light, or other means appropriate for the particular airport. L. Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 14 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F (c) Frequencies to be used. The airport operator will specify the frequencies to be used by the contractor,which may include the CTAF for monitoring of aircraft operations. Frequencies may also be assigned by the airport operator for other communications, including any radio frequency in compliance with Federal Communications Commission requirements. At airports with an ATCT,the airport operator will specify the frequency assigned by the ATCT to be used between contractor vehicles and the ATCT. (d) Proper radio usage, including read back requirements. (e) Proper phraseology, including the International Phonetic Alphabet. (f) Light gun signals. Even though radio communication is maintained,escort vehicle drivers must also familiarize themselves with ATCT light gun signals in the event of radio failure. See the FAA safety placard"Ground Vehicle Guide to Airport Signs and Markings."This safety placard may be downloaded through the Runway Safety Program Web site at http://www.faa.gov/airports/ runway_safety/publications/(See"Signs&Markings Vehicle Dashboard Sticker")or obtained from the FAA Airports Regional Office. (10) Maintenance of the secured area of the airport,including: (a) Fencing and gates.Airport operators and contractors must take care to maintain security during construction when access points are created in the security fencing to permit the passage of construction vehicles or personnel. Temporary gates should be equipped so they can be securely closed and locked to prevent access by animals and unauthorized people. Procedures should be in place to ensure —' that only authorized persons and vehicles have access to the AOA and to prohibit"piggybacking"behind another person or vehicle. The Department of Transportation(DOT)document DOT/FAA/AR-00/52, Recommended Security Guidelines for Airport Planning and Construction,provides more specific information on fencing.A copy of this document can be obtained from the Airport Consultants Council, Airports Council International, or American Association of Airport Executives. (b) Badging requirements. (c) Airports subject to 49 CFR Part 1542,Airport Security,must meet standards for access control,movement of ground vehicles, and identification of construction contractor and tenant personnel. 210. Wildlife Management.The CSPP and SPCD must be in accordance with the airport operator's wildlife hazard management plan, if applicable. See also AC 150/5200-33, Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near Airports, and Certalert 98-05,Grasses Attractive to Hazardous Wildlife. Construction contractors must carefully control and continuously remove waste or loose materials that might attract wildlife. Contractor personnel must be aware of and avoid construction activities that can create wildlife hazards on airports, such as: a. Trash.Food scraps must be collected from construction personnel activity. b. Standing Water. c. Tall Grass and Seeds.Requirements for turf establishment can be at odds with requirements for wildlife control. Grass seed is attractive to birds.Lower quality seed mixtures can contain seeds of plants (such as clover)that attract larger wildlife. Seeding should comply with the guidance in AC 150/5370-10, Standards for Specifying Construction of Airports, Item T-901, Seeding. Contact the local office of the 7 United Sates Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service or the State University Agricultural Extension Service(County Agent or equivalent)for assistance and recommendations. These agencies can also provide liming and fertilizer recommendations. 15 Chapter 2 Construction Safety aid Phasing Plans AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 d. Poorly Maintained Fencing and Gates. See 209.b(10)(a)above. e. Disruption of Existing Wildlife Habitat.While this will frequently be unavoidable due to the nature of the project,the CSPP should specify under what circumstances(location,wildlife type) contractor personnel should immediately notify the airport operator of wildlife sightings. 211. Foreign Object Debris (FOD)Management.Waste and loose materials,commonly referred to as FOD, are capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears,propellers, and jet engines. Construction contractors must not leave or place FOD on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials capable of creating FOD must be continuously removed during the construction project.Fencing(other than security fencing)may be necessary to contain material that can be carried by wind into areas where aircraft operate. See AC 150/5210-24,Foreign Object Debris(FOD)Management. 212. Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT)Management.Contractors operating construction vehicles ;.. and equipment on the airport must be prepared to expeditiously contain and clean-up spills resulting from fuel or hydraulic fluid leaks. Transport and handling of other hazardous materials on an airport also requires special procedures. See AC 150/5320-15,Management of Airport Industrial Waste. 213. Notification of Construction Activities.The CSPP and SPCD must detail procedures for the immediate notification of airport users and the FAA of any conditions adversely affecting the operational safety of the airport. It must address the notification actions described below,as applicable. a. List of Responsible Representatives/points of contact for all involved parties,and procedures for contacting each of them, including after hours. b. NOTAMs. Only the airport operator may initiate or cancel NOTAMs on airport conditions, and is the only entity that can close or open a runway. The airport operator must coordinate the issuance, �. maintenance,and cancellation of NOTAMs about airport conditions resulting from construction activities with tenants and the local air traffic facility(control tower,approach control,or air traffic control center), and must provide information on closed or hazardous conditions on airport movement areas to the FAA Flight Service Station(FSS) so it can issue a NOTAM. The airport operator must file and maintain a list of authorized representatives with the FSS. Refer to AC 150/5200-28,Notices to Airmen(NOTAMs)for Airport Operators, for a sample NOTAM form. Only the FAA may issue or cancel NOTAMs on shutdown or irregular operation of FAA owned facilities.Any person having reason to believe that a NOTAM is missing, incomplete,or inaccurate must notify the airport operator. See paragraph 207.a(1) above regarding issuing NOTAMs for partially closed runways versus runways with displaced thresholds. c. Emergency notification procedures for medical,fire fighting, and police response. d. Coordination with ARFF.The CSPP must detail procedures for coordinating through the airport �. sponsor with ARFF personnel,mutual aid providers, and other emergency services if construction requires: • The deactivation and subsequent reactivation of water lines or fire hydrants, or • The rerouting,blocking and restoration of emergency access routes, or • The use of hazardous materials on the airfield. e. Notification to the FAA. (1) Part 77.Any person proposing construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable airspace, as defined in Part 77,must notify the FAA. This includes construction equipment and proposed Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 16 ..� September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F parking areas for this equipment(i.e.cranes,graders, other equipment)on airports.FAA Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration, can be used for this purpose and submitted to the • appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office. See Appendix 1,Related Reading Material,to download the form. Further guidance is available on the FAA web site at oeaaa.faa.gov. (2) Part 157.With some exceptions,Title 14 CFR Part 157,Notice of Construction, Alteration,Activation, and Deactivation of Airports,requires that the airport operator notify the FAA in writing whenever a non-Federally funded project involves the construction of a new airport;the construction,realigning, altering,activating,or abandoning of a runway, landing strip, or associated taxiway; or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire airport.Notification involves submitting FAA Form 7480-1,Notice of Landing Area Proposal,to the nearest FAA Airports Regional or District Office. See Appendix 1,Related Reading Material to download the form. (3) NAVAIDS.For emergency(short-notice)notification about impacts to both airport owned and FAA owned NAVAIDs,contact: 866-432-2622. (a) Airport owned/FAA maintained. If construction operations require a shutdown of more than 24 hours, or more than 4 hours daily on consecutive days, of a NAVAID owned by the airport but maintained by the FAA,provide a 45-day minimum notice to FAA ATO/Technical Operations prior to facility shutdown. (b) FAA owned. (i) General. The airport operator must notify the appropriate FAA ATO Service Area Planning and Requirements(P&R)Group a minimum of 45 days prior to implementing an event that causes impacts to NAVAIDs. (Impacts to FAA equipment covered by a Reimbursable Agreement (RA)do not have to be reported by the airport operator.) (ii) Coordinate work for an FAA owned NAVAID shutdown with the local FAA ATO/Technical Operations office, including any necessary reimbursable agreements and flight checks. Detail procedures that address unanticipated utility outages and cable cuts that could impact FAA NAVAIDs.In addition,provide seven days notice to schedule the actual shutdown. 214. Inspection Requirements. a. Daily Inspections.Inspections should be conducted at least daily,but more frequently if necessary to ensure conformance with the CSPP.A sample checklist is provided in Appendix 3, Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist. See also AC 150/5200-18,Airport Safety Self-Inspection. b. Final Inspections.New runways and extended runway closures may require safety inspections at certificated airports prior to allowing air carrier service. Coordinate with the FAA Airport Certification Safety Inspector(ACSI)to determine if a final inspection will be necessary. 215. Underground Utilities.The CSPP and/or SPCD must include procedures for locating and protecting existing underground utilities, cables,wires,pipelines,and other underground facilities in excavation areas. This may involve coordinating with public utilities and FAA ATO/Technical Operations.Note that"One Call"or"Miss Utility"services do not include FAA ATO/Technical Operations 216. Penalties.The CSPP should detail penalty provisions for noncompliance with airport rules and .., regulations and the safety plans(for example, if a vehicle is involved in a runway incursion). Such penalties typically include rescission of driving privileges or access to the AOA. 217. Special Conditions.The CSPP must detail any special conditions that affect the operation of the 17 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 airport and will require the activation of any special procedures(for example, low-visibility operations, .., snow removal, aircraft in distress, aircraft accident, security breach,Vehicle/Pedestrian Deviation(VPD) and other activities requiring construction suspension/resumption). 218. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids.Includes marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDS. The CSPP must ensure that areas where aircraft will be operating are clearly and visibly separated from construction areas, including closed runways. Throughout the duration of the construction project,verify that these areas remain clearly marked and visible at all times and that marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs remain in place and operational.The CSPP must address the following,as appropriate: a. General.Airport markings, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs must be clearly visible to pilots, not misleading, confusing, or deceptive. All must be secured in place to prevent movement by prop wash, jet blast,wing vortices, or other wind currents and constructed of materials that would minimize damage to an aircraft in the event of inadvertent contact. .. b. Markings.Markings must be in compliance with the standards of AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. Runways and runway exit taxiways closed to aircraft operations are marked with a yellow X.The preferred visual aid to depict temporary runway closure is the lighted X signal placed on or near the runway designation numbers. (See paragraph 218.b(1)(b)below.) (1) Closed Runways and Taxiways. �. (a) Permanently Closed Runways. For runways,obliterate the threshold marking, runway designation marking, and touchdown zone markings,and place Xs at each end and at 1,000-foot (300 m) intervals. lbw low lam Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 18 ,.� September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F (b) Temporarily Closed Runways.For runways that have been temporarily closed, place an X at the each end of the runway directly on or as near as practicable to the runway designation numbers. Figure 2-1 illustrates. 44." Figure 2-1 Markings for a Temporarily Closed Runway (c) Partially Closed Runways and Displaced Thresholds. When threshold markings are needed to identify the temporary beginning of the runway that is available for landing,the markings must comply with AC 150/5340-1.An X is not used on a partially closed runway or a runway with a displaced threshold. See paragraph 207.a(1)above for the difference between partially closed runways and runways with displaced thresholds. (i) Partially Closed Runways.Pavement markings for temporary closed portions of the runway consist of a runway threshold bar and yellow chevrons to identify pavement areas that are unsuitable for takeoff or landing(see AC 150/5340-1). (ii) Displaced Thresholds. Pavement markings for a displaced threshold consist of a runway threshold bar and white arrowheads with and without arrow shafts. These markings are required to identify the portion of the runway before the displaced threshold to provide centerline guidance for pilots during approaches,takeoffs,and landing rollouts from the opposite direction. See AC 150/5340-1. 7 19 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 1 AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 (d) Taxiways. ,,,,, (i) Permanently Closed Taxiways.AC 150/5300-13 notes that it is preferable to remove the pavement,but for pavement that is to remain,place an X at the entrance to both ends of the closed section. Obliterate taxiway centerline markings, including runway leadoff lines, leading to the closed taxiway. Figure 2-2 illustrates. Iwo ;`mot. . ` «` -,REMOVE LEAD-OR CENTERLINE IF'X" TAXIWAY CLOSURE _ __�,. lS NOT INSTALLED O4OSER :- ' ' �: `." - tOW PROFILE �'" .BAR RIC ADS WJTI4 - . .. . . . _. -.:. - IFLASVERS .` z.. z:. Figure 2-2 Taxiway Closure (ii) Temporarily Closed Taxiways. Place barricades outside the safety area of intersecting taxiways.For runway/taxiway intersections,place an X at the entrance to the closed taxiway from the runway. If the taxiway will be closed for an extended period, obliterate taxiway centerline markings, including runway leadoff lines, leading to the closed section.If the centerline markings will be reused upon reopening the taxiway, it is preferable to paint over the marking. This will result in less damage to the pavement when the upper layer of paint is ultimately removed. (e) Temporarily Closed Airport. When the airport is closed temporarily,mark all the runways as closed. Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 20 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F (2) If unable to paint temporary markings on the pavement, construct them from any of the following materials: fabric,colored plastic,painted sheets of plywood, or similar materials. They must be properly configured and appropriately secured to prevent movement by prop wash,jet blast,or other wind currents. (3) It may be necessary to remove or cover runway markings, including but not limited to, runway designation markings,threshold markings,centerline markings, edge stripes,touchdown zone markings and aiming point markings, depending on the length of construction and type of activity at the airport. When removing runway markings, apply the same treatment to areas between stripes or numbers, as the cleaned area will appear to pilots as a marking in the shape of the treated area. (4) If it is not possible to install threshold bars, chevrons,and arrows on the pavement, temporary outboard markings may be used. Locate them outside of the runway pavement surface on both sides of the runway. The dimension along the runway direction must be the same as if installed on the pavement. The lateral dimension must be at least one-half that of on-pavement markings. If the markings are not discernible on grass or snow, apply a black background with appropriate material over the ground to ensure they are clearly visible. (5) The application rate of paint to mark a short-term temporary runway and taxiway markings may deviate from the standard(see Item P-620,"Runway and Taxiway Painting," in AC 150/5370-10),but the dimensions must meet the existing standards. c. Lighting and Visual NAVAIDs.This paragraph refers to standard runway and taxiway lighting systems. See below for hazard lighting. Lighting must be in conformance with AC 150/5340-30,Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids, and AC 150/5345-50, Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights. When disconnecting runway and taxiway lighting fixtures,disconnect the associated isolation transformers. Alternately, cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. Avoid removing the lamp from energized fixtures because an excessive number of isolation transformers with open secondaries may damage the regulators and/or increase the current above its normal value. Secure, identify, and place any above ground temporary wiring in conduit to prevent electrocution and fire ignition sources. (1) Permanently Closed Runways and Taxiways.For runways and taxiways that have been permanently closed, disconnect the lighting circuits. 21 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans AC 150/5370 2F September 29, 2011 (2) Temporarily Closed Runways.If available, use a lighted X.both at night and during the �. day,placed at each end of the runway facing the approach.The use of a lighted X is required if night work requires runway lighting to be on. See AC 150/5345-55, Specification for L-893,Lighted Visual Aid to Indicate Temporary Runway Closure.For runways that have been temporarily closed,but for an extended period, and for those with pilot controlled lighting,disconnect the lighting circuits or secure switches to prevent inadvertent activation. For runways that will be opened periodically, coordinate procedures with the FAA air traffic manager or, at airports without an ATCT,the airport operator. Activate stop bars if available. Figure 2-3 shows a lighted X by day. Figure 2-4 shows a lighted X at night. Figure 2-3 Lighted X in Daytime Figure 2-4 Lighted X at Night (3) Partially Closed Runways and Displaced Thresholds. When a runway is partially closed, a portion of the pavement is unavailable for any aircraft operation,meaning taxiing and landing or Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 22 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F taking off in either direction. A displaced threshold,by contrast, is put in place to ensure obstacle clearance by landing aircraft. The pavement prior to the displaced threshold is available for takeoff in the direction of the displacement,and for landing and takeoff in the opposite direction. Misunderstanding this difference and issuance of a subsequently inaccurate NOTAM can result in a hazardous situation.For both partially closed runways and displaced thresholds, approach lighting systems at the affected end must be placed out of service (a) Partially Closed Runways. Disconnect edge and threshold lights on that part of the runway at and behind the threshold(that is,the portion of the runway that is closed).Alternately, cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. (b) Displaced Thresholds. Edge lighting in the area of the displacement emits red light in the direction of approach and yellow light in the opposite direction. Centerline lights are blanked out in the direction of approach if the displacement is 700 ft or less.If the displacement is over 700 ft, place the centerline lights out of service. See AC 150/5340-30 for details on lighting displaced thresholds. ,..� (c) Temporary runway thresholds and runway ends must be lighted if the runway is lighted and it is the intended threshold for night landings or instrument meteorological conditions. (d) A temporary threshold on an unlighted runway may be marked by retroreflective, elevated markers in addition to markings noted in paragraph 218.b(1)(c)above.Markers seen by aircraft on approach are green.Markers at the rollout end of the runway are red.At certificated airports, temporary elevated threshold markers must be mounted with a frangible fitting(see 14 CFR Part 139.309).At non-certificated airports,the temporary elevated threshold markings may either be mounted with a frangible fitting or be flexible. See AC 150/5345-39, Specification for L-853,Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers. (e) Temporary threshold lights and end lights and related visual NAVAIDs are installed outboard of the edges of the full-strength pavement only when they cannot be installed on the pavement. They are installed with bases at grade level or as low as possible,but not more than 3 in(7.6 cm)above ground. When any portion of a base is above grade,place properly compacted fill around the base to minimize the rate of gradient change so aircraft can, in an emergency,cross at normal landing or takeoff speeds without incurring significant damage. See AC 150/5370-10. (f) Maintain threshold and edge lighting color and spacing standards as described in AC 150/5340-30. Battery powered, solar,or portable lights that meet the criteria in AC 150/5345-50 may be used.These systems are intended primarily for visual flight rules(VFR)aircraft operations but may be used for instrument flight rules(IFR)aircraft operations,upon individual approval from the Flight Standards Division of the applicable FAA Regional Office. (g) Reconfigure yellow lenses(caution zone), as necessary. If the runway has centerline lights,reconfigure the red lenses, as necessary, or place the centerline lights out of service. (h) Relocate the visual glide slope indicator(VGSI), such as VASI and PAPI; other airport lights, such as Runway End Identifier Lights(REIL); and approach lights to identify the temporary threshold. Another option is to disable the VGSI or any equipment that would give misleading indications to pilots as to the new threshold location. Installation of temporary visual aids may be necessary to provide adequate guidance to pilots on approach to the affected runway. If the FAA owns and operates the VGSI, coordinate its installation or disabling with the local ATO/Technical Operations Office. Relocation of such visual aids will depend on the duration of the project and the benefits gained from the relocation, as this can result in great expense. (i) Issue a NOTAM to inform pilots of temporary lighting conditions. (4) Temporarily Closed Taxiways.If possible, deactivate the taxiway lighting circuits. When deactivation is not possible(for example other taxiways on the same circuit are to remain open), 23 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans kim AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. `. d. Signs.To the extent possible, signs must be in conformance with AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs and AC 150/5340-18, Standard for Airport Sign Systems.Any time a sign does not serve its normal function; it must be covered or removed to prevent misdirecting pilots. Note that information signs identifying a crossing taxiway continue to perform their normal function even if the crossing taxiway is closed. For long term construction projects, consider relocating signs, especially runway distance remaining signs. 219. Marking and Signs for Access Routes.The CSPP should indicate that pavement markings and signs for construction personnel will conform to AC 150/5340-18 and,to the extent practicable,with the 1 Federal Highway Administration Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD)and/or State highway specifications. Signs adjacent to areas used by aircraft must comply with the frangibility requirements of AC 150/5220-23,Frangible Connections,which may require modification to size and �. height guidance in the MUTCD. 220. Hazard Marking,Lighting and Signing. a. Hazard Marking and Lighting Prevents Pilots from entering areas closed to aircraft,and prevents construction personnel from entering areas open to aircraft. The CSPP must specify prominent, comprehensible warning indicators for any area affected by construction that is normally accessible to ` aircraft,personnel, or vehicles. Hazard marking and lighting must also be specified to identify open manholes, small areas under repair, stockpiled material,waste areas,and areas subject to jet blast.Also consider less obvious construction-related hazards and include markings to identify FAA, airport, and National Weather Service facilities cables and power lines; instrument landing system(ILS)critical areas; airport surfaces, such as RSA,OFA, and OFZ; and other sensitive areas to make it easier for contractor personnel to avoid these areas. b. Equipment. (1) Barricades,including traffic cones,(weighted or sturdily attached to the surface)are acceptable methods used to identify and define the limits of construction and hazardous areas on airports. Careful consideration must be given to selecting equipment that poses the least danger to aircraft but is sturdy enough to remain in place when subjected to typical winds,prop wash and jet blast. The spacing of LIB barricades must be such that a breach is physically prevented barring a deliberate act. For example, if barricades are intended to exclude vehicles,gaps between barricades must be smaller than the width of the excluded vehicles, generally 4 ft.Provision must be made for ARFF access if necessary. If barricades are intended to exclude pedestrians,they must be continuously linked. Continuous linking may be accomplished through the use of ropes, securely attached to prevent FOD. (2) Lights must be red,either steady burning or flashing, and must meet the luminance requirements of the State Highway Department.Batteries powering lights will last longer if lights flash. Lights must be mounted on barricades and spaced at no more than 10 ft.Lights must be operated between sunset and sunrise and during periods of low visibility whenever the airport is open for operations. They may be operated by photocell,but this may require that the contractor turn them on manually during periods of low visibility during daytime hours. (3) Supplement barricades with signs(for example"No Entry,""No Vehicles")as necessary. (4) Air Operations Area—General.Barricades are not permitted in any active safety area. L. Within a runway or taxiway object free area,and on aprons,use orange traffic cones,flashing or steady burning red lights as noted above, collapsible barricades marked with diagonal,alternating orange and Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 24 I L September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F white stripes; and/or signs to separate all construction/maintenance areas from the movement area. Barricades may be supplemented with alternating orange and white flags at least 20 by 20 in(50 by 50 cm)square and securely fastened to eliminate FOD.All barricades adjacent to any open runway or taxiway/taxilane safety area,or apron must be as low as possible to the ground, and no more than 18 in high, exclusive of supplementary lights and flags.Barricades must be of low mass; easily collapsible upon contact with an aircraft or any of its components;and weighted or sturdily attached to the surface to prevent displacement from prop wash,jet blast,wing vortex, or other surface wind currents.If affixed to the surface,they must be frangible at grade level or as low as possible,but not to exceed 3 in(7.6 cm) above the ground.Figure 2-5 and Figure 2-6 show sample barricades with proper coloring and flags. Figure 2-5 Interlocking Barricades 1 1 Figure 2-6 Low Profile Barricades (5) Air Operations Area—Runway/Taxiway Intersections.Use highly reflective barricades with lights to close taxiways leading to closed runways.Evaluate all operating factors when determining how to mark temporary closures that can last from 10 to 15 minutes to a much longer period of time. However,even for closures of relatively short duration, close all taxiway/runway intersections with barricades. The use of traffic cones is appropriate for short duration closures. (6) Air Operations Area—Other.Beyond runway and taxiway object free areas and 25 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 aprons, barricades intended for construction vehicles and personnel may be many different shapes and _ made from various materials, including railroad ties, sawhorses,jersey barriers,or barrels. (7) Maintenance.The construction specifications must include a provision requiring the contractor to have a person on call 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades. The contractor must file the contact person's information with the airport operator. Lighting should be checked for proper operation at least once per day,preferably at dusk. 221. Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas.Runway and taxiway safety areas, Obstacle Free zones(OFZ), object free areas(OFA), and approach surfaces are described in AC 150/5300-13. Protection of these areas includes limitations on the location and height of equipment and stockpiled material. An FAA airspace study may be required. Coordinate with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office if there is any doubt as to requirements or dimensions(See paragraph 213.e above.)as soon as the location and height of materials or equipment are known. The CSPP should include drawings showing all safety areas,object free areas, obstacle free zones and approach departure surfaces affected by construction. a. Runway Safety Area(RSA).A runway safety area is the defined surface surrounding the Inn runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway(see AC 150/5300-13). Construction activities within the existing RSA are subject to the following conditions: (1) No construction may occur within the existing RSA while the runway is open for aircraft operations. The RSA dimensions may be temporarily adjusted if the runway is restricted to aircraft operations requiring an RSA that is equal to the RSA width and length beyond the runway ends available during construction. (see AC 150/5300-13). The temporary use of declared distances and/or partial runway closures may provide the necessary RSA under certain circumstances. Coordinate with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office to have declared distances information published. See AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on the use of declared distances. (2) The airport operator must coordinate the adjustment of RSA dimensions as permitted above with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office and the local FAA air traffic manager and issue a NOTAM. (3) The CSPP and SPCD must provide procedures for ensuring adequate distance for protection from blasting operations, if required by operational considerations. (4) Excavations. (a) Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within the RSA while the runway is open. If possible, backfill trenches before the runway is opened. If the runway must be opened before excavations are backfilled,cover the excavations appropriately. Covering for open trenches must be designed to allow the safe operation of the heaviest aircraft operating on the runway across the trench without damage to the aircraft. (b) Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site with red or orange flags, as approved by the airport operator, and light them with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. (5) Erosion Control. Soil erosion must be controlled to maintain RSA standards,that is,the L, RSA must be cleared and graded and have no potentially hazardous ruts,humps,depressions, or other surface variations, and capable,under dry conditions, of supporting snow removal equipment,aircraft rescue and fire fighting equipment,and the occasional passage of aircraft without causing structural damage to the aircraft. Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 26 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F b. Runway Object Free Area(ROFA).Construction, including excavations,may be permitted in the ROFA.However, equipment must be removed from the ROFA when not in use,and material should not be stockpiled in the ROFA if not necessary. Stockpiling material in the OFA requires submittal of a 7460-1 form and justification provided to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office for approval. c. Taxiway Safety Area(TSA).A taxiway safety area is a defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway. (See AC 150/5300-13.)Construction activities within the TSA are subject to the following conditions: (1) No construction may occur within the TSA while the taxiway is open for aircraft operations. The TSA dimensions may be temporarily adjusted if the taxiway is restricted to aircraft -w operations requiring a TSA that is equal to the TSA width available during construction(see AC 150/5300-13,Table 4-1). (2) The airport operator must coordinate the adjustment of the TSA width as permitted above with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office and the FAA air traffic manager and issue a NOTAM. (3) The CSPP and SPCD must provide procedures for ensuring adequate distance for protection from blasting operations. (4) Excavations. (a) Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within the TSA while the taxiway is open.If possible,backfill trenches before the taxiway is opened.If the taxiway must be opened before excavations are backfilled,cover the excavations appropriately. Covering for open trenches must be designed to allow the safe operation of the heaviest aircraft operating on the taxiway across the trench without damage to the aircraft. (b) Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site with red or orange flags, as approved by the airport operator,and light them with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. (5) Erosion Control. Soil erosion must be controlled to maintain TSA standards,that is,the TSA must be cleared and graded and have no potentially hazardous ruts,humps,depressions,or other 71 surface variations, and capable,under dry conditions, of supporting snow removal equipment,aircraft rescue and fire fighting equipment,and the occasional passage of aircraft without causing structural damage to the aircraft. d. Taxiway Object Free Area(TOFA).Unlike the Runway Object Free Area,aircraft wings regularly penetrate the taxiway object free area during normal operations. Thus the restrictions are more stringent. Except as provided below,no construction may occur within the taxiway object free area while the taxiway is open for aircraft operations. (1) The taxiway object free area dimensions may be temporarily adjusted if the taxiway is restricted to aircraft operations requiring a taxiway object free area that is equal to the taxiway object free area width available. (2) Offset taxiway pavement markings may be used as a temporary measure to provide the required taxiway object free area. Where offset taxiway pavement markings are provided, centerline lighting or reflectors are required. (3) Construction activity may be accomplished without adjusting the width of the taxiway object free area, subject to the following restrictions: 27 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 (a) Appropriate NOTAMs are issued. `. (b) Marking and lighting meeting the provisions of paragraphs 218 and 220 above are implemented. (c) Five-foot clearance is maintained between equipment and materials and any part of an aircraft(includes wingtip overhang). In these situations,flaggers must be used to direct construction equipment, and wing walkers will be necessary to guide aircraft. Wing walkers should be airline/aviation personnel rather than construction workers. If such clearance can only be maintained if an aircraft does not have full use of the entire taxiway width(with its main landing gear at the edge of the pavement),then it will be necessary to move personnel and equipment for the passage of that aircraft. lam e. Obstacle Free Zone(OFZ).In general,personnel,material, and/or equipment may not penetrate the OFZ while the runway is open for aircraft operations.If a penetration to the OFZ is necessary, it may be possible to continue aircraft operations through operational restrictions. Coordinate with the FAA through the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office. f. Runway Approach/Departure Areas and Clearways.All personnel,materials, and/or equipment must remain clear of the applicable threshold siting surfaces, as defined in Appendix 2, "Threshold Siting Requirements,"of AC 150/5300-13. Objects that do not penetrate these surfaces may still be obstructions to air navigation and may affect standard instrument approach procedures. Coordinate with the FAA through the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office. (1) Construction activity in a runway approach/departure area may result in the need to partially close a runway or displace the existing runway threshold. Partial runway closure,displacement of the runway threshold, as well as closure of the complete runway and other portions of the movement area also require coordination through the airport operator with the appropriate FAA air traffic manager (FSS if non-towered)and ATO/Technical Operations(for affected NAVAIDS)and airport users. (2) Caution regarding partial runway closures.When filing a NOTAM for a partial runway closure, clearly state to OCC personnel that the portion of pavement located prior to the threshold is not available for landing and departing traffic. In this case,the threshold has been moved for both landing and takeoff purposes(this is different than a displaced threshold). There may be situations where the portion of closed runway is available for taxiing only. If so,the NOTAM must reflect this condition). (3) Caution regarding displaced thresholds. : Implementation of a displaced threshold ►- affects runway length available for aircraft landing over the displacement. Depending on the reason for the displacement(to provide obstruction clearance or RSA), such a displacement may also require an adjustment in the landing distance available and accelerate-stop distance available in the opposite direction. If project scope includes personnel, equipment, excavation, other work.within the existing RSA of any usable runway end,do not implement a displaced threshold unless arrivals and departures toward the construction activity are prohibited. Instead, implement a partial closure. Ihm 222. Other Limitations on Construction.The CSPP must specify any other limitations on construction, including but not limited to: a. Prohibitions. (1) No use of tall equipment(cranes,concrete pumps, and so on)unless a 7460-1 determination letter is issued for such equipment. (2) No use of open flame welding or torches unless fire safety precautions are provided and the airport operator has approved their use. (3) No use of electrical blasting caps on or within 1,000 ft(300 m)of the airport property. Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 28 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F See AC 150/5370-10. (4) No use of flare pots within the AOA. b. Restrictions. (1) Construction suspension required during specific airport operations. (2) Areas that cannot be worked on simultaneously. (3) Day or night construction restrictions. (4) Seasonal construction restrictions. 29 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Intentionally Left Blank Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 30 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Chapter 3. Guidelines for Writing a CSPP 301. General Requirements.The CSPP is a standalone document written to correspond with the subjects outlined in Chapter 2, Section 1,paragraph 204. The CSPP is organized by numbered sections corresponding to each subject listed in Chapter 2, Section 1,paragraph 204, and described in detail in Chapter 2, Section 2. Each section number and title in the CSPP matches the corresponding subject outlined in Chapter 2, paragraph 204 (for example, 1.Coordination,2. Phasing,3.Areas and Operations Affected by the Construction Activity, and so on.). With the exception of the project scope of work outlined in Section 2.Phasing, only subjects specific to operational safety during construction should be addressed. 302. Applicability of Subjects.Each section should,to the extent practical, focus on the specific subject.Where an overlapping requirement spans several sections,the requirement should be explained in detail in the most applicable section.A reference to that section should be included in all other sections where the requirement may apply. For example,the requirement to protect existing underground FAA Instrument Landing System(ILS)cables during trenching operations could be considered FAA ATO co)rdination(Section 1. Coordination,paragraph 205.c), an area and operation affected by the co istruction activity(Section 3.Areas and Operations Affected by the Construction Activity,paragraph 207.a(4)), a protection of a NAVAID(Section 4.Protection of Navigational Aids(NAVAIDs),paragraph 208), or a notification to the FAA of construction activities(Section 9.Notification of Construction Activities,paragraph 210.e(3)(b)).However, it is more specifically an underground utility requirement (Suction 11.Underground Utilities,paragraph 215).The procedure for protecting underground ILS cables during trenching operations should therefore be described in Section 11: "The contractor must coordinate -. with the local FAA System Support Center(SSC) to mark existing ILS cable routes along Runway 17-35. The ILS cables will be located by hand digging whenever the trenching operation moves within 10 feet of the cable markings."All other applicable sections should include a reference to Section 11: "ILS cables .., shall be identified and protected as described in Section 11"or"See Section 11 for ILS cable identification and protection requirements."Thus,the CSPP should be considered as a whole,with no need to duplicate responses to related issues. ..t 303. Graphical Representations. Construction safety drawings should be included in the CSPP as attachments. When other graphical representations will aid in supporting written statements,the drawings, diagrams, and/or photographs should also be attached to the CSPP.References should be made in the CSPP to each graphical attachment and may be made in multiple sections. 304. Reference Documents.The CSPP must not incorporate a document by reference unless 0•11, reproduction of the material in that document is prohibited. In that case,either copies of or a source for the referenced document must be provided to the contractor. 305. Restrictions.The CSPP should not be considered as a project design review document. The CSPP should also avoid mention of permanent("as-built")features such as pavements,markings, signs, and lighting, except when such features are intended to aid in maintaining operational safety during the construction. 306. Coordination.Include in this section a detailed description of conferences and meetings both before and during the project. Include appropriate information from AC 150/5300-9. Discuss coordination procedures and schedules for each required FAA ATO airway facility shutdown and restart and all required flight inspections. 31 Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP -ter AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 307. Phasing. Include in this section a detailed scope of work description for the project as a whole — and each phase of work covered by the CSPP. This includes all locations and durations of the work proposed. Attach drawings to graphically support the written scope of work. Detail in this section the sequenced phases of the proposed construction.Include a reference to paragraph 308 below, as — appropriate. 308. Areas and Operations Affected By Construction.Focus in this section on identifying the areas and operations affected by the construction. Describe corresponding mitigation that is not covered in — detail elsewhere in the CSPP. Include references to paragraphs below as appropriate.Attach drawings as necessary to graphically describe affected areas and mechanisms proposed. Tables and charts such as the following may be helpful in highlighting issues to be addressed. Table 3-1 Sample Operations Effects Project Runway 15-33 Reconstruction Phase Phase II:Reconstruct Runway 15 End Scope of Work Reconstruct 1,000 ft of north end of Runway 15-33 with Portland — Cement Concrete(PCC). Operational Requirements Normal(Existing) Phase II(Anticipated) Carrier: 52/day Carrier: 52/day Runway 15 Average Aircraft Operations GA:26/day GA:20/day Military: 11 /day Military: 0/day Carrier:40/day Carrier:20/day Runway 33 Average Aircraft Operations GA: 18/day GA: 5/day Military: 10/day Military: 0/day Runway 15-33 ARC C-IV C-IV Runway 15 Approach Visibility 3/,mile 1 mile Minimums Runway 33 Approach Visibility 3/4 mile 1 mile Minimums TORA: 7,820 TORA: 6,420 TODA: 7,820 TODA: 6,420 Runway 15 Declared Distances ASDA: 7,820 ASDA: 6,420 LDA: 7,820 LDA: 6,420 — TORA: 8,320 TORA: 6,920 TODA: 8,320 TODA: 6,920 Runway 33 Declared Distances — ASDA: 8,320 ASDA: 6,920 LDA: 7,820 LDA: 6,420 ILS LOC only •— Runway 15 Approach Procedures RNAV N/A VOR N/A ILS Visual only Runway 33 Approach Procedures RNAV N/A VOR N/A _ Runway 15 NAVAIDs ILS/DME,MALSR,RVR LOC/DME,PAPI(temp),RVR Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP 32 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F ILS/DME,MALSF, PAPI, Runway 33 NAVAIDs RVR MALSF, PAPI,RVR Taxiway G ADG IV IV(N/A between T/W H and R/W 15 end) Taxiway E ADG IV IV ATCT(hours open) 06:00—24:00 local 06:00—24:00 local ARFF Index D D Air National Guard(ANG) Military operations relocated to Special Conditions military operations alternate ANG Base Airline XYZ requires VGSI Airline XYZ requires VGSI Complete the following chart for each phase to determine the area that must be protected along the runway edges: Aircraft Approach Airplane Design Group* RSA Width in Feet Runway Category A,B,C,orD I,II,III,or IV Divided by 2* *See AC 150/5300-13 to complete the chart for a specific runway. Complete the following chart for each phase to determine the area that must be protected before the runway threshold: Aircraft Minimum Airplane Minimum Distance to Threshold n Grou * Approach Safety Area Runway End Desi Number g p Category* Prior to the Based on Required Approach I,II,III,or IV Slope* A,B,C,or D Threshold* ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 *See AC 150/5300-13 to complete the chart for a specific runway. 309. Navigation Aid (NAVAID)Protection. List in this section all NAVAID facilities that will be affected by the construction. Identify NAVAID facilities that will be placed out of service at any time prior to or during construction activities.Identify individuals responsible for coordinating each shutdown and when each facility will be out of service. Include a reference to paragraph 306 above for FAA ATO NAVAID shutdown, restart, and flight inspection coordination. Outline in detail procedures to protect each NAVAID facility remaining in service from interference by construction activities. Include a reference to paragraph 314 for the issuance of NOTAMs as required. Include a reference to paragraph 316 for the protection of underground cables and piping serving NAVAIDs. If temporary visual aids are proposed to replace or supplement existing facilities, include a reference to paragraph 319. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the affected NAVAIDS and the corresponding critical areas. 310. Contractor Access.This will necessarily be the most extensive section of the CSPP. Provide 33 Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 sufficient detail so that a contractor not experienced in working on airports will understand the unique �. restrictions such work will require. Due to this extent,it should be broken down into subsections as described below: a. Location of Stockpiled Construction Materials.Describe in this section specific locations for stockpiling material.Note any height restrictions on stockpiles. Include a reference to paragraph 321 for hazard marking and lighting devices used to identify stockpiles. Include a reference to paragraph 311 for provisions to prevent stockpile material from becoming wildlife attractants.Include a reference to paragraph 312 for provisions to prevent stockpile material from becoming FOD.Attach drawings to graphically indicate the stockpile locations. b. Vehicle and Pedestrian Operations.While there are many items to be addressed in this major subsection of the CSPP,all are concerned with one main issue: keeping people and vehicles from areas of the airport where they don't belong.This includes preventing unauthorized entry to the AOA and preventing the improper movement of pedestrians or vehicles on the airport. In this section,focus on mechanisms to prevent construction vehicles and workers traveling to and from the worksite from unauthorized entry into movement areas. Specify locations of parking for both employee vehicles and lam construction equipment, and routes for access and haul roads. In most cases,this will best be accomplished by attaching a drawing. Quote from AC 150/5210-5 specific requirements for contractor vehicles rather than referring to the AC as a whole, and include special requirements for identifying Hazardous Material(HAZMAT)vehicles. Quote from,rather than incorporate by reference,AC 150/5210-20 as appropriate to address the airport's rules for ground vehicle operations, including its training program.Discuss the airport's recordkeeping system listing authorized vehicle operators. c. Two-Way Radio Communications.Include a special section to identify all individuals who are required to maintain communications with Air Traffic(AT)at airports with active towers, or monitor Common Traffic Advisory Frequencies(CTAF)at airports without or with closed ATCT.Include training �• requirements for all individuals required to communicate with AT.Individuals required to monitor AT frequencies should also be identified. If construction employees are also required to communicate by radio with Airport Operations,this procedure should be described in detail.Usage of vehicle mounted .,,. radios and/or portable radios should be addressed. Communication procedures for the event of disabled radio communication(that is, light signals,telephone numbers, others)must be included.All radio frequencies should by identified(Tower, Ground Control,CTAF,UNICOM,ATIS, and so on). d. Airport Security.Address security as it applies to vehicle and pedestrian operations. Discuss TSA requirements, security badging requirements,perimeter fence integrity,gate security, and other needs.Attach drawings to graphically indicate secured and/or Security Identification Display Areas (SIDA),perimeter fencing,and available access points. 311. Wildlife Management.Discuss in this section wildlife management procedures.Describe the maintenance of existing wildlife mitigation devices, such as perimeter fences,and procedures to limit wildlife attractants. Include procedures to notify Airport Operations of wildlife encounters. Include a reference to paragraph 310 for security(wildlife)fence integrity maintenance as required. L. 312. Foreign Object Debris(FOD)Management.In this section,discuss methods to control and monitor FOD: worksite housekeeping, ground vehicle tire inspections,runway sweeps, and so on.Include a reference to paragraph 315 for inspection requirements as required. 313. Hazardous Materials(HAZMAT)Management.Describe in this section HAZMAT management procedures: fuel deliveries, spill recovery procedures,Material Safety Data Sheet(MSDS) availability, and other considerations.Any specific airport HAZMAT restrictions should also be Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP 34 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F identified. Include a reference to paragraph 310 for HAZMAT vehicle identification requirements. Quote from,rather than incorporate by reference,AC 150/5320-15. 314. Notification of Construction Activities.List in this section the names and telephone numbers of points of contact for all parties affected by the construction project. We recommend a single list that -• includes all telephone numbers required under this section.Include emergency notification procedures for all representatives of all parties potentially impacted by the construction.Identify individual representatives—and at least one alternate—for each party. List both on-duty and off-duty contact information for each individual, including individuals responsible for emergency maintenance of airport construction hazard lighting and barricades. Describe procedures to coordinate immediate response to events that might adversely affect the operational safety of the airport(such as interrupted NAVAID service).Explain requirements for and the procedures for the issuance of Notices to Airmen(NOTAMs), notification to FAA required by 14 CFR Part 77 and Part 157 and in the event of affected NAVAIDs. For NOTAMs, identify an individual, and at least one alternate,responsible for issuing and cancelling each specific type of Notice to Airmen(NOTAM)required.Detail notification methods for police,fire fighting, and medical emergencies.This may include 911,but should also include direct phone numbers of local police departments and nearby hospitals. The local Poison Control number should be listed. Procedures regarding notification of Airport Operations and/or the ARFF Department of such emergencies should be identified, as applicable.If airport radio communications are identified as a means of emergency notification, include a reference to paragraph 310.Differentiate between emergency and nonemergency notification of ARFF personnel,the latter including activities that affect ARFF water —, supplies and access roads. Identify the primary ARFF contact person and at least one alternate. If notification is to be made through Airport Operations,then detail this procedure. Include a method of confirmation from the ARFF department. 315. Inspection Requirements.Describe in this section inspection requirements to ensure airfield safety compliance.Include a requirement for routine inspections by the resident engineer(RE)and the construction contractors. If the engineering consultants and/or contractors have a Safety Officer who will conduct such inspections, identify this individual. Describe procedures for special inspections, such as those required to reopen areas for aircraft operations.Part 139 requires daily airfield inspections at certificated airports,but these may need to be more frequent when construction is in progress. Discuss the role of such inspections on areas under construction. Include a requirement to immediately remedy any deficiencies,whether caused by negligence,oversight,or project scope change. 316. Underground Utilities.Explain how existing underground utilities will be located and protected. Identify each utility owner and include contact information for each company/agency in the master list. Address emergency response procedures for damaged or disrupted utilities. Include a reference to ,.� paragraph 314 above for notification of utility owners of accidental utility disruption as required. 317. Penalties.Describe in this section specific penalties imposed for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations, including the CSPP: SIDA violations,Vehicle/Pedestrian Deviations(VPD), and others. 318. Special Conditions. Identify any special conditions that may trigger specific safety mitigation actions outlined in this CSPP: low visibility operations, snow removal, aircraft in distress, aircraft accident, security breach,VPD, and other activities requiring construction suspension/resumption.Include a reference to paragraph 310 above for compliance with airport safety and security measures and for radio communications as required. Include a reference to paragraph 319 below for emergency notification of all involved parties, including police/security,ARFF, and medical services. 319. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids.Include marking, lighting, signs,and visual NAVAIDS. 35 Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP am, AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Detail temporary runway and taxiway marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs required for the �. construction.Discuss existing marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs that are temporarily,altered, obliterated, or shut down. Consider non-federal facilities and address requirements for reimbursable agreements necessary for alteration of FAA facilities and for necessary flight checks. Identify temporary TORA signs or runway distance remaining signs if appropriate.Identify required temporary visual NAVAIDs such as REIL or PAPI. Quote from,rather than incorporate by reference,AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings,AC 150/5340-18, Standards for Airport Sign Systems, and AC 150/5340-30, as required.Attach drawings to graphically indicate proposed marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDs. 320. Marking and Signs for Access Routes.Detail plans for marking and signs for vehicle access routes. To the extent possible, signs should be in conformance with the Federal Highway Administration Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD)and/or State highway specifications, not hand lettered. Detail any modifications to the guidance in the MUTCD necessary to meet frangibility/height .. requirements. 321. Hazard Marking and Lighting. Specify all marking and lighting equipment, including when Yom and where each type of device is to be used. Specify maximum gaps between barricades and the maximum spacing of hazard lighting.Identify one individual and at least one alternate responsible for maintenance of hazard marking and lighting equipment in the master telephone list.Include a reference to paragraph 314 above. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the placement of hazard marking and lighting equipment. 322. Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas.This section should focus exclusively on procedures for protecting all safety areas, including those altered by the construction: methods of demarcation, limit of access,movement within safety areas, stockpiling and trenching restrictions, and so on. Reference AC 150/5300-13: Airport Design as required. Include a reference to paragraph 310 above for procedures regarding vehicle and personnel movement within safety areas.Include a reference to paragraph 310 above for material stockpile restrictions as required.Detail requirements for trenching, excavations,and backfill. Include a reference to paragraph 321 for hazard marking and lighting devices used to identify open excavations as required.If runway and taxiway closures are proposed to protect safety areas,or if temporary displaced thresholds and/or revised declared distances are used to provide adequate Runway Safety Area, include a reference to paragraphs 314 and 319 above. Detail procedures .. for protecting the runway OFZ,runway OFA,taxiway OFA and runway approach surfaces including those altered by the construction: methods of demarcation, limit of cranes, storage of equipment, and so on. Quote from,rather than incorporate by reference,AC 150/5300-13: Airport Design as required. Include a reference to paragraph 323 for height(i.e. crane)restrictions as required. One way to address the height of equipment that will move during the project is to establish a three-dimensional"box"within which equipment will be confined that can be studied as a single object. Attach drawings to graphically indicate the safety area, OFZ,and OFA boundaries. 323. Other Limitations on Construction.This section should describe what limitations must be applied to each area of work and when each limitation will be applied: limitations due to airport �. operations,height(i.e. crane)restrictions, areas which cannot be worked at simultaneously, day/night work restrictions,winter construction,and other limitations.Include a reference to paragraph 307 above for project phasing requirements based on construction limitations as required. Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP 36 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 1. Related Reading Material Obtain the latest version of the following free publications from the FAA on its Web site at http://www.faa.gov/airports/. AC Title and Description Notices to Airmen(NOTAMs)for Airport Operators AC 150/5200-28 Guidance for using the NOTAM System in airport reporting. Airport Winter Safety and Operations AC 150/5200-30 Guidance for airport owners/operators on the development of an acceptable airport snow and ice control program and on appropriate field condition reporting procedures. Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near Airports — AC 150/5200-33 Guidance on locating certain land uses that might attract hazardous wildlife to public- use airports. Painting,Marking,and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport. AC 150/5210-5 Guidance,specifications,and standards for painting,marking,and lighting vehicles operating in the airport air operations areas. Ground Vehicle Operations on Airports AC 150/5210-20 Guidance to airport operators on developing ground vehicle operation training programs. Airport Design AC 150/5300-13 FAA standards and recommendations for airport design,establishes approach visibility minimums as an airport design parameter,and contains the Object Free area and the obstacle free-zone criteria. Airport Foreign Object Debris Management AC 150/5310-24 Guidance for developing and managing an airport foreign object debris(FOD)program Water Supply Systems for Aircraft Fire and Rescue Protection. AC 150/5220-4 Guidance on selecting a water source and meeting standards for a distribution system to support aircraft rescue and fire fighting service operations on airports. Management of Airport Industrial Waste Basic information on the characteristics,management,and regulations of industrial AC 150/5320-15 wastes generated at airports.Guidance for developing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)that applies best management practices to eliminate,prevent, or reduce pollutants in storm water runoff with particular airport industrial activities. Standards for Airport Markings AC 150/5340-1 FAA standards for markings used on airport runways,taxiways,and aprons. Standards for Airport Sign Systems AC 150/5340-18 FAA standards for the siting and installation of signs on airport runways and taxiways. Precision Approach Path Indicator(PAPI)Systems AC 150/5345-28 FAA standards for PAPI systems,which provide pilots with visual glide slope guidance during approach for landing. 37 Appendix 1 Related Reading Material AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 AC Title and Description — Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids AC 150/5340-30 Guidance and recommendations on the installation of airport visual aids. AC 150/5345-39 Specification for L-853,Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs AC 150/5345-44 _ FAA specifications for unlighted and lighted signs for taxiways and runways. Airport Lighting Certification Program AC 150/5345-53 Details on the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program(ALECP). Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights AC 150/5345-50 FAA standards for portable runway and taxiway lights and runway end identifier lights _ for temporary use to permit continued aircraft operations while all or part of a runway lighting system is inoperative. AC 150/5345-55 Specification for L-893,Lighted Visual Aid to Indicate Temporary Runway Closure Standards for Specifying Construction of Airports AC 150/5370-10 Standards for construction of airports,including earthwork,drainage,paving,turfmg, lighting,and incidental construction. Imo FAA Airports(ARP)Safety Management System(SMS) FAA Order 5200.11 Basics for implementing SMS within ARP.Includes roles and responsibilities of ARP management and staff as well as other FAA lines of business that contribute to the ARP SMS. Grasses Attractive to Hazardous Wildlife FAA Certalert 98-05 Guidance on grass management and seed selection. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration FAA Form 7480-1 Notice of Landing Area Proposal Obtain the latest version of the following free publications from the Electronic Code of Federal Regulations at http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/. Title 14 CFR Part 139 Certification of Airports Title 49 CFR Part 1542 Airport Security Obtain the latest version of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices from the Federal Highway Administration at http://mutcd.fliwa.dot.gov/. �. Appendix 1 Related Reading Material 38 .., September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 2. Definition of Terms Term Definition Notice Of Proposed Construction Or Alteration.For on-airport projects,the form submitted to the FAA regional or airports division office as formal written notification of any kind of construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable 7460-1 airspace,as defined in 14 CFR Part 77,safe,efficient use,and preservation of the navigable airspace.(See guidance available on the FAA web site at oeaaa.faa.gov.) The form may be downloaded at http://www.faa.gov/airports/resources/forms/,or filed electronically at: https:Uoeaaa.faa.gov. Notice Of Landing Area Proposal.Form submitted to the FAA Airports Regional Division Office or Airports District Office as formal written notification whenever a project without an airport layout plan on file with the FAA involves the construction 7480-1 of a new airport;the construction,realigning,altering,activating,or abandoning of a runway,landing strip,or associated taxiway;or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire airport The form may be downloaded at http://www.faa.gov/airports/resources/forms/. AC Advisory Circular ACRC Aircraft Reference Code - t ACSI Airport Certification Safety Inspector ADG Airplane Design Group AIP Airport Improvement Program ALECP Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program ANG Air National Guard Air Operations Area.Any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the AOA landing,takeoff,or surface maneuvering of aircraft.An air operations area includes such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runways,taxiways,or aprons. ARFF Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting ARP FAA Office of Airports ASDA Accelerate-Stop Distance Available ATCT Airport Traffic Control Tower ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service ATO Air Traffic Organization Certificated Airport An airport that has been issued an Airport Operating Certificate by the FAA under the authority of 14 CFR Part 139,Certification of Airports. CFR Code of Federal Regulations Construction The presence and movement of construction-related personnel,equipment,and materials in any location that could infringe upon the movement of aircraft. Construction Safety And Phasing Plan.The overall plan for safety and phasing of a CSPP construction project developed by the airport operator,or developed by the airport operator's consultant and approved by the airport operator.It is included in the invitation for bids and becomes part of the project specifications. 39 Appendix 2 Definition of Terms AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Term Definition CTAF Common Traffic Advisory Frequency A threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated Displaced Threshold beginning of the runway.The portion of pavement behind a displaced threshold is available for takeoffs in either direction or landing from the opposite direction. DOT Department of Transportation EPA Environmental Protection Agency FOD Foreign Object Debris HAZMAT Hazardous Materials IFR Instrument Flight Rules ILS Instrument Landing System LDA Landing Distance Available LOC Localizer antenna array The runways,taxiways,and other areas of an airport that are used for taxiing or hover Movement Area taxiing,air taxiing,takeoff,and landing of aircraft,exclusive of loading aprons and aircraft parking areas(reference 14 CFR Part 139). _. MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices NAVAID Navigation Aid NAVAID Critical Area An area of defined shape and size associated with a NAVAID that must remain clear and graded to avoid interference with the electronic signal.The area inside the airport security fence exclusive of the Movement Area.It is Non-Movement Area important to note that the non-movement area includes pavement traversed by aircraft. NOTAM Notices to Airmen Obstruction Any object/obstacle exceeding the obstruction standards specified by 14 CFR Part 77, subpart C. OE/AAA Obstruction Evaluation/Airport Airspace Analysis Object Free Area.An area on the ground centered on the runway,taxiway,or taxi —' lane centerline provided to enhance safety of aircraft operations by having the area OFA free of objects except for those objects that need to be located in the OFA for air navigation or aircraft ground maneuvering purposes.(See AC 150/5300-13,for additional guidance on OFA standards and wingtip clearance criteria.) Obstacle Free Zone.The airspace below 150 ft(45 m)above the established airport elevation and along the runway and extended runway centerline that is required to be ... clear of all objects,except for frangible visual NAVAIDs that need to be located in OFZ the OFZ because of their function,in order to provide clearance protection for aircraft landing or taking off from the runway and for missed approaches.The OFZ is subdivided as follows:Runway OFZ,Inner Approach OFZ, Inner Transitional OFZ, and Precision OFZ.Refer to AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on OFZ. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration P&R Planning and Requirements Group Appendix 2 Definition of Terms 40 r 0.41 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Term Definition PAPI Precision Approach Path Indicators PFC Passenger Facility Charge PLASI Pulse Light Approach Slope Indicators Project Proposal Summary A clear and concise description of the proposed project or change that is the object of Safety Risk Management. RE Resident Engineer REEL Runway End Identifier Lights RNAV Area Navigation ROFA Runway Object Free Area Runway Safety Area. A defmed surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable RSA for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot,overshoot, or excursion from the runway, in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. SIDA Security Identification Display Area SMS Safety Management System Safety Plan Compliance Document.Details developed and submitted by a contractor SPCD to the airport operator for approval providing details on how the performance of a construction project will comply with the CSPP. SRM Safety Risk Management A defmed surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of Taxiway Safety Area damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway,in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. TDG Taxiway Design Group Temporary Any condition that is not intended to be permanent. The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing and taking off in Temporary Runway End one direction,and for landing in the other direction.Note the difference from a displaced threshold. Threshold The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing.In some instances, the landing threshold may be displaced. TODA Takeoff Distance Available TOFA Taxiway Object Free Area Takeoff Run Available. The length of the runway less any length of runway TORA unavailable and/or unsuitable for takeoff run computations. See AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on declared distances. Taxiway Safety Area TSA --� Transportation Security Administration UNICOM A radio communications system of a type used at small airports. VASI Visual Approach Slope Indicators 41 Appendix 2 Definition of Terms AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Term Definition -- Visual Glide Slope Indicator.A device that provides a visual glide slope indicator to VGSI landing pilots. These systems include precision approach path indicators (PAPI), visual approach slope indicators(VASI),and pulse light approach slope indicators (PLASI). VFR Visual Flight Rules VOR VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range VPD Vehicle/Pedestrian Deviation Appendix 2 Definition of Terms 42 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 3. Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist This appendix is keyed to Section 2. Plan Requirements. In the electronic version of this AC, clicking on the paragraph designation in the Reference column will access the applicable paragraph. There may be instances where the CSPP requires provisions that are not covered by the list in this appendix. This checklist is intended as an aid, not as a required submittal. Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks General Considerations Requirements for predesign,prebid, and preconstruction conferences to introduce the 205 ❑ ❑ ❑ subject of airport operational safety during construction are specified. Yes No NA Operational safety is a standing agenda item for 205 ❑ ❑ ❑ construction progress meetings. Yes No NA Scheduling of the construction phases is properly 206 ❑ ❑ ❑ addressed. Yes No NA Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity Drawings showing affected areas are included. 207.a ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA Closed or partially closed runways,taxiways, 207.a(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ and aprons are depicted on drawings. Yes No NA Access routes used by ARFF vehicles affected 207.a(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ by the project are addressed. Yes No NA Access routes used by airport and airline support 207.a(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ vehicles affected by the project are addressed. Yes No NA Underground utilities, including water supplies 207.a(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ for fire fighting and drainage. Yes No NA Approach/departure surfaces affected by heights 207.a(5) ❑ ❑ ❑ of temporary objects are addressed. Yes No NA Construction areas, storage areas,and access ❑ ❑ ❑ routes near runways,taxiways, aprons,or 207.a helipads are properly depicted on drawings. Yes No NA Temporary changes to taxi operations are 207.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ addressed. Yes No NA 43 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Detours for ARFF and other airport vehicles are 207.b(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ identified. Yes No NA Maintenance of essential utilities and 207.b(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ underground infrastructure is addressed. Yes No NA Temporary changes to air traffic control 207.b(4) El ❑ ❑ procedures are addressed. Yes No NA NAVAIDS Critical areas for NAVAIDs are depicted on 208 ❑ ❑ ❑ drawings. Yes No NA Effects of construction activity on the performance of NAVAIDS,including 208 ❑ ❑ ❑ unanticipated power outages, are addressed. Yes No NA Protection of NAVAID facilities is addressed. 208 ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA The required distance and direction from each NAVAID to any construction activity is depicted 208 ❑ ❑ ❑ on drawings. Yes No NA Procedures for coordination with FAA 208,213.a, ❑ CI ❑ ATO/Technical Operations, including 213.e(3)(a), identification of points of contact,are included. 218.a Yes No NA Contractor Access The CSPP addresses areas to which contractor will have access and how the areas will be 209 ❑ ❑ ❑ accessed. Yes No NA The application of 49 CFR Part 1542 Airport 209 ❑ ❑ ❑ Security,where appropriate,is addressed. Yes No NA The location of stockpiled construction materials 209.a ❑ ❑ ❑ is depicted on drawings. Yes No NA The requirement for stockpiles in the ROFA to 209.a ❑ ❑ ❑ be approved by FAA is included. Yes No NA Requirements for proper stockpiling of materials 209.a ❑ ❑ ❑ are included. Yes No NA Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 44 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Construction site parking is addressed. 209.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA Construction equipment parking is addressed. 209.b(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA Access and haul roads are addressed. 209.b(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA A requirement for marking and lighting of vehicles to comply with AC 150/5210-5, 209.b(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ Painting,Marking and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport, is included. Yes No NA Proper vehicle operations, including 209.b(5), ❑ ❑ ❑ requirements for escorts, are described. 209.b(6) Yes No NA Training requirements for vehicle drivers are 209.b(7) ❑ ❑ ❑ addressed. Yes No NA Two-way radio communications procedures are 209.b(9) ❑ ❑ ❑ described. Yes No NA Maintenance of the secured area of the airport is 209.b(10) ❑ ❑ ❑ addressed. Yes No NA Wildlife Management The airport operator's wildlife management 210 ❑ ❑ ❑ procedures are addressed. Yes No NA Foreign Object Debris Management The airport operator's FOD management 211 ❑ ❑ ❑ procedures are addressed. Yes No NA Hazardous Materials Management The airport operator's hazardous materials 212 ❑ ❑ ❑ management procedures are addressed. Yes No NA Notification of Construction Activities Procedures for the immediate notification of airport user and local FAA of any conditions 213 ❑ ❑ ❑ adversely affecting the operational safety of the airport are detailed. Yes No NA 45 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Maintenance of a list by the airport operator of the responsible representatives/points of contact ❑ ❑ ❑ for all involved parties and procedures for 213.a _ contacting them 24 hours a day,seven days a Yes No NA week is specified. A list of local ATO/Technical Operations ❑ ❑ ❑ personnel is included. 213.a Yes No NA A list of ATCT managers on duty is included. 213.a ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA A list of authorized representatives to the OCC is 213.b ❑ ❑ ❑ included. Yes No NA Procedures for coordinating, issuing,maintaining and cancelling by the airport operator of 208,213.b, ❑ ❑ ❑ NOTAMS about airport conditions resulting 218.b(4)(i) from construction are included. Yes No NA _ Provision of information on closed or hazardous conditions on airport movement areas by the 213.b ❑ ❑ ❑ airport operator to the OCC is specified. Yes No NA — Emergency notification procedures for medical, 213.c ❑ ❑ ❑ fire fighting, and police response are addressed. Yes No NA Coordination with ARFF personnel for non- 213.d ❑ ❑ ❑ emergency issues is addressed. Yes No NA Notification to the FAA under 14 CFR parts 77 ❑ ❑ ❑ and 157 is addressed. 213.e _ Yes No NA Reimbursable agreements for flight checks and/or design and construction for FAA owned 213.e(3)(b) ❑ ❑ ❑ -- NAVAIDs are addressed. Yes No NA Inspection Requirements Daily inspections by both the airport operator 214.a ❑ El ❑ and contractor are specified. Yes No NA Final inspections at certificated airports are 214.b ❑ ❑ ❑ specified when required. Yes No NA Underground Utilities Procedures for protecting existing underground 215 ❑ ❑ ❑ facilities in excavation areas are described. Yes No NA Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 46 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Penalties Penalty provisions for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations and the safety plans 216 El ❑ ❑ are detailed. Yes No NA Special Conditions Any special conditions that affect the operation of the airport or require the activation of any 217 ❑ ❑ ❑ special procedures are addressed. Yes No NA Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids-Marking,Lighting,Signs,and Visual NAVAIDs The proper securing of temporary airport CI CI CImarkings, lighting, signs,and visual NAVAIDs 218.a is addressed. Yes No NA Frangibility of airport markings,lighting, signs, 218.a,218.c, ❑ ❑ ❑ and visual NAVAIDs is specified. 219,220.b(4) Yes No NA The requirement for markings to be in compliance with AC 150/5340-1, Standards for 218.b ❑ ❑ ❑ Airport Markings is specified. Yes No NA The requirement for lighting to conform to AC 150/5340-30,Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids,AC 150/5345-50, 218.b 1 CI CI CI Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights, and AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Yes No NA Certification Program,is specified. The use of a lighted X is specified where 218.b(1)(b), ❑ ❑ ❑ appropriate. 218.b(3) Yes No NA The requirement for signs to conform to AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs,AC 50/5340-18, Standards for 218.c CI CI CI Airport Sign Systems, and AC 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Certification Program, is Yes No NA specified. Marking and Signs For Access Routes The CSPP specifies that pavement markings and signs intended for construction personnel should conform to AC 150/5340-18 and,to the extent 219 ❑ ❑ ❑ practicable,with the MUTCD and/or State Yes No NA highway specifications. Hazard Marking and Lighting Prominent, comprehensible warning indicators for any area affected by construction that is 220.a ❑ ❑ ❑ normally accessible to aircraft,personnel,or vehicles are specified. Yes No NA 47 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks -- Hazard marking and lighting are specified to El ❑ ❑ identify open manholes, small areas under repair, 220.a stockpiled material,and waste areas. Yes No NA The CSPP considers less obvious construction- ❑ ❑ ❑ related hazards. 220.a Yes No NA Equipment that poses the least danger to aircraft but is sturdy enough to remain in place when 220.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ subjected to typical winds,prop wash and jet —" blast is specified. Yes No NA The spacing of barricades is specified such that a breach is physically prevented barring a 220.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ deliberate act. Yes No NA Red lights meeting the luminance requirements 220.b(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ of the State Highway Department are specified. Yes No NA Barricades,temporary markers,and other objects placed and left in areas adjacent to any open runway,taxiway,taxi lane, or apron are specified 220.b(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ to be as low as possible to the ground,and no Yes No NA more than 18 in high. Barricades marked with diagonal, alternating orange and white stripes are specified to indicate 220.b(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ construction locations in which no part of an aircraft may enter. Yes No NA Highly reflective barriers with lights are specified to barricade taxiways leading to closed 220.b(5) ❑ ❑ ❑ runways. Yes No NA Markings for temporary closures are specified. 220.b(5) ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA The provision of a contractor's representative on call 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance 220.b(7) ❑ ❑ ❑ of airport hazard lighting and barricades is specified. Yes No NA Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas The CSPP clearly states that no construction may occur within a safety area while the associated 221.a(1), ❑ ❑ ❑ runway or taxiway is open for aircraft 221.c(1) operations. Yes No NA The CSPP specifies that the airport operator coordinates the adjustment of RSA or TSA 221.a(2), ❑ ❑ ❑ dimensions with the ATCT and the appropriate 221.c(2) FAA Airports Regional or District Office and Yes No NA issues a local NOTAM. Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 48 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Procedures for ensuring adequate distance for protection from blasting operations,if required 221.c(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ by operational considerations,are detailed. Yes No NA The CSPP specifies that open trenches or excavations are not permitted within a safety 221.a(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ area while the associated runway or taxiway is open. Yes No NA Appropriate covering of excavations in the RSA or TSA that cannot be backfilled before the 221.a(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ associated runway or taxiway is open is detailed. Yes No NA The CSPP includes provisions for prominent marking of open trenches and excavations at the 221.a(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ construction site. Yes No NA Grading and soil erosion control to maintain 221.c(5) ❑ El El RSA/TSA standards are addressed. Yes No NA The CSPP specifies that equipment is to be 221.b ❑ ❑ ❑ — removed from the ROFA when not in use. Yes No NA The CSPP clearly states that no construction may occur within a taxiway safety area while the 221.c ❑ ❑ ❑ taxiway is open for aircraft operations. Yes No NA Appropriate details are specified for any construction work to be accomplished in a 221.d ❑ ❑ ❑ taxiway object free area. Yes No NA Measures to ensure that personnel,material, and/or equipment do not penetrate the OFZ or 221.e ❑ ❑ ❑ threshold siting surfaces while the runway is open for aircraft operations are included. Yes No NA Provisions for protection of runway approach/departure areas and clearways are 221.f ❑ ❑ El ' included. Yes No NA .. Other Limitations on Construction The CSPP prohibits the use of open flame welding or torches unless adequate fire safety 222.a(2) ❑ El ❑ precautions are provided and the airport operator has approved their use. Yes No NA The CSPP prohibits the use of flare pots within the AOA at any time. 222.a(4) ❑ El El Yes No NA The CSPP prohibits the use of electrical blasting caps on or within 1,000 ft(300 m)of the airport 222.a(3) El ❑ ❑ property. Yes No NA 49 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist IMP September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 4. Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist The situations identified below are potentially hazardous conditions that may occur during airport construction projects. Safety area encroachments,unauthorized and improper ground vehicle operations, and unmarked or uncovered holes and trenches near aircraft operating surfaces pose the most prevalent threats to airport operational safety during airport construction projects. The list below is one tool that the airport operator or contractor may use to aid in identifying and correcting potentially hazardous conditions.It should be customized as appropriate for each project. Potentially Hazardous Conditions Item Action Required or None Excavation adjacent to runways,taxiways, and aprons improperly backfilled. ❑ Mounds of earth,construction materials,temporary structures,and other obstacles near any open runway, ❑ taxiway,or taxi lane;in the related Object Free area and aircraft approach or departure areas/zones;or obstructing any sign or marking. Runway resurfacing projects resulting in lips exceeding ❑ 3 in(7.6 cm)from pavement edges and ends. Heavy equipment(stationary or mobile)operating or idle near AOA, in runway approaches and departures ❑ areas,or in OFZ. Equipment or material near NAVAIDs that may degrade or impair radiated signals and/or the ❑ monitoring of navigation and visual aids.Unauthorized or improper vehicle operations in localizer or glide slope critical areas,resulting in electronic interference and/or facility shutdown. Tall and especially relatively low visibility units(that is,equipment with slim profiles)—cranes,drills,and ❑ similar objects—located in critical areas,such as OFZ and approach zones. Improperly positioned or malfunctioning lights or unlighted airport hazards,such as holes or excavations, ❑ on any apron,open taxiway,or open taxi lane or in a related safety,approach,or departure area. Obstacles,loose pavement,trash,and other debris on or near AOA. Construction debris(gravel,sand,mud, ❑ ..� paving materials)on airport pavements may result in aircraft propeller,turbine engine,or tire damage.Also, loose materials may blow about,potentially causing personal injury or equipment damage. 51 Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Item Action Required or None Inappropriate or poorly maintained fencing during construction intended to deter human and animal intrusions into the AOA.Fencing and other markings ❑ that are inadequate to separate construction areas from open AOA create aviation hazards. Improper or inadequate marking or lighting of runways (especially thresholds that have been displaced or runways that have been closed)and taxiways that could cause pilot confusion and provide a potential for a ❑ runway incursion.Inadequate or improper methods of marking,barricading,and lighting of temporarily closed portions of AOA create aviation hazards. Wildlife attractants—such as trash(food scraps not collected from construction personnel activity),grass seeds,tall grass,or standing water—on or near ❑ airports. Obliterated or faded temporary markings on active El areas. Misleading or malfunctioning obstruction lights. Unlighted or unmarked obstructions in the approach to ❑ any open runway pose aviation hazards. Failure to issue,update,or cancel NOTAMs about airport or runway closures or other construction related ❑ airport conditions. Failure to mark and identify utilities or power cables. Damage to utilities and power cables during construction activity can result in the loss of runway/ taxiway lighting;loss of navigation,visual,or approach ❑ aids;disruption of weather reporting services;and/or loss of communications. Restrictions on ARFF access from fire stations to the ❑ runway/taxiway system or airport buildings. Lack of radio communications with construction ❑ vehicles in airport movement areas. Objects,regardless of whether they are marked or flagged,or activities anywhere on or near an airport El could be distracting,confusing,or alarming to pilots during aircraft operations. Water,snow,dirt,debris,or other contaminants that temporarily obscure or derogate the visibility of runway/taxiway marking,lighting,and pavement ❑ edges.Any condition or factor that obscures or diminishes the visibility of areas under construction. Spillage from vehicles(gasoline,diesel fuel,oil)on active pavement areas,such as runways,taxiways, ❑ aprons,and airport roadways. Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist 52 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Item Action Required or None Failure to maintain drainage system integrity during construction(for example,no temporary drainage ❑ provided when working on a drainage system). Failure to provide for proper electrical lockout and tagging procedures.At larger airports with multiple maintenance shifts/workers,construction contractors ❑ should make provisions for coordinating work on circuits. Failure to control dust. Consider limiting the amount of area from which the contractor is allowed to strip turf ❑ Exposed wiring that creates an electrocution or fire ignition hazard.Identify and secure wiring,and place it ❑ in conduit or bury it. Site burning,which can cause possible obscuration. ❑ —7 Construction work taking place outside of designated work areas and out of phase. ❑ 53 Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Intentionally Left Blank Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist 54 PART 4 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE DETERMINATION Immo •••• Wm= .ms UMW • OM. IME OMNI 11•M• General Decision Number: IA170097 01/06/2017 IA97 ..R Superseded General Decision Number: IA20160097 State: Iowa Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Iowa Statewide. .04 STATEWIDE EXCEPT SCOTT COUNTY HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Does not include work on or pertaining to the Mississippi or Missouri Rivers or on Water and Sewage Treatment Plants), AND HIGHWAY PROJECTS (does not include building structures in rest areas) Note: Under Executive Order(EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of$10.20 for calendar year 2017 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded(and any -- solicitation was issued)on or after January 1,2015. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least$10.20 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher)for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2017.The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/06/2017 SUTA2016-00106/07/2016 Rates Fringes CARPENTER&PILEDRIVERMEN ZONE 1 $26.42 11.13 ZONE 2 $24.33 11.13 ZONE 3 $24.33 11.13 ZONE 4 $23.65 8.95 ZONE 5 $22.75 7.55 CONCRETE FINISHER ZONE 1 $24.50 7.10 ZONE 2 $24.50 7.10 ZONE 3 $24.50 7.10 ZONE 4 $22.05 5.55 ZONE 5 $20.45 6.10 ELECTRICIAN(STREET AND HIGHWAY LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC 7 SIGNALS) ZONE 1,2,AND 3 $22.80 5.70 ZONE 4 $21.50 5.70 ZONE 5 $ 19.30 5.70 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 WS-1 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C 4 IRONWORKER(SETTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL) ZONE 1 $29.00 8.55 ZONE 2 $26.91 8.55 ZONE 3 $26.61 8.85 ZONE 4 $24.75 7.85 ZONE 5 $22.90 7.40 LABORER ZONE 1,2,AND 3 GROUP A $21.33 8.50 GROUP AA $23.71 8.50 GROUP B $ 19.48 8.50 GROUP C $ 16.40 8.50 ZONE 4 GROUP A $ 19.00 7.95 GROUP B $ 17.68 7.95 GROUP C $ 14.80 7.95 ZONE 5 GROUP A $ 19.50 6.50 GROUP B $ 17.00 6.50 GROUP C $ 16.15 6.50 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR ZONE 1 GROUP A $29.40 13.30 GROUP B $27.85 13.30 4 GROUP C $25.35 13.30 GROUP D $25.35 13.30 ZONE 2 GROUP A $28.70 13.30 GROUP B $27.10 13.30 GROUP C $24.55 13.30 GROUP D $24.55 13.30 ZONE 3 GROUP A $27.50 19.55 GROUP B $25.70 19.55 - GROUP C $24.70 19.55 GROUP D $ 24.70 19.55 ZONE 4 GROUP A $28.35 9.35 GROUP B $27.21 9.35 GROUP C $25.13 9.35 GROUP D $25.13 9.35 ZONE 5 GROUP A $24.67 7.60 GROUP B $23.63 7.60 GROUP C $21.90 7.60 GROUP D $20.90 7.60 FAA MP#3-19-0094-045 WS-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C TRUCK DRIVER ZONE 1 $21.50 10.30 -� ZONE 2 $21.50 10.30 ZONE 3 $21.50 10.30 ZONE 4 $21.60 6.00 ..., ZONE 5 $ 19.65 6.00 ZONE DEFINITIONS ZONE 1 -The Counties of Polk, Warren and Dallas for all Crafts,and Linn County Carpenters Only. ZONE 2 - The Counties of Dubuque for all crafts and Linn County for all Crafts except Carpenters. ZONE 3 -The Cities of Burlington, Clinton,Fort Madison Keokuk, and Muscatine(and abutting municipalities of any such cities). ZONE 4 - Story,Black Hawk, Cedar,Jasper,Jones,Jackson, Louisa,Madison and Marion Counties; Clinton County(except the City of Clinton),Johnson County,Muscatine County(except the City of Muscatine),the City of Council Bluffs, Lee County and Des Moines County. ZONE 5 -All areas of the state not listed above. LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS -ALL ZONES GROUP AA-Asbestos abatement worker(Zones 1, 2,and 3) Skilled pipelayer(sewer,water and conduits)and tunnel laborers(zones 1,2 and 3) GROUP A-Asbestos abatement worker(Zones 4 and 5): Carpenter tender on bridges and box culverts; curb machine(without a seat); deck hand;diamond and core drills; drill operator on air tracs, ..� wagon drills and similar drills; form setter/stringman on paving work; gunnite nozzleman;joint sealer kettleman; laser operator;pipelayer(sewer water and conduits)Zone 4& 5; powderman tender; powerman/blaster; saw operator;tunnel laborer(zones 4 and 5). GROUP B -Air,gas, electric tool operator; barco hammer; carpenter tender; caulker; chain sawman; compressor(under 400cfm); concrete finisher tender; concrete processing materials and monitors; cutting torch on demolition; drill tender; dumpmen; electric drills; fence erectors; form line expansion joint assembler; form tamper; general laborer; grade checker;handling and placing metal mesh, dowel bars,reinforcing bars and chairs; hot asphalt laborer; installing temporary traffic control devices;jackhammerman;mechanical grouter;painter(all except stripers);paving breaker; planting trees, shrubs and flowers;power broom(not self/propelled);power buggyman; rakers;rodman(tying reinforcing steel); sandblaster; seeding and mulching; sewer utility topman/bottom man; spaders; stressor or stretcherman on pre or post tensioned concrete; stringman on re/surfacing/no grade ,"' control; swinging stage,tagline or block and tackle;tampers;timberman;tool room men and checkers;tree climber;tree groundman; underpinning and shoring caissons over twelve feet deep; vibrators; walk behind trencher; walk behind paint stripers; walk behind vibrating compactor;water pumps(under three inch);work from bosun chair. GROUP C- Scale weigh person;traffic control/flagger, surveillance or monitor,water carrier. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS -ALL ZONES GROUP A-All terrain(off road)forklift; Asphalt Breakdown Roller(vibratory),Asphalt laydown machine; asphalt plant; Asphalt Screed,bulldozer finish); central mix plant; concrete pump; crane; FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 WS-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C crawler tractor pulling scraper; directional drill(60,000(lbs)pullback and above); dragline and power L shovel; dredge engineer; excavator(over 1/2 cu.yd.)front end loader(4 cy and over);horizontal boring machine;master mechanic; milling machine(over 350 hp);motor grader(finish);push cat; rubber tired backhoe(over 1/2 cu.yd.)scraper(12 cu.yd. and over or finish); Self-propelled rotary mixer/road reclaimer; sidebroom tractor; slipform portland concrete paver;tow or push boat; trenching machine(Cleveland 80 or similar). GROUP B -Articulated off road hauler, asphalt heater/planer; asphalt material transfer vehicle; Asphalt Roller;belt loader or similar loader;bulldozer(rough); churn or rotarydrill; concrete curb machine, crawler tractor pulling ripper, disk or roller;deck hand/oiler directional drill(less than 60,000(lbs)pullback); distributor; excavator 1/2 cu.yd. and under);form riding concrete paver;front end loader(2 to less than 4 cu.yd.); group equipment greaser;mechanic; milling machine(350hp. and less); paving breaker; portland concrete dry batch plant;rubber tired backhoe 1/2 cu.yd. and under); scraper(under 12 cy), screening,washing and crushing plant(mobile,portable or stationary); shoulder machine; skid loader(1 cu.yd and over); subgrader or trimmer;trenching machine; water wagon on compaction. GROUP C -Boom&winch truck, concrete spreader/belt placer, deep wells for dewatering; farm type tractor(over 75 hp.)pulling disc or roller; forklift;front end loader(under 2 cu.yd.);motor grader (rough); pile hammer power unit;pump(greater than three inch diameter);pumps on well points; safty boat; self-propelled roller(other than asphalt); self-propelled sand blaster or shot blaster,water Imp blaster or striping grinder/remover; skid loader(under 1 cu.yd.);truck mounted post driver. GROUP D-Boiler,compressor, cure and texture machine; dow box; farm type or utility tractor (under 75 hp.)pulling disk,roller or other attachments; group greaser tender; light plants;mechanic tender;mechanical broom;mechanical heaters; oiler;pumps(under three inch diameter);tree chipping machine;truck cranedriver/oiler. CARPENTERS AND PILEDRIVERMEN, OR IRONWORKERS(ZONE 5) Setting of structural steel; any welding incidental to bridge or culvert construction; setting concrete beams. WELDERS-Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706,Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded(and any solicitation was issued)on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work,up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care;to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from,or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault,or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses(29CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(ii)). FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 WS-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C .., The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s)of construction in the area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of"identifiers"that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate(current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate(weighted average rate)or a union average rate(weighted union average rate). UNION RATE IDENTIFIERS A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG"denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014.PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification,which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e.,Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA)governing this classification and rate. SURVEY RATE IDENTIFIERS Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates.Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates.LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. UNION AVERAGE RATE IDENTIFIERS Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100%of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014.UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year,usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. I —7 WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 WS-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance(additional classification and rate)ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory,then the process described in 2.)and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S.Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington,DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes,then an interested party(those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S.Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington,DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information(wage payment data,project description, area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable,an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board(formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S.Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington,DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. .. l END OF GENERAL DECISION L ' FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 WS-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS lam im lomm Item P-101 Surface Preparation DESCRIPTION 101-1.1 This item shall consist of preparation of existing pavement surfaces for overlay, surface treatments,removal of existing pavement, and other miscellaneous items. The work shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications and the applicable drawings. EQUIPMENT 101-2.1 All equipment shall be specified here and in the following paragraphs or approved by the Engineer. The equipment shall not cause damage to the pavement to remain in place. CONSTRUCTION 101-3.1 Removal of existing pavement. a. . . . . . . . . a pavement. The pavement inside s damage to cables, utility ducts, pipelines, or draia r the Y t fib t • -- b. Asphalt concrete pavement. Asphalt concrete pavement to be removed shall be cut to the full depth of the bituminous material around the perimeter of the area to be removed. The pavement shall be removed so the joint for each layer of pavement replacement is offset 1 foot (30 cm) from the joint in the preceding layer. This does not apply if the removed pavement is to be replaced with concrete or soil. If the material is to be wasted on the airport site, it shall be broken to a maximum size of 3 inches(mm). [meet the following gradation:[ j.j 101-3.2 Preparation of joints and cracks. Remove all vegetation and debris from cracks to a minimum depth of 1 inch (25 mm). If extensive vegetation exists treat the specific area with a concentrated solution of a water-based herbicide approved by the Engineer. Fill all cracks, ignoring hairline cracks (< 1/4 inch (6 mm) wide)with a crack sealant per ASTM D6690. Wider cracks (over 1-1/2 inch wide (38 mm)), along with soft or sunken spots, indicate that the pavement or the pavement base should be repaired or replaced as stated below. Any excess joint or crack sealer on the surface of the pavement shall also be removed from the pavement surface. Cracks and joints may be filled with a mixture of emulsified asphalt and aggregate. The aggregate shall consist of limestone, volcanic ash, sand, or other material that will cure to form a hard substance. The combined gradation shall be as shown in the following table. Gradation Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 8 90-100 No. 16 65-90 No. 30 40-60 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P101-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 50 25-42 No. 100 15-30 No. 200 10-20 Up to 3% cement can be added to accelerate the set time. The mixture shall not contain more than 20% natural sand without approval in writing from the — Engineer. The proportions of asphalt emulsion and aggregate shall be determined in the field and may be varied to facilitate construction requirements. Normally, — these proportions will be approximately one part asphalt emulsion to five parts aggregate by volume. The material shall be poured or placed into the joints or cracks and compacted to form a voidless mass. The joint or crack shall be filled within 0 to 1/8 inches (0-3 mm) of the surface. Any material spilled outside the width of the joint shall be removed from the pavement surface prior to constructing the overlay. Where concrete overlays are to be constructed, only the excess joint material on the pavement surface and — vegetation in the joints need to be removed. 101-3.3 Removal of paint and rubber. All paint and rubber over 1 foot(30 cm) wide that will affect the bond of the new overlay shall be removed from the surface of the existing pavement. Chemicals,high-pressure water,heater ... scarifier (asphaltic concrete only), cold milling, or sandblasting may be used. Any methods used shall not cause major damage to the pavement. Major damage is defined as changing the properties of the pavement or removing pavement over 1/8 inch (3 mm) deep. If chemicals are used, they shall comply with the state's environmental protection regulations. No material shall be deposited on the runway shoulders. All wastes shall be disposed of in areas indicated in this specification or shown on the plans. 101-3.4 Concrete spall or failed asphaltic concrete pavement repair. 01. a. Repair of concrete spalls in areas to be overlaid with asphalt. The Contractors shall repair all spalled concrete as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The perimeter of the repair shall be saw cut a minimum of 2 inches(50 mm)outside the affected area and 2 inches(50 mm)deep. The deteriorated material shall be removed to a depth where the existing material is firm or cannot be easily removed with a geologist pick. The -- removed area shall be filled with asphaltic concrete with a minimum Marshall stability of 1,200 lbs (544 kg) and maximum flow of 20 (units of 0.01 in). The material shall be compacted with equipment approved by the Engineer until the material is dense and no movement or marks are visible. The material shall not be placed in lifts over 4 r.. inches(100 mm)in depth.This method of repair applies only to pavement to be overlaid. b.Asphaltic concrete pavement repair.The failed areas shall be removed as specified in paragraph 101-3.1b. All failed material including surface,base course, subbase course, and subgrade shall be removed. The base course and subbase shall be replaced if it has been infiltrated with clay, silt, or other material affecting the load-bearing capacity.Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the other applicable sections of this specification. 101-3.5 Cold milling. Milling shall be performed with a power-operated milling machine or grinder, capable of ... producing a finished surface that provides a good bond to the new overlay. The milling machine or grinder shall operate without tearing or gouging the under laying surface. The milling machine or grinder shall be equipped with automatic grade and slope controls. All millings shall be removed and disposed off Airport property, unless otherwise specified. If the Contractor mills or grinds deeper or wider than the plans specify, the Contractor shall •- replace the material that was removed with new material at no additional cost to the Owner. a. Patching. The milling machine shall be capable of cutting a vertical edge without chipping or spalling the edges of the remaining pavement and it shall have a positive method of controlling the depth of cut. The Engineer shall layout the area to be milled with a straightedge in increments of 1 foot(30 cm)widths. The area to be milled shall cover only the failed area. Any excessive area that is milled because the Contractor doesn't have the appropriate milling machine, or areas that are damaged because of his negligence, shall not be included in the r.. measurement for payment. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P101-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Reconstruct Taxiway C L. b. Profiling, grade correction,or surface correction. The milling machine shall have a minimum width of 7 feet([2] m)and it shall be equipped with electronic grade control devices that will cut the surface to the grade and tolerances specified. The machine shall cut vertical edges. A positive method of dust control shall be provided. The machine shall have the ability to [windrow the milling.; or cuttings] remove the millings or cuttings from the pavement and load them into a truck. c. Clean-up. The Contractor shall sweep the milled surface daily and immediately after the milling until all residual aggregate and fines are removed from the pavement surface. Prior to paving,the Contractor shall wet down the milled pavement and thoroughly sweep and/or blow the surface to remove any remaining aggregate or fines. 101-3.6. Preparation of asphalt pavement surfaces. Existing asphalt pavements indicated to be treated with a surface treatment shall be prepared as follows: a. Patch asphalt pavement surfaces that have been softened by petroleum derivatives or have failed due to any other cause. Remove damaged pavement to the full depth of the damage and replace with new asphalt concrete similar to that of the existing pavement in accordance with paragraph 101-3.4. b.Repair joints and cracks in accordance with paragraph 101-3.2. c. Remove oil or grease that has not penetrated the asphalt pavement by scraping or by scrubbing with a detergent,then wash thoroughly with clean water.After cleaning,treat these areas with an oil spot primer. d. Clean pavement surface immediately prior to placing the surface treatment by sweeping, flushing well with water leaving no standing water,or a combination of both,so that it is free of dust,dirt,grease,vegetation,oil or any type of objectionable surface film. 101-3.7 Maintenance. The Contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the pavement in a satisfactory condition until the full section is complete and accepted by the Engineer. The surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material.The pavement shall be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary or if the pavement becomes disturbed,any work repairs necessary shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. 101-3.8 Preparation of Joints in Rigid Pavement. 101-3.8.1 Removal of Existing Joint Sealant.All existing joint sealants will be removed by plowing or use of hand tools. Any remaining sealant and or debris will be removed by use of wire brushes or other tools as necessary. Resaw joints removing no more than 1/16 inch (2 mm) from each joint face. Immediately after sawing, flush out joint with water and other tools as necessary to completely remove the slurry. Allow sufficient time to dry out joints prior to sealing. 101-3.8.2 Cleaning prior to sealing.Immediately before sealing,joints shall be cleaned by removing any remaining laitance and other foreign material. Clean joints by sandblasting, or other method approved by the Engineer, on each joint face with nozzle held at an angle and not more than three inches (75 mm) from face. Following 0.4 sandblasting, clean joints with air free of oil and water. Joint surfaces will be surface-dry prior to installation of sealant. 101-3.9 Preparation of Cracks in Flexible Pavement. 101-3.9.1 Preparation of Crack. Widen crack with trout cr]; random crack saw by removing a minimum of 1/16 inch (2 mm) from each side of crack. Immediately before sealing,joints will be blown out with a hot air lance combined with oil and water-free compressed air. 101-3.9.2 Removal of Existing Sealant. Existing sealants will be removed by [routing] random crack . Following [routing] sawing, any remaining debris will be removed by use of a hot lance combined with oil and water-free compressed air. FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 P101-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ..4 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1101 4.1 Lump sum.( No separate measurement for payment will ,be made. The of the Contractor and covered under the other contract items 101-4.1 Pavement removal. The unit of measurement for pavement removal shall be the number of square yards (square meters) removed by the Contractor. Any pavement removed outside the limits of removal because the pavement was damaged by negligence on the part of the Contractor shall not be included in the measurement for payment. 101-4.2 Joint and crack repair. The unit of measurement for joint and crack repair shall be the linear foot (meter) of joint. rubber .'removal shall be the square foot (meter) 101 4.4 Spelled and failed asphaltic concrete pavement repair: • be determined and agreed upon by the Engineer and the Contractor.' b. The unit of measure for failed asphaltic concrete pavement shall be square feet (square meter) . _ 101 4.5 Cold milling. The unit of a � e—fo cold g h l be-{ 1 inches of milling per square yard (square meter) . The location and average shall re mill the area and will be paid only once for the total depth of milling: BASIS OF PAYMENT 101-5.1 Payment. Payment shall be made at contract unit price for the unit of measurement as specified above. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of the material and for all labor,equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Item P 101-5.1 Pavement Removal Item P 101-5.2 Joint and Crack Repair Item P 101 5.3 Paint and Rubber Removal Item P 101 5.4 Spalled and Failed Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Repair: (1)Concrete Spall Repair -- (2)Failed asphaltic concrete pavement: Item P 101 5.5 Cold Milling MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D6690 Standard Specification For Joint And Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, For Concrete And Asphalt Pavements END OF ITEM P-101 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P101-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Reconstruct Taxiway C Item P-152 Excavation,Subgrade,and Embankment DESCRIPTION 152-1.1 This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct safety areas, runways,taxiways, aprons, and intermediate areas as well as other areas for drainage,building construction,parking, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical sections shown on the plans. 152-1.2 Classification.All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: a. Unclassified excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature. f . : . rippers. All boulders containing a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard (0.4 m) will be classified as "rock excavation." subsidence in the embankment. It may consist of decaying stumps, roots, logs, humus, or other material not satisfactorv'f ,-.,oration ' th' t, k r ., r drainage and includes drainage ditches,such as in rt tinas let.r outlet ditchs. ,,+a, , 1 + ti 152-1.3 Unsuitable excavation. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material, suitable for topsoil may be used on the embankment slope when approved by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 152-2.1 General. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area. the area shall be — completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans. All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport,unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued and the Engineer notified per subsection 70-20. At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. Those areas outside of the limits of the pavement areas where the top layer of soil material has become compacted by hauling or other Contractor activities shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches(100 mm),to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. The Contractor, at his or her expense, shall satisfactorily repair or FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C pay the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures that may result from any of the Contractor's operations .. during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 Excavation. No excavation shall be started until the work has been staked out by the Contractor and the Engineer has obtained from the Contractor, the survey notes of the elevations and measurements of the ground `. surface. All areas to be excavated shall be stripped of vegetation and topsoil. Topsoil shall be stockpiled for future use in areas designated on the plans or by the Engineer. All suitable excavated material shall be used in the formation of embankment,subgrade,or other purposes shown on the plans.All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated,the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed as directed by the Engineer. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the embankments to the grades indicated,the deficiency shall ►- be obtained from borrow areas. The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times.When necessary,temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water that may affect the work. ... a.Selective grading.When selective grading is indicated on the plans,the more suitable material designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment or in capping the pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation,it is not possible to place this material in its final location,it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that •- it can be measured for payment as specified in paragraph 152-3.3. b. Undercutting. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for safety areas, subgrades,roads, shoulders,or any areas intended for turf shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches(300 mm) below the subgrade or to the depth specified by the Engineer. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material,unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified. Unsuitable materials shall be {disposed of at locations shown on the plans] disposed off the airport. The cost is incidental to this item. This excavated material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (per cubic meter) for unclassified excavation. The excavated area shall be backfilled with suitable material obtained from the grading operations or borrow areas and compacted to specified densities. The necessary backfill will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made, backfill with select material. Any pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with the details shown on the plans. c. Overbreak. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer.All overbreak shall be graded or removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his or her decision shall be final. Payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak that the Engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation." d. Removal of utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor;for example,the utility unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated at least 2 feet (60 cm) below the top of subgrade or as indicated on the plans,and the material disposed of as directed by the Engineer.All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as specified. Imam e. Compaction requirements. The subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557. The material to be compacted shall be within±2% of optimum moisture content before being rolled to obtain the prescribed compaction(except for expansive soils). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with r ' 1 "AS TM D 6 9 3 8 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be �- calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. The fmished grading operations, conforming to the typical cross-section, shall be completed and maintained at least 1,000 feet _ (300 m)ahead of the paving operations or as directed by the Engineer. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C All loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes of cuts shall be pried loose or otherwise removed to the slope finished grade line. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross-section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting shall not be allowed. f astm g .,,;1l be permitted direct d b t -Engineer and in accordance with the following: the work, and the property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired by the Contractor. The cost of repair is orage, and use of plosives shall conform to all Federal, state and local refutations and explosive manufacturers instructions, with applicable approved permits reviewed by the Engineer. Any approval will not relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibility in blasting operations. engineer,to advise ex ap1esive charge„eights per delay and to analyze records from seismograph recordings. The;eismograph shall a tide velocity, and in addition shall be capable of internal dynamic calibration. g the , a i ' ,gi -al.This plan must i g, :rimum amount of explosive charge The Contractor shall keep a record of each blast: its date, time and location; the amount o explosives used, maximum explosive charge wart per cry period, antd, where necessary se raph rec-ards identified by instrument number and location. a at other times as required.} f. Proof rolling. After compaction is completed, the subgrade area shall be proof rolled with a 20 ton (18. 1 metric ton) Tandem axle Dual Wheel Dump Truck loaded to the legal limit with tires inflated to +04 100 psi/150 (0.531 ttPa/0. 689 MPa. /1.03L- MPa {[ ' ton to [ 100/125/150 , m thepresence of the Engineer. Apply a minimum of 6 0% coverage, or as specified bythe Engineer, to all - g� PP Y g , p g , paved areas. A coverage is defined as the application of one tire print over the designated area. Soft areas of subgrade that deflect more than 1 inch(25 mm) or show permanent deformation greater than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be removed and replaced with suitable material or reworked to conform to the moisture content and compaction requirements in accordance with these specifications. 152-2.3 Borrow excavation.Borrow areas within the airport property are indicated on the plans.Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed by the Engineer. When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the borrow sources, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the -"1 Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning the excavation so necessary measurements and tests can be made. All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the various strata of acceptable material to allow obtaining a uniform product. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular -� lines to permit accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat, presentable condition with all i slopes dressed uniformly. 152-2.4 Drainage excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting; inlet or outlet ditches; for temporary levee construction; or for any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in sequence with the other construction. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent excavation operations.All satisfactory material shall be placed in embankment fills;unsuitable material shall be placed in designated waste areas or as directed by the Engineer.All necessary work FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-3 Waterloo Regional Airport --� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C j 1 Nem shall be performed true to final line, elevation, and cross-section. The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed on the project to the required cross-section and shall keep them free of debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. 152-2.5 Preparation of embankment area. Where an embankment is to be constructed to a height of 4 feet(1.2 m) m. or less, all sod and vegetative matter shall be removed from the surface upon which the embankment is to be placed. The cleared surface shall be broken up by plowing or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 inches(150 mm)and shall then be compacted as indicated in paragraph 152-2.6. When the height of fill is greater than 4 feet(1.2 m), sod not required to be removed shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground before m. construction of embankment. Sloped surfaces steeper than one(1)vertical to four(4)horizontal shall be plowed, stepped, benched, or broken up so that the fill material will bond with the existing material. When the subgrade is part fill and part excavation or r.. natural ground, the excavated or natural ground portion shall be scarified to a depth of 12 inches (300 mm) and compacted as specified for the adjacent fill. No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing �+ and the quantity of excavation removed will be paid for under the respective items of work. 152-2.6 Formation of embankments. Embankments shall be formed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for the full width of the cross-section, unless otherwise approved by the m. Engineer. The layers shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross-section or as directed by the Engineer. Materials such as brush,hedge,roots, stumps, grass and other organic matter, shall not be incorporated or •• buried in the embankment. Earthwork operations shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing, or other unsatisfactory weather conditions in the field. Frozen material shall not be placed in the m. embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. Material shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide surface drainage at all times. m. The material in each layer shall be within 12% of optimum moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. To achieve a uniform moisture content throughout the layer,the material shall be moistened or aerated as necessary.Samples of all embankment materials for testing,both before and after placement and compaction,will be taken for each 1, 000 square yards. Based on these tests, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and adjustments in methods,materials or moisture content to achieve the specified embankment density. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95%of maximum density for noncohesive soils, and 90%of maximum density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D6938. Under all areas to be paved, the embankments shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 4,percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557. On all areas outside of the pavement areas,no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches(100 mm). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with [ASTM D15561 [ASTM D2167} ASTM 6938 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938. The Engineer shall perform all density tests. Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another layer until the proper density is obtained. During construction of the embankment,the Contractor shall route all construction equipment evenly over the entire width of the embankment as each layer is placed. Layer placement shall begin in the deepest portion of the embankment fill. As placement progresses, the layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the fmished pavement grade line. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future ... paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed by the Engineer and the finer material shall be used to fill the voids with forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated on the plans or by the Engineer. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material cannot be placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing, pulverizing or further breaking down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding 2 feet (60 cm) in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable equipment by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. The layer shall not be constructed above an elevation 4 feet(1.2 m)below the finished subgrade. There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted embankment. All costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, discing, watering, mixing, sloping, and other operations necessary for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items IP r coy. �«a emo ent will be, ade under embankme t ••:f, rid ti+"'+iccuca���rrvc-r �ccc-cccxcrvi crrrvarriaacrr��cce and no payment will be made for excavation,borrow,or other items.} 152-2.7 Finishing and protection of subgrade. After the subgrade is substantially complete, the Contractor shall remove any soft or other unstable material over the full width of the subgrade that will not compact properly. All low areas, holes or depressions in the subgrade shall be brought to grade with suitable select material. Scarifying, blading, rolling and other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgrade shaped to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall protect the subgrade fr from damage and limit hauling over the finished subgrade to only traffic essential for construction purposes.All ruts or rough places that develop in the completed subgrade shall be graded and recompacted. No subbase, base, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. 152-2.8 Haul. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. The Contractor shall include the cost in the contract unit price for the pay of items of work involved.No payment will be made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work. -•r 152-2.9 Tolerances. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that,when tested with a 12-foot(3.7-m)straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/2 inch(12 mm), or shall not be more than 0.05 feet " (15 mm) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening,adding,or removing materials;reshaping;and recompacting. On safety areas,intermediate and other designated areas,the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 feet(3 mm) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening,adding or removing materials,and reshaping. 152-2.10 Topsoil. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans or under Item T-905, it shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations.The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905.If,at the time of excavation or stripping,the topsoil cannot be placed in its final section of finished construction,the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within 4 00 feet of runway pavement or .., 130 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas that subsequently will require any excavation or embankment fill. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is practical to place the salvaged topsoil at the time of excavation or stripping,the material shall be placed in its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling. Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in Item T-905. No direct payment will be made for topsoil under Item P-152. The quantity removed and placed directly or ..� stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard(cubic meter)for"Unclassified Excavation." FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer, the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for "topsoiling," as provided in Item T-905. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 152-3.1 The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) measured in its original position. Measurement shall not include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed. yards(cubic meters)measured in its final position.] 452 3.2 Borrow material shall be paid for on the basis of the number of cubic yards(cubic meters)measured in its original position at the borrow pit. 152 3.3 Stockpiled material shall be paid for` on the basis of the number of cubic yards(cubic meters)measured in 152 3.4 For payment specified by the cubic yard (cubic meter),measurement`:for all [excavation] [embankment} shall be computed by the average end area method. The end area is that bound by the original ground line sections shown on the plans, subject to verification by the Engineer. After completion of all [excavation shall be verified by the Engineer by means of field cross sections taken randomly at intervals not exceeding ©0 linear feet(150 in). {152 3.5 The quantity of embankment in place shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic meters)measured in it final _ BASIS OF PAYMENT 152-4.1 "Unclassified excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 1152 4.2 "Rock Excavation"payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment,tools, and incidentalsnecesary to complete the item.} price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item.} complete the item.] complete the item.] [152 4.6"Stockpiled Material"payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard(cubic • �> }W54 ;'7 or embankment in place, payment s ial`lbe triade'te FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.1 Unclassified Excavation - per cubic yard (cubic meter) [Item P 152 1.2 Rock Excavation per cubic yard(cubic meter)] [Item P 152 1.3 Muck Excavation per cubic yard(cubic meter)] — (Item P 152 1.4 Drainage Excavation per cubic yard(cubic meter)] {Item P 152 4.5 Borrow Excavation per cubic yard(cubic meter)] [Item P 152 1.6 Stockpiled material per cubic yard(cubic meter)] [Item P 152 1.7 Embankment in place per cubic yard(cubic meter)] TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2167 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber — Balloon Method ASTM D6938 Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) END OF ITEM P-152 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C - L Item P-154 Subbase Course DESCRIPTION 154-1.1 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular materials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross-section shown on the plans. �• MATERIALS 154-2.1 Materials. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable particles or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be mixed or blended with fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials —. produced from approved sources. This mixture must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifications as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free from vegetative matter, lumps or excessive amounts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign substances. Pit-run material may be used, provided the material meets the gradation -" requirements specified. Gradation Requirements Sieve designation(square openings)as per Percentage by weight ASTM C136 and ASTM D422 passing sieves 3 inch(75 mm) 100 No. 10(2.0 mm) 20-100 No.40(0.450 mm) 5-60 No.200(0.075 mm) 0-8 The portion of the material passing the No. 40(0.450 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than six(6)when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. The material finer than 0.02 mm shall be limited to a maximum of 3% and the maximum allowable material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be reduced from 0- 8% to 0-5%. Testing per ASTM D422 will be required for the percentage passing the 0.02 mm particle size once per lot. 154-2.2 Sampling and testing. Material used on the project shall be sampled per ASTM D75 and tested per ASTM C136 and ASTM C 117.Results shall be furnished to the Engineer by the Contractor prior to the start of construction and once per day during construction. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 154-3.1 General. The subbase course shall be placed where designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified. Granular subbases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support the construction equipment without movement, shall be mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide stability as directed by the Engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so the course will not deform under construction equipment traffic. The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase the soil constants of that material above the specified limits. 154-3.2 Operation in pits. The subbase material shall be obtained from pits or sources that have been approved by the Engineer. The material in the pits shall be excavated and handled to produce a uniform and satisfactory product. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material encountered shall be performed by the Contractor.The cost of this work is incidental to this item. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P154-I Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C 154-3.3 Preparing underlying course. Prior to constructing the subbase course, clean the underlying course or subgrade of all foreign substances. The surface of the underlying course or subgrade shall meet specified compaction and surface tolerances.Correct ruts, or soft yielding spots, in the underlying courses and subgrade areas having inadequate compaction and deviations of the surface from the specified requirements by loosening and removing soft or unsatisfactory material and by adding approved material, reshaping to line and grade, and �• recompacting to specified density requirements. For cohesionless underlying courses or subgrades containing sands or gravels, as defined in ASTM D2487, the surface shall be stabilized prior to placement of the overlying course. Accomplish stabilization by mixing the overlying course material into the underlying course, and compacting by L s, ffi a.@roved methods. • = The finished underlying course shall not be disturbed by traffic or other operations and shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition until the overlying course is placed. The course shall be checked and accepted by the Engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. To protect the subgrade and to ensure proper drainage,the spreading of the subbase shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. 154-3.4 Materials acceptance in existing condition. When the entire subbase material is in a uniform and satisfactory condition at approximately the required moisture content,the approved material may be moved directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with proper blending. The materials from these sources shall meet the .w requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. The intent of the specifications is to secure materials that will not require further mixing. The moisture content of the material shall be approximately that required to obtain maximum density.Any minor deficiency or excess in moisture content may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. Some mixing or aeration may be required prior to rolling to obtain the required moisture content. Blading or dragging,if necessary,shall be performed to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to line and grade. 154-3.5 Plant mixing. When materials from several sources will be blended and mixed,the subbase material shall be processed in a central '� mixing plant. The subbase material, together with any blended material, shall be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. After the mixing is complete, the material shall be transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of moisture content. place,the relative proportions of the components of the mixture shall be as designated by the Engineer. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. Then the binder, filler or other material shall be deposited and spread evenly over the first layer.There shall be as many layers of materials, added as the Engineer may direct to obtain the required subbase mixture. graders, discs, harrows, rotary tillers, supplemented by other uit-ab4e—eguipment—ifnecessamixing a continue until the mixture is uniformlyblended'. ^rea of segregated material shall be corrected by the addition of operations, if necessary,to maintain the material at its required moisture content. When the mixing and blending has ... thickness and typical crow section.] 154-3.6 General methods for placing. The subbase course shall be constructed in layers of not less than inches �. (75 mm) nor more than 8 inches (200 mm) of compacted thickness. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. The material, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The subbase, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards (1700 sq m) in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within this limit.No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft,muddy,or frozen course. When more than one layer is required,the construction procedure described here shall apply similarly to each layer. 1ff se During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder,or foreign material in the subbase course mixture. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P154-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 154-3.7 Finishing and compacting. After spreading or mixing,the subbase material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately handle the rate of placing and spreading of the subbase course. The field density of the compacted material shall be at least 100%of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the subbase material delivered to the jobsite.The laboratory specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with D1557. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with {ASTM D1551.Test in accordance with ASTM D'1 718 if great' +r s retained on the 3/4"sieve.] [or]ASTM D6938 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938. The moisture content of the material at the start of compaction shall be within f2% of the optimum moisture content. All testing shall be done by the Engineer. g >e furnished upon mpletion to the Engineer for acceptance determination.] The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase.When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed 3/8 inch(9 mm)when tested with a 12 feet(3.7 m) straightedge,the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling during rolling,if necessary,shall be by equipment approved by the Engineer.Water shall not be added in manner or quantity that allows free water to reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft. 154-3.8 Surface tolerance.The surface of the top layer shall show no deviations in excess of 3/8 inch(9 mm)when tested with a 12-foot (3.7-m) straightedge. Take measurements in successive positions parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved. Measurements shall also be taken perpendicular to the centerline at 50 foot (15 meter) intervals. Correct deviations exceeding this amount by removing material and replacing with new material, or by reworking existing material and compacting it to meet these specifications. 154-3.9 Thickness control. The completed thickness of the course(s)shall be in accordance with the thickness and .44 grade indicated on the drawings. The completed course shall not be more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) deficient in thickness nor more than 1/2 inch(12 mm) above or below the established grade. Where any of these tolerances are exceeded, correct such areas by scarifying, adding new material of proper gradation or removing material, and compacting, as directed. Where the measured thickness is 1/2 inch(12 mm)or more thicker than shown,the course will be considered as conforming with the specified thickness requirements plus 1/2 inch(12 mm). The average job thickness shall be the average of the job measurements as specified above but within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of the thickness shown. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by [depth tests or sample holes taken at intervals so each test shaWfeffesent ae meret-han 500 square yards('20;q m)}by sur ey. 154-3.10 Protection. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted during freezing temperatures nor when the subgrade is wet. When the subbase material contains frozen material or when the underlying course is frozen, the construction shall be stopped. The Contractor shall protect and maintain the subgrade from yielding until the subbase is accepted. 154-3.11 Maintenance. The Contractor shall maintain the completed course in a satisfactory condition until accepted by the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 154-4.1 Subbase course shall be measured by the number of [square yards (meters)] cubic yards (cubic meters) of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed coursr The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon [depth tests or cores taken as directed by the } by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot (3 mm) . On individual depth measurements,thicknesses more than 1/2 inch(12 mm)in FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P154-3 Waterloo Regional Airport -- AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus 1/2 inch(12 mm)in computing .mo the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. BASIS OF PAYMENT 154-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per ', ,4-Y cubic yard (cubic meter) for subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, hauling,and placing of these materials;and for all labor,equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-154-5.1 Subbase Course-per r6.7.-tvt34:::: ' cubic yard (cubic meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer Than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C 136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 1.. ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone �. Method ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2487 Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) ASTM D4253 Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit,Plastic Limit,and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D47I8 Standard Practice for Correction of Unit Weight and Water Content for Soils Containing Oversize Particles ASTM D6938 Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) END OF ITEM P-154 L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P154-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L. Item P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution,Soil Erosion,and Siltation Control DESCRIPTION 156-1.1 This item shall consist of temporary control measures as shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer ..., during the life of a contract to control water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation through the use of silt fences, { berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other erosion control devices or methods. The temporary erosion control measures contained herein shall be coordinated with the permanent erosion control measures specified as part of this contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion control throughout the construction period. ... Temporary control may include work outside the construction limits such as borrow pit operations, equipment and material storage sites,waste areas,and temporary plant sites. Temporary control measures shall be design,installed and maintained to minimize the creation of wildlife attractants that have the potential to attract hazardous wildlife on or near public-use airports. MATERIALS 156-2.1 Grass.Grass that will not compete with the grasses sown later for permanent cover per Item T-901shall be a quick-growing species (such as ryegrass, Italian ryegrass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area providing a temporary cover. Selected grass species shall not create a wildlife attractant. 156-2.2 Mulches. Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, bark, wood chips, or other suitable material reasonably clean and free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials per ItemT-908. Mulches shall not create a wildlife attractant. 'N" 156-2.3 Fertilizer. Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial grade and shall conform to all Federal and state 1 regulations and to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 156-2.4 Slope drains. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble, Portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete,or other materials that will adequately control erosion. 156-2.5 Silt fence. The silt fence shall consist of polymeric filaments which are formed into a stable network such that filaments retain their relative positions. Synthetic filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six months of expected usable construction life. Silt fence shall meet the requirements of ASTM D6461. 156-2.6 Other. All other materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be approved by the Engineer before being incorporated into the project. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 156-3.1 General. In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal,state,or local agencies,the more restrictive laws,rules,or regulations shall apply. The Engineer shall be responsible for assuring compliance to the extent that construction practices, construction operations,and construction work are involved. 156-3.2 Schedule. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit schedules for accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion control work for clearing and grubbing; grading; construction; paving; and structures at watercourses. The Contractor shall also submit a proposed method of erosion and dust control on haul roads and borrow pits and a plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods of operation for the applicable construction have been accepted by the Engineer. 156-3.3 Construction details. The Contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in the accepted schedule.Except where future construction operations will damage slopes,the Contractor shall perform the permanent seeding and mulching and other specified FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P156-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C slope protection work in stages, as soon as substantial areas of exposed slopes can be made available. Temporary erosion and pollution control measures will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation of permanent control features; or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices,but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. Where erosion may be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately if project conditions permit; otherwise,temporary erosion control measures may be required. The Engineer shall limit the area of clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow, and embankment operations in progress, commensurate with the Contractor's capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding,and other such permanent control measures current with the accepted schedule.If seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic, temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide immediate permanent or temporary pollution control measures to minimize — contamination of adjacent streams or other watercourses, lakes, ponds, or other areas of water impoundment as directed by the Engineer. If temporary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the Contractor's negligence,carelessness,or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled or directed by the Engineer,the work shall be performed by the Contractor and the cost shall be incidental to this item. The Engineer may increase or decrease the area of erodible earth material that can be exposed at any time based on an analysis of project conditions. our The erosion control features installed by the Contractor shall be acceptably maintained by the Contractor during the construction period. Whenever construction equipment must cross watercourses at frequent intervals, temporary structures should be — provided. Pollutants such as fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, wash water from concrete mixing operations, and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into any waterways,impoundments or into natural or manmade channels. — 156-3.4 Installation,maintenance and removal of silt fences. Silt fences shall extend a minimum of 16 inches(41 cm)and a maximum of 34 inches(86 cm)above the ground surface.Posts shall be set no more than 10 feet(3 m)on center. Filter fabric shall be cut from a continuous roll to the length required minimizing joints where possible.When joints are necessary, the fabric shall be spliced at a support post with a minimum 12-inch(300-mm) overlap and securely sealed.A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches(100 mm)deep by 4 inches(100 mm)wide on the upslope side of the silt fence. The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the silt fence fabric. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of silt that accumulates during construction and prior to establishment of permanent erosion control.The fence shall be maintained in good working condition until permanent erosion control is established. Silt fence shall be removed upon approval of the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 156-4.1 Temporary erosion and pollution control work required will be performed as scheduled or directed by the Engineer.Completed and accepted work will be measured as follows: a.Temporary seeding and mulching will be measured by the square yard(square meter). b.Temporary slope drains will be measured by the linear foot(meter). c. Temporary benches, dikes, dams, and sediment basins will be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) of excavation performed, including necessary cleaning of sediment basins, and the cubic yard (cubic meter) of embankment placed as directed by the Engineer. �• d.All fertilizing will be measured by the ton(kg). e.Installation and removal of silt fence will be measured by the linear foot (meter) [Lump sum' L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P156-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C otherwise permitted by the Engineer,shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards(1700 sq m)in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within these limits. Care shall be taken to prevent cutting into the ,,T underlying layer during spreading. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course. The aggregate base material shall be spread by spreader boxes or other approved devices. This equipment shall have positive thickness controls that spread the aggregate in the required amount to avoid or minimize the need for hand manipulation.Dumping from vehicles that require re-handling shall not be permitted.Hauling over the uncompacted base course shall not be permitted. When more than one layer is required,the construction procedure described here shall apply similarly to each layer. 208-3.5 Compaction. Immediately upon completion of the spreading operations, compact each layer of the base course, as specified, with approved compaction equipment. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the material to the required density. The moisture content of the material during placing operations shall be within±2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content as determined by AS TM D 6 9 3 8 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be calibrated per ASTM D6938. 208-3.6 Acceptance sampling and testing for density.Aggregate base course shall be accepted for density on a lot basis. A lot will consist of one day's production if it does not exceed 2400 square yards (2000 sq m). A lot will consist of one-half day's production if a day's production is between 2400 and 4800 square yards(2000 and 4000 sq m). The Engineer shall perform all density tests .[Contractor's laborator} shall perform all density tests in the Engineer's presence and pre4 e the test results tion te-the Engineer for acceptance]. Each lot shall be divided into two equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublot and shall consist of the average of two random locations for density determination. Sampling locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis per ASTM D3665. Each lot shall be accepted for density when the field density is at least 100%of the maximum density of laboratory •. specimens compacted and tested per ASTM D1557. The in-place field density shall be determined per {ASTM a , ASTM D6938 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938. If the specified density is not attained, the entire lot shall be reworked and/or recompacted and two additional random tests made. This procedure shall be followed until the specified density is reached. 208-3.7 Surface tolerances. After the course has been compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any portion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm), reshaped and recompacted to grade until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained and approved by the Engineer. Any deviation in surface tolerances shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The smoothness and accuracy requirements specified here apply only to the top layer when base course is constructed in more than one layer. a.Smoothness. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch(9 mm)when tested with a 12-foot(3.7- m) straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerline. The straightedge shall be moved continuously forward at half the length of the 12-foot(3.7-m) straightedge for the full length of each line on a 50- foot(15-m)grid. b. Accuracy. The grade and crown shall be measured on a 50-foot(15-m)grid and shall be within+0 and-1/2 inch(12 mm)of the specified grade. ..0 208-3.8 Thickness control. The thickness of the base course shall be within +0 and -1/2 inch (12 mm) of the specified thickness as determined by depth tests taken by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. Tests shall be taken at intervals representing no more than 300 square yards(250 sq m)per test. Where the thickness is deficient by more than 1/2 inch(12 mm),the Contractor shall correct such areas at no additional cost by scarifying to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm), adding new material of proper gradation, and the material shall be blended and recompacted to grade. The Contractor shall replace,at his expense,base material where depth tests have been taken. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P208-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Iwo 208-3.9 Protection. Perform construction when the atmospheric temperature is above 35°F (2°C). When the temperature falls below 35°F (2°C),protect all completed areas by approved methods against detrimental effects of ... freezing. Correct completed areas damaged by freezing, rainfall, or other weather conditions to meet specified requirements. When the aggregates contain frozen materials or when the underlying course is frozen or wet, the construction shall be stopped. Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, •• provided no damage results. Equipment shall be routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. The Engineer will stop all hauling over completed or partially completed base course when, in the Engineer's opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage to the base course shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. 208-3.10 Maintenance. The Contractor shall maintain the base course in a satisfactory condition until the full pavement section is completed and accepted by the Engineer. The surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material and properly drained at all times. Maintenance shall include immediate repairs to any defects and shall be repeated as often as necessary to keep the area intact. Any base course that is not paved over prior to the onset of winter shall be retested to verify that it still complies with the requirements of this specification. Any area of base course that is damaged shall be reworked or replaced as necessary to comply with this specification. Equipment used in the construction of an adjoining section may be routed over completed base course,if no damage results and the equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SURVEY AND GRADE HUBS FROM THE BASE COURSES PRIOR TO PLACING ANY BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 208-4.1 The quantity of aggregate base course shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of material actually constructed and accepted by the Engineer as complying with the plans and specifications. Base materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. BASIS OF PAYMENT 208-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per [square yards (square meters)! cubic yard (cubic meter) for aggregate base course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all operations, hauling, placing, and compacting of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: ItemP-208-5.1 Aggregate Base Course - per {square yards (square meters)] cubic yard (cubic meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C29 Standard Test Method for Bulk Density("Unit Weight")and Voids in Aggregate tow ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine w. ASTM C 136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P208-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C y, 1 ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 IN-m/m3)) ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2167 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method ASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit,Plastic Limit,and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D4718 Standard Practice for Correction of Unit Weight and Water Content for Soils Containing Oversize Particles ASTM D4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM D5821 Standard Test Method for Determining the Percentage of Fractured Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM D6938 Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) END OF ITEM P-208 —44 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P208-5 Waterloo Regional Airport ,,., AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L L H L. e 1_ Intentionally Left Blank ter I 1r' taw L L. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P208-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C - r.. Item P-501 Portland Cement Concrete(PCC)Pavement DESCRIPTION 501-1.1 This work shall consist of pavement composed of portland cement concrete (PCC), with -- reinforcement and without reinforcement constructed on a prepared underlying surface in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross-sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS 501-2.1 Aggregates. •1 a. Reactivity. Fine and Coarse aggregates to be used in all concrete shall be evaluated and tested by the Contractor for alkali-aggregate reactivity in accordance with both ASTM C 1260 and ASTM C1567. Aggregate and mix proportion reactivity tests shall be performed for each project. (1) Coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested separately in accordance with ASTM C1260. The aggregate shall be considered innocuous if the expansion of test specimens,tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260, does not exceed 0.10%at 28 days(30 days from casting). NMI (2) Combined coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1567, modified for combined aggregates, using the proposed mixture design proportions of aggregates, cementitious materials, and/or specific reactivity reducing chemicals. If lithium nitrate is proposed for use with or without supplementary cementitious materials, the aggregates shall be tested in accordance with Corps of Engineers (COE) Concrete Research Division(CRD)C662. If lithium nitrate admixture is used, it shall be nominal 30%+0.5%weight lithium nitrate in water. (3) If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C1567, modified for combined aggregates, or COE CRD C662, does not exceed 0.10% at 28 days, the proposed combined materials will be accepted. If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens is greater than 0.10%at 28 days,the aggregates will not be accepted unless adjustments to the combined materials mixture can -+� reduce the expansion to less than 0.10%at 28 days,or new aggregates shall be evaluated and tested. b. Fine aggregate. Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33. Grading of the fine aggregate, as delivered to the mixer, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33 and shall have a fineness •� modulus of not less than 2.50 nor more than 3.40. The soundness loss shall not exceed 10%when sodium sulfate is used or 15%when magnesium sulfate is used,after five cycles,when tested per ASTM C88. The amount of deleterious material in the fine aggregate shall not exceed the following limits: agh Limits for Deleterious Substances in Fine Aggregate for Concrete Deleterious material ASTM Percentage by Mass Clay Lumps and friable particles ASTM C142 1.0 Material finer than 0.075mm(No.200 sieve) ASTM C117 3.0 Lightweight particles ASTM C123 using a 0.5 medium with a density of Sp.Gr.of 2.0 Total of all deleterious Material 3.0 owst c. Coarse aggregate. Gradation, within the separated size groups, shall meet the coarse aggregate grading requirements of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. When the nominal maximum size of the ...1 aggregate is greater than one inch(25 mm),the aggregates shall be furnished in two size groups. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-1 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Aggregates delivered to the mixer shall consist of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel, air-cooled iron _ blast furnace slag, crushed recycled concrete pavement, or a combination. The aggregates should be free of ferrous sulfides, such as pyrite, that would cause "rust" staining that can bleed through pavement markings. Steel blast furnace slag shall not be permitted. The aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, uncoated particles. Dust and other coating shall be removed from the aggregates by washing. The percentage of wear shall be no more than 4 0% when tested in accordance with ASTM C I31. The quantity of flat, elongated, and flat and elongated particles in any size group coarser than 3/8 sieve(9 mm) shall not exceed 8% by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM D4791. A flat particle is defined as one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than 5. An elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than 5. The soundness loss shall not exceed 12%when sodium sulfate is used or 18%when magnesium sulfate is used, after five cycles,when tested per ASTM C88. The amount of deleterious material in the coarse aggregate shall not exceed the following limits: Limits for Deleterious Substances in Coarse Aggregate for Concrete Deleterious material ASTM Percentage by Mass Clay Lumps and friable particles ASTM C142 1.0 Material finer than No.200 sieve(0.075mm) ASTM C117 1.0 Lightweight particles ASTM C123 using a medium with 0.5 ._. a density of Sp.Gr. of 2.0 Chert(less than 2.40 Sp Gr.) ASTM C123 using a medium with 1.0 a density of Sp. Gr. of 2.40) Total of all deleterious Material 3.0 Table 1. Gradation For Coarse Aggregate — (ASTM C33) Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves Sieve Designations From 1 inch to No. 4 (square openings) (25.0 mm-4.75mm) #57 — 1 inch - No. 4 inch mm 2-1/2 60 --- 2 50 --- 1-1/2 38 100 1 25 95-100 3/4 19 --- 1/2 13 25-60 3/8 9 --- No.4 4.75 0-10 No. 8 2.36 0-5 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C (1) Aggregate susceptibility to durability(D)cracking. Coarse aggregate may only be accepted from sources that have a 20-year service history for the same gradation to be supplied with no history of D-Cracking. Aggregates that do not have a record of 20 years of service without major repairs (less than 5% of slabs replaced) in similar conditions without D-cracking shall not be used unless the material currently being produced has a durability factor greater than or equal to 95 using ASTM C666 procedure B. The Contractor shall submit a current certification and test results to verify the aggregate accept- - ability. Test results will only be accepted from a State Department of Transportation (DOT) materials laboratory or an accredited laboratory. Certification and test results which are not dated or which are over one (1) year old or which are for different gradations will not be accepted. Crushed granite, calcite cemented sandstone, quartzite, basalt, diabase, rhyolite or trap rock are considered to meet the D-cracking test requirements but must meet all other quality tests specified in Item P-501. (2) Combined aggregate gradation. If substituted for the grading requirements specified for coarse aggregate and for fine aggregateand when approved by the Engineer,the combined aggregate grading shall meet the following requirements: (a)The materials selected and the proportions used shall be such that when the Coarseness Factor(CF) and the Workability Factor(WF) are plotted on a diagram as described in d. below,the point thus determined shall fall within the parallelogram described therein. (b)The CF shall be determined from the following equation: CF=(cumulative percent retained on the 3/8 in. sieve)(100)/(cumulative percent retained on the No.8 sieve) (c) The Workability Factor WF is defined as the percent passing the No. 8 (2.36 mm) sieve based on the combined gradation.However,WF shall be adjusted,upwards only,by 2.5 percentage points for each 94 pounds 1 (42 kg) of cementitious material per cubic meter yard greater than 564 pounds per cubic yard (335 kg per cubic meter). (d) A diagram shall be plotted using a rectangular scale with WF on the Y-axis with units from 20 (bottom)to 45 (top), and with CF on the X-axis with units from 80 (left side)to 30 (right side). On this diagram a parallelogram shall be plotted with corners at the following coordinates (CF-75, WF-28), (CF-75, WF-40), (CF-45, WF-32.5), and(CF-45, WF-44.5). If the point determined by the intersection of the computed CF and WF does not fall within the above parallelogram,the grading of each size of aggregate used and the proportions selected shall be changed as necessary. 501-2.2 Cement. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150 - Type I or II, or ASTM C595 - Type IP or IS. If aggregates are deemed innocuous when tested in accordance with paragraph 501-2.1.a.1 and accepted in accordance with paragraph 501-2.1.a.2, higher equivalent alkali content in the cement may be allowed if approved by the Engineer and FAA. If cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. 501-2.3 Cementitious materials. ••` ion, where the 0 ' S • • alcium Oxido ash produced ..R b be acceptable. ng the project. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-3 Waterloo Regional Airport .-. AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 a. Flyash. Flyash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C618, Class F or N, with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6%. Class F or N for use in mitigating alkali-silica reactivity shall have a Calcium Oxide (Ca0) content of less than 13% and a total available alkali content less than 3% per ASTM C311. Flyash produced in furnace operations using liming materials or soda ash (sodium carbonate) as an additive shall not be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish the previous three most recent, consecutive ASTM C618 reports for each source of flyash proposed in the mix design, and shall furnish each additional report as they become available during the project. The reports can be used for acceptance or the material may be tested independently by the Engineer. b. Slag cement (ground granulated blast furnace(GGBF)). Slag cement shall conform to ASTM C989, Grade 100 or Grade 120. Slag cement shall be used only at a rate between 25%and 55% of the total cementitious material by mass. c.Raw or calcined natural pozzolan. Natural pozzolan shall be raw or calcined and conform to ASTM C618, Class N,including the optional requirements for uniformity and effectiveness in controlling Alkali-Silica reaction and shall have a loss on ignition not exceeding 6%.Class N pozzolan for use in mitigating Alkali-Silica Reactivity shall have a total available alkali content less than 3%. (1)The strength ac 501-2.4 Joint seal. The joint seal for the joints in the concrete pavement shall meet the requirements of Item P- 6 0 5 and shall be of the type specified in the plans. 501-2.5 Isolation joint filler. Premolded joint filler for isolation joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D17 51 IASTM D1752, Type II or III and shall be where shown on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. When the use of more than one piece is required for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Engineer. �. 501-2.6 Steel reinforcement. Reinforcing shall consist of welded wire reinforcement conforming to the requirements of AS TM Al 0 6 4. 501-2.7 Dowel and tie bars. Dowel bars shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A615 and shall be free from r• burring or other deformation restricting slippage in the concrete.Before delivery to the construction site each dowel bar shall be epoxy coated per ASTM A1078. The dowels shall be coated with a bond-breaker recommended by the manufacturer.Dowel sleeves or inserts are not permitted. Grout retention rings shall be fully circular metal or plastic devices capable of supporting the dowel until the grout hardens. Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars and conform to the requirements of ASTM A615.Tie bars designated as Grade 60 in ASTM A615 or ASTM A706 shall be used for construction requiring bent bars. .. 501-2.8 Water.Water used in mixing or curing shall be potable,clean,free of oil,salt,acid,alkali,sugar,vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product, except that non-potable water, or water from concrete production operations,may be used if it meets the requirements of ASTM C1602. 501-2.9 Material for curing concrete.Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: a.Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2,Class B,or Class A if wax base only. b.White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. `-_ c.White burlap-polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. d.Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 501-2.10 Admixtures. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. a.Air-entraining admixtures.Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions. The air-entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. b.Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D. ASTM C494, Type F and G high range water reducing admixtures and ASTM C 1017 flowable admixtures shall not be used. c. Other admixtures. The use of set retarding, and set-accelerating admixtures shall be approved by the Engineer. Retarding shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D and set-accelerating shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type C. Calcium chloride and admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. d.Lithium Nitrate. The lithium admixture shall be a nominal 30%aqueous solution of Lithium Nitrate,with a density of 10 pounds/gallon(1.2 kg/L),and shall have the approximate chemical form as shown below: Constituent Limit(Percent by Mass) LiNO3(Lithium Nitrate) 30±0.5 SO4(Sulfate Ion) 0.1 (max) Cl(Chloride Ion) 0.2(max) Na(Sodium Ion) 0.1 (max) K(Potassium Ion) 0.1 (max) Provide a trained manufacturer's representative to supervise the lithium nitrate admixture dispensing and mixing operations. 501-2.11 Epoxy-resin. All epoxy-resin materials shall be two-component materials conforming to the requirements of ASTM C881,Class as appropriate for each application temperature to be encountered,except that in addition,the materials shall meet the following requirements: a.Material for use for embedding dowels and anchor bolts shall be Type IV,Grade 3. b. Material for use as patching materials for complete filling of spalls and other voids and for use in preparing epoxy resin mortar shall be Type III,Grade as approved. c.Material for use for injecting cracks shall be Type IV,Grade 1. d.Material for bonding freshly mixed Portland cement concrete or mortar or freshly mixed epoxy resin concrete or mortar to hardened concrete shall be Type V,Grade as approved. 501-2.12 Material acceptance. Prior to use of materials, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for those materials proposed for use during construction. The certification shall show the appropriate ASTM test for each material,the test results,and a statement that the material passed or failed. The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production,to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. MIX DESIGN 501-3.1. General. No concrete shall be placed until the mix design has been submitted to the Engineer for review and the Engineer has taken appropriate action. The Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to select and proportion the materials to comply with this section. 501-3.2 Proportions.The laboratory preparing the mix design shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C 1077. The mix design for all Portland cement concrete placed under P-501 shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C professional Engineer of the laboratory. Concrete shall be proportioned to achieve a 28-day flexural strength that Sam meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2 for a flexural strength of 620 psi per ASTM C78. The mix shall be developed using the procedures contained in the Portland Cement Association's (PCA)publication,"Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures". The minimum cementitious material shall be adequate to ensure a workable, durable mix. The minimum cementitious material (cement plus fly ash, or slag cement) shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard flOr, cubic = • The ratio of water to cementitious material, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including moisture absorbed by the aggregates shall not be more than 0.4 5 by weight. Flexural strength test specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C192 and tested in accordance with ASTM C78. The mix determined shall be workable concrete having a maximum allowable slump between one and two inches (25mm and 50 mm)as determined by ASTM C143. For slip-form concrete, the slump shall be between 1/2 inch (12 mm) and 1-1/2 inch (38 mm). At the start of the project, the Contractor shall determine a maximum allowable slump for slip-form pavement which will produce in-place pavement to control the edge slump. The selected slump shall be applicable to both pilot and fill-in lanes. Before the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit a mix design showing the proportions and flexural strength obtained from the concrete at seven(7)and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials ,� including type, brand, source, and amount of cement, fly ash, ground slag, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures. The mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 30 days prior to the start of operations. The submitted mix design shall not be more than 90 days old. Production shall not begin until the mix design is approved in writing by the Engineer. .. If a change in sources is made,or admixtures added or deleted from the mix,a new mix design must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The results of the mix design shall include a statement giving the maximum nominal coarse aggregate size and the weights and volumes of each ingredient proportioned on a one cubic yard (meter)basis. Aggregate quantities shall be based on the mass in a saturated surface dry condition. The recommended mixture proportions shall be accompanied by test results demonstrating that the proportions selected will produce concrete of the qualities Sr, indicated. Trial mixtures having proportions, slumps, and air content suitable for the work shall be based on methodology described in PCA's publication, Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, modified as necessary to accommodate flexural strength. The submitted mix design shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible professional Engineer of the laboratory and shall include the following items as a minimum: a.Coarse,fine,and combined aggregate gradations and plots including fineness modulus of the fine aggregate. b.Reactivity Test Results. c.Coarse aggregate quality test results,including deleterious materials. �. d.Fine aggregate quality test results,including deleterious materials. e.Mill certificates for cement and supplemental cementitious materials. f.Certified test results for all admixtures, including Lithium Nitrate if applicable. g.Specified flexural strength, slump,and air content. h. Recommended proportions/volumes for proposed mixture and trial water-cementitious materials ratio, including actual slump and air content. i.Flexural and compressive strength summaries and plots,including all individual beam and cylinder breaks. j.Correlation ratios for acceptance testing and Contractor Quality Control testing,when applicable. k.Historical record of test results documenting production standard deviation,when applicable. 501-3.3 Cementitious materials. kmor FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L. a. Fly ash. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes,and shall be between 20 and 30%by weight of the total cementitious material.If fly ash ,,,f is used in conjunction with slag cement the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 10% by weight of total cementitious material. b. Slag cement (ground granulated blast furnace (GGBF)). Slag cement may be used. The slag cement, or slag cement plus fly ash if both are used, may constitute between 25 to 55% of the total cementitious material by weight. If the concrete is to be used for slipforming operations and the air temperature is expected to be lower than 55°F(13°C)the percent slag cement shall not exceed 30%by weight. c. Raw or calcined natural pozzolan. Natural pozzolan may be used in the mix design. When pozzolan is used as a partial replacement for cement, the replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, and shall be between 20 and 30%by weight of the total cementitious material. If pozzolan is used in conjunction with slag cement the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 10%by weight of total cementitious material. with the Engineer's approval. When UFFA and UFP is used as a partial replacement for cement the replacement ° eight of the total cementitious material.} 501-3.4 Admixtures. a. Air-entraining admixtures. Air-entraining admixture are to be added in such a manner that will ensure uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mixed air-entrained concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air in the mix shall be 6.0 0. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C173 for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate. b. Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixtures shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements.Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes,with the materials to be used in the work,in accordance with ASTM C494. c. Other admixtures. Set controlling, and other approved admixtures shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements.Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes,with the materials to be used in the work, in accordance with ASTM C 494. d.Lithium nitrate. Lithium nitrate shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements in accordance with paragraph 501-2.10d. 501-3.5 Concrete mix design laboratory. The Contractor's laboratory used to develop the concrete mix design shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C 1077. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for developing the concrete mix design must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction CONSTRUCTION METHODS 501-4.1 Equipment. Equipment necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work shall be approved by the Engineer, but does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the proper operation of equipment and maintaining the equipment in good working condition. The equipment shall be at the jobsite sufficiently ahead of the start of paving operations to be examined thoroughly and approved. a. Batch plant and equipment. The batch plant and equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. b.Mixers and transportation equipment. (1) General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Each mixer shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. t FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-7 Waterloo Regional Airport ,.t AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C (2)Central plant mixer.Central plant mixers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. The mixer shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and throwover blades shall be replaced when they have worn down 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's design on hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth. (3) Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete and truck agitators used for hauling central-mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. (4)Nonagitator trucks.Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. (5) Transfer and spreading equipment. Equipment for transferring concrete from the transporting equipment to the paving lane in front of the paver shall be specially manufactured, self-propelled transfer equipment which will accept the concrete outside the paving lane and will transfer and spread it evenly across the paving lane in front of the paver and strike off the surface evenly to a depth which permits the paver to operate efficiently. c. Finishing equipment. The standard method of constructing concrete pavements shall be with an approved slip-form paving equipment designed and operated to spread, consolidate, screed, and float-fmish the freshly placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine so that the end result is a dense and homogeneous pavement which is achieved with a minimum of hand finishing. The paver-fmisher shall be a heavy duty, self-propelled machine designed specifically for paving and finishing high quality concrete pavements. It shall weigh at least 2,200 lbs per foot (3274 kg/m) of paving lane width and powered by an engine having at least 6.0 horsepower per foot of lane width. On projects requiring less than 500 square yard(418 sq m)of cement concrete pavement or requiring individual placement areas of less than 500 square yard (418 sq m), or irregular areas at locations inaccessible to slip-form War paving equipment, concrete pavement may be placed with approved placement and finishing equipment using stationary side forms. Hand screeding and float fmishing may only be used on small irregular areas as allowed by the Engineer. d. Vibrators. Vibrator shall be the internal type. Operating frequency for internal vibrators shall be between 8,000 and 12,000 vibrations per minute. Average amplitude for internal vibrators shall be 0.025-0.05 inch (0.06 - 0.13 cm). The number, spacing, and frequency shall be as necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement and meet the recommendations of American Concrete Institute (ACI) 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. Adequate power to operate all vibrators shall be available on the paver. The vibrators shall be automatically _ controlled so that they shall be stopped as forward motion ceases. The Contractor shall provide an electronic or mechanical means to monitor vibrator status. The checks on vibrator status shall occur a minimum of two times per day or when requested by the Engineer. Hand held vibrators may be used in irregular areas only, but shall meet the recommendations of ACI 309R, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. e. Concrete saws. The Contractor shall provide sawing equipment adequate in number of units and power to _ complete the sawing to the required dimensions. The Contractor shall provide at least one standby saw in good working order and a supply of saw blades at the site of the work at all times during sawing operations. Early-entry saws may be used,subject to demonstration and approval of the Engineer. f. Side forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel and shall be furnished in sections not less than 10 feet (3 m) in length. Forms shall have a depth equal to the pavement thickness at the edge, and a base width equal to or greater than the depth. Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot(31 m)radius or less. Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms with battered top surfaces and bent, twisted or broken forms shall not be used. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Engineer. The top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8 inch(3 mm) in 10 feet (3 m), and the upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. Wood forms may be used under special conditions,when approved by the Engineer. g. Pavers. The paver shall be fully energized, self-propelled, and designed for the specific purpose of placing, consolidating, and finishing the concrete pavement, true to grade, tolerances, and cross-section. It shall be of Mo. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C sufficient weight and power to construct the maximum specified concrete paving lane width as shown in the plans, { at adequate forward speed,without transverse,longitudinal or vertical instability or without displacement. The paver shall be equipped with electronic or hydraulic horizontal and vertical control devices. 501-4.2 Form setting. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to ensure continuous paving operation.After the forms have been set to correct grade,the underlying surface shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at both the inside and outside edges of the base of the forms.Forms shall be staked into place sufficiently to maintain the form in position for the method of placement. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) at any joint. Forms shall be so set that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of concrete. The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the Contractor immediately before placing the concrete. 501-4.3 Conditioning of underlying surface. The compacted underlying surface on which the pavement will be placed shall be widened approximately 3 feet(1 m)to extend beyond the paving machine track to support the paver without any noticeable displacement. After the underlying surface has been placed and compacted to the required density, the areas that will support the paving machine and the area to be paved shall be trimmed or graded to the plan grade elevation and profile by means of a properly designed machine.The grade of the underlying surface shall be controlled by a positive grade control system using lasers, stringlines, or guide wires. If the density of the underlying surface is disturbed by the trimming operations, it shall be corrected by additional compaction and retested at the option of the Engineer before the concrete is placed except when stabilized subbases are being constructed. If damage occurs on a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. If traffic is allowed to use the prepared grade, the grade shall be checked and corrected immediately before the placement of concrete. The prepared grade shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from concrete. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free of frost when concrete is placed. 501-4.4 Conditioning of underlying surface, side-form and fill-in lane construction. The prepared underlying surface shall be moistened with water,without saturating,immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from the concrete. Damage caused by hauling or usage of other equipment shall be corrected and retested at the option of the Engineers. If damage occurs to a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor.A template shall be provided and operated on the forms immediately in advance of the placing of all concrete. The template shall be propelled only by hand and not attached to a tractor or other power unit. Templates shall be adjustable so that they may be set and maintained at the correct contour of the underlying surface. The adjustment and operation of the templates shall be such as will provide an accurate retest of the grade before placing the concrete thereon. All excess material shall be removed and wasted.Low areas shall be filled and compacted to a —'t condition similar to that of the surrounding grade.The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost when the concrete is placed. The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying surface shall not be permitted. ^'1 The template shall be maintained in accurate adjustment,at all times by the Contractor,and shall be checked daily. 501-4.5 Handling, measuring, and batching material. The batch plant site, layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material to the work. Stockpiles shall be constructed in 4 y! such a manner that prevents segregation and intermixing of deleterious materials.Aggregates from different sources shall be stockpiled,weighed and batched separately at the concrete batch plant. Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All aggregates �-+ produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or binned for draining at least 12 hours before being batched. Rail shipments requiring more than 12 hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage. Batching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type.When bulk cement is used,the Contractor shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or into the batch itself for FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-9 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BPl Reconstruct Taxiway C transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device, to prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance that the cement content specified is present in each batch. 501-4.6 Mixing concrete.The concrete may be mixed at the work site,in a central mix plant or in truck mixers.The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum. All concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the site in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or non-agitating trucks. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled in non-agitating trucks, nor 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the addition of water is performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the water/cementitious ratio specified in the approved mix design is not exceeded,and approved by the Engineer. Imr 501-4.7 Limitations on mixing and placing.No concrete shall be mixed,placed,or fmished when the natural light is insufficient,unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. a. Cold weather. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, mixing and concreting operations shall be .o discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40°F (4°C) and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35°F (2°C) The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50°F (10°C)at the time of placement. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete. When concreting is authorized during cold weather,water and/or the aggregates may be heated to not more than 150°F (66°C). The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. b.Hot weather.During periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 85°F(30°C), the following precautions shall be taken. The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 90°F (32°C). The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. The fmished surfaces of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a water-fog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium. When necessary, wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 psf(0.98 kg/m2 per hour) per hour. When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected, and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur,the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective fog sprays, and similar measures commencing immediately behind the paver. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking, paving operations shall be immediately stopped. c. Temperature management program. Prior to the start of paving operation for each day of paving, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Temperature Management Program for the concrete to be placed to �,.. assure that uncontrolled cracking is avoided.As a minimum the program shall address the following items: (1) Anticipated tensile strains in the fresh concrete as related to heating and cooling of the concrete material. (2)Anticipated weather conditions such as ambient temperatures,wind velocity,and relative humidity;and anticipated evaporation rate using Figure 11-8,PCA,Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures. (3)Anticipated timing of initial sawing of joint. (4)Anticipated number and type of saws to be used. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C 501-4.8 Placing concrete.At any point in concrete conveyance,the free vertical drop of the concrete from one point to another or to the underlying surface shall not exceed 3 feet(1 m). The finished concrete product must be dense and homogeneous,without segregation and conforming to the standards in this specification.Backhoes and grading equipment shall not be used to distribute the concrete in front of the paver. Front end loaders will not be used. All concrete shall be consolidated without voids or segregation, including under and around all load-transfer devices, joint assembly units, and other features embedded in the pavement. Hauling equipment or other mechanical equipment can be permitted on adjoining previously constructed pavement when the concrete strength reaches a flexural strength of 550 psi (3792 kPa) based on the average of four field cured specimens per 2,000 cubic yards (1,530 cubic meters) of concrete placed. Also, ..t subgrade and subbase planers, concrete pavers, and concrete finishing equipment may be permitted to ride upon the edges of previously constructed pavement when the concrete has attained a minimum flexural strength of 400 psi (2757 kPa). The Contractor shall have available materials for the protection of the concrete during inclement weather. Such protective materials shall consist of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils (0.1 mm)thick of sufficient length and width to cover the plastic concrete slab and any edges. The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate movable bridge from which it can be unrolled without dragging over the plastic concrete surface. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. a. Slip-form construction. The concrete shall be distributed uniformly into final position by a self-propelled slip-form paver without delay. The alignment and elevation of the paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose. The paver shall vibrate the concrete for the full width and depth of the strip of pavement being placed and the vibration shall be adequate to provide a consistency of concrete that will stand normal to the surface with sharp well defined edges. The sliding forms shall be rigidly held together laterally to prevent spreading of the forms. The plastic concrete shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibration with transverse vibrating units for the full width of the pavement and/or a series of equally placed longitudinal vibrating units. The space from the outer edge of the pavement to longitudinal unit shall not exceed 9 inches (23 cm) for "1 slipform and at the end of the dowels for the fill-in lanes The spacing of internal units shall be uniform and shall not exceed 18 inches(0.5 m). The term internal vibration means vibrating units located within the specified thickness of pavement section. The rate of vibration of each vibrating unit shall be within 8000 to 12000 cycles per minute and the amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete along the entire length of the vibrating unit and for a distance of at least one foot (30 cm). The frequency of vibration or amplitude shall vary "`t proportionately with the rate of travel to result in a uniform density and air content. The paving machine shall be equipped with a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating the actual frequency of vibrations. The concrete shall be held at a uniform consistency. The slip-form paver shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible and all operations of mixing, delivering, and spreading concrete shall be coordinated to provide uniform progress with stopping and starting of the paver held to a minimum. If for any reason, it is necessary to stop the forward movement of the paver,the vibratory and tamping elements shall also be stopped immediately. No tractive force shall be applied to the machine, except that which is controlled from the machine. When concrete is being placed adjacent to an existing pavement,that part of the equipment which is supported on the existing pavement shall be equipped with protective pads on crawler tracks or rubber-tired wheels on which the bearing surface is offset to run a sufficient distance from the edge of the pavement to avoid breaking the pavement edge. Not more than 15% of the total free edge of each 500 foot (150 m) segment of pavement, or fraction thereof, shall have an edge slump exceeding 1/4 inch(6 mm), and none of the free edge of the pavement shall have an edge slump exceeding 3/8 inch (9 mm). (The total free edge of 500 feet (150 m) of pavement will be considered the cumulative total linear measurement of pavement edge originally constructed as nonadjacent to any existing •"‘ pavement;that is, 500 feet(150 m)of paving lane originally constructed as a separate lane will have 1,000 feet(300 m) of free edge, 500 feet (150 m) of fill-in lane will have no free edge, etc.). The area affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the pavement edge shall be limited to not more than 18 inches (0.5 m) from the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-11 Waterloo Regional Airport ore( AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C edge. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. b. Side-form construction. Side form sections shall be straight, free from warps, bends, indentations, or other defects.Defective forms shall be removed from the work. Metal side forms shall be used except at end closures and 4 transverse construction joints where straight forms of other suitable material may be used. Side forms may be built up by rigidly attaching a section to either top or bottom of forms. If such build-up is attached to the top of metal forms,the build-up shall also be metal. Width of the base of all forms shall be equal to or greater than the specified pavement thickness. Side forms shall be of sufficient rigidity, both in the form and in the interlocking connection with adjoining forms, that springing will not occur under the weight of subgrading and paving equipment or from the pressure of �.• the concrete. The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms so that there will be no delay in placing concrete due to lack of forms. Before placing side forms, the underlying material shall be at the proper grade. Side forms shall have full bearing upon the foundation throughout their length and width of base and shall be placed to the required grade and alignment of the finished pavement. They shall be firmly supported during the entire operation of placing, compacting,and fmishing the pavement. a.. Forms shall be drilled in advance of being placed to line and grade to accommodate tie bars where these are specified. Immediately in advance of placing concrete and after all subbase operations are completed, side forms shall be %ow trued and maintained to the required line and grade for a distance sufficient to prevent delay in placing. Side forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been placed, and in all cases until the edge of the pavement no longer requires the protection of the forms. Curing compound shall be applied to the concrete immediately after the forms have been removed. Side forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and oiled each time they are used and before concrete is placed against them. Concrete shall be spread, screeded, shaped and consolidated by one or more self-propelled machines. These machines shall uniformly distribute and consolidate concrete without segregation so that the completed pavement will conform to the required cross-section with a minimum of handwork. �. The number and capacity of machines furnished shall be adequate to perform the work required at a rate equal to that of concrete delivery. Concrete for the full paving width shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibrators without causing ` segregation. Internal type vibrators' rate of vibration shall be not less than 7,000 cycles per minute. Amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete more than one foot (30 cm) from the vibrating element. The Contractor shall furnish a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating �. frequency of vibration. Power to vibrators shall be connected so that vibration ceases when forward or backward motion of the machine is stopped. The provisions relating to the frequency and amplitude of internal vibration shall be considered the minimum requirements and are intended to ensure adequate density in the hardened concrete. c. Consolidation. Concrete shall be consolidated with the specified type of lane-spanning, gang-mounted, mechanical, immersion type vibrating equipment mounted in front of the paver, supplemented, in rare instances as specified, by hand-operated vibrators. The vibrators shall be inserted into the concrete to a depth that will provide the best full-depth consolidation but not closer to the underlying material than inches (50 mm). Excessive vibration shall not be permitted. If the vibrators cause visible tracking in the paving lane, the paving operation shall be stopped and equipment and operations modified to prevent it. Concrete in small, odd-shaped slabs or in isolated locations inaccessible to the gang-mounted vibration equipment shall be vibrated with an approved hand-operated immersion vibrator operated from a bridge spanning the area. Vibrators shall not be used to transport or spread the concrete. Hand-operated vibrators shall not be operated in the concrete at one location for more than 20 seconds. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C —- --T -4 Insertion locations for hand-operated vibrators shall be between 6 to 15 inches(150 to 400 mm)on centers.For each paving train, at least one additional vibrator spud, or sufficient parts for rapid replacement and repair of vibrators shall be maintained at the paving site at all times. Any evidence of inadequate consolidation(honeycomb along the edges, large air pockets, or any other evidence) shall require the immediate stopping of the paving operation and adjustment of the equipment or procedures as approved by the Engineer. If a lack of consolidation of the concrete is suspected by the Engineer,referee testing may be required.Referee testing of hardened concrete will be performed by the Engineer by cutting cores from the finished pavement after a minimum of 24 hours curing. Density determinations will be made by the Engineer based on the water content of the core as taken.ASTM C642 shall be used for the determination of core density in the saturated-surface dry condition. When required, referee cores will be taken at the minimum rate of one for each 500 cubic yards (382 m2) of pavement,or fraction. The Contractor shall be responsible for all referee testing cost if they fail to meet the required density. The average density of the cores shall be at least 97%of the original mix design density,with no cores having a density of less than 96% of the original mix design density. Failure to meet the referee tests will be considered evidence that the minimum requirements for vibration are inadequate for the job conditions. Additional vibrating units or other means of increasing the effect of vibration shall be employed so that the density of the hardened concrete conforms to the above requirements. 501-4.9 Strike-off of concrete and placement of reinforcement. Following the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off to conform to the cross-section shown on the plans and to an elevation that when the concrete is properly _M( consolidated and fmished,the surface of the pavement shall be at the elevation shown on the plans.When'reinforced concrete pavement is placed in two layers,the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on the concrete in its final position without further "1 manipulation. The reinforcement shall then be placed directly upon the concrete, after which the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer of concrete has been placed more than 30 minutes without being covered with the top layer or if initial set has taken place, it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer,the reinforcement may be positioned in advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means after spreading. Reinforcing steel, at the time concrete is placed,shall be free of mud,oil, or other organic matter that may adversely affect or reduce bond. Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be considered satisfactory,provided the minimum dimensions,weight,and tensile properties of a hand wire-brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification requirements. 501-4.10 Joints. Joints shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accordance with these requirements. All joints shall be constructed with their faces perpendicular to the surface of the pavement and finished or edged as shown on the plans. Joints shall not vary more than 1/2 inch (12 min) from their designated position and shall be --i true to line with not more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) variation in 10 feet (3 m). The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 12 feet(3 m) straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch(6 mm) shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of uniform width and depth as shown on the plans. a.Construction.Longitudinal construction joints shall be slip-formed or formed against side forms as shown in the plans. Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The installation of the joint shall be located at a planned contraction or expansion joint. If placing of the concrete is stopped,the Contractor shall remove the excess concrete back to the previous planned joint. b. Contraction. Contraction joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. Contraction joints shall be installed to the dimensions required by forming a groove or cleft in the top of the slab while the concrete is still plastic or by sawing a groove into the concrete surface after the concrete has hardened. When the groove is formed in plastic concrete the sides of the grooves shall be finished even and smooth with an edging tool. If an insert material is used, the installation and edge finish shall be according to the manufacturer's FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C instructions. The groove shall be finished or cut clean so that spalling will be avoided at intersections with other joints.Grooving or sawing shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch(3 mm)wide and to the depth shown on the plans. c. Isolation (expansion). Isolation joints shall be installed as shown on the plans. The premolded filler of the thickness as shown on the plans, shall extend for the full depth and width of the slab at the joint,except for space for sealant at the top of the slab. The filler shall be securely staked or fastened into position perpendicular to the proposed finished surface. A cap shall be provided to protect the top edge of the filler and to permit the concrete to be placed and finished. After the concrete has been placed and struck off, the cap shall be carefully withdrawn leaving the space over the premolded filler. The edges of the joint shall be finished and tooled while the concrete is .. still plastic.Any concrete bridging the joint space shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint. d. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed in joints as shown on the plans. Tie bars shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall be spaced at intervals shown on the plans. They ►.. shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and in the middle of the slab depth. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane,they may be bent against the form at longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. Tie bars shall not be painted,greased,or enclosed in sleeves. When slip-form operations call for tie bars,two-piece hook bolts can be installed. e. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load-transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across joints as shown on the plans.They shall be of the dimensions and spacings as shown and held rigidly in the middle of the slab depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an approved assembly device to be left permanently in place. The dowel or load-transfer and joint devices shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly as a unit ready to be lifted and placed into position. The dowels shall be coated with a bond-breaker or other lubricant recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. f.Dowels bars at longitudinal construction joints shall be bonded in drilled holes. g.Placing dowels and tie bars. The method used in installing and holding dowels in position shall ensure that the error in alignment of any dowel from its required horizontal and vertical alignment after the pavement has been completed will not be greater than 1/8 inch per feet (3 mm per 0.3 m). Except as otherwise specified below, horizontal spacing of dowels shall be within a tolerance of±5/8 inch(16 mm). The vertical location on the face of the slab shall be within a tolerance of f1/2 inch(12 mm). The vertical alignment of the dowels shall be measured parallel to the designated top surface of the pavement, except for those across the crown or other grade change joints. Dowels across crowns and other joints at grade changes shall be measured to a level surface. Horizontal alignment shall be checked perpendicular to the joint edge. The horizontal alignment shall be checked with a framing square. Dowels and tie bars shall not be placed closer than 0.6 times the dowel bar tie bar length to the planned joint line. If the last regularly spaced longitudinal dowel tie bar is closer than that dimension, it shall be moved away from the joint to a location 0.6 times the dowel bar tie bar length, but not closer than 6 inches (150 mm)to its nearest neighbor. The portion of each dowel intended to move within the concrete or expansion cap shall be wiped clean and coated with a thin, even film of lubricating oil or light grease before the concrete is placed. Dowels shall be installed as specified in the following subparagraphs. (1) Contraction joints. Dowels and tie bars in longitudinal and transverse contraction joints within the paving lane shall be held securely in place, as indicated, by means of rigid metal frames or basket assemblies of an approved type. The basket assemblies shall be held securely in the proper location by means of suitable pins or anchors.Do not cut or crimp the dowel basket tie wires. At the Contractor's option, in lieu of the above, dowels and tie bars in contraction joints shall be installed near the front of the paver by insertion into the plastic concrete using approved equipment and procedures. Approval will be based on the results of a preconstruction demonstration, showing that the dowels and tie bars are installed within specified tolerances. (2) Construction joints. Install dowels and tie bars by the cast-in- place or the drill-and-dowel method. Installation by removing and replacing in preformed holes will not be permitted. Dowels and tie bars shall be prepared and placed across joints where indicated, correctly aligned, and securely held in the proper horizontal and vertical position during placing and finishing operations,by means of devices fastened to the forms. The spacing of dowels and tie bars in construction joints shall be as indicated. low (3)Dowels installed in isolation joints and other hardened concrete. Install dowels for isolation joints and in other hardened concrete by bonding the dowels into holes drilled into the hardened concrete. The concrete shall have cured for seven(7)days or reached a minimum flexural -- strength of 450 psi (3.1 MPa) before drilling commences. Holes 1/8 inch(3 mm) greater in diameter FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 4 than the dowels shall be drilled into the hardened concrete using rotary-core drills. Rotary-percussion drills may be used, provided that excessive spalling does not occur to the concrete joint face. Modification of the equipment and ..`t operation shall be required if, in the Engineer's opinion, the equipment and/or operation is causing excessive damage. Depth of dowel hole shall be within a tolerance of+1/2 inch (12 mm) of the dimension shown on the drawings. On completion of the drilling operation,the dowel hole shall be blown out with oil-free, compressed air. Dowels shall be bonded in the drilled holes using epoxy resin. Epoxy resin shall be injected at the back of the hole before installing the dowel and extruded to the collar during insertion of the dowel so as to completely fill the void around the dowel.Application by buttering the dowel will not be permitted.The dowels shall be held in alignment at the collar of the hole, after insertion and before the grout hardens, by means of a suitable metal or plastic grout retention ring fitted around the dowel. Dowels required to be installed in any joints between new and existing concrete shall be grouted in holes drilled in the existing concrete,all as specified above. h. Sawing of joints. Joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipment shall be as described in paragraph 501-4.1.The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch(3 mm) wide and to the depth shown on the plans. The top of the slot shall be widened by sawing to provide adequate space for joint sealers as shown on the plans. Sawing shall commence,without regard to day or night, as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling, or tearing and before ""'t uncontrolled shrinkage cracking of the pavement occurs and shall continue without interruption until all joints have been sawn. The joints shall be sawn at the required spacing. All slurry and debris produced in the sawing of joints shall be removed by vacuuming and washing. Curing compound or system shall be reapplied in the initial sawcut and maintained for the remaining cure period. 501-4.11 Finishing. Finishing operations shall be a continuing part of placing operations starting immediately behind the strike-off of the paver. Initial finishing shall be provided by the transverse screed or extrusion plate. The sequence of operations shall be transverse finishing, longitudinal machine floating if used, straightedge finishing, texturing, and then edging of joints. Finishing shall be by the machine method. The hand method shall be used only on isolated areas of odd slab widths or shapes and in the event of a breakdown of the mechanical fmishing equipment. Supplemental hand finishing for machine finished pavement shall be kept to an absolute minimum.Any machine finishing operation which requires appreciable hand finishing, other than a moderate amount of straightedge finishing, shall be immediately stopped and proper adjustments made or the equipment replaced. Any operations which produce more than 1/8 inch(3 mm)of mortar-rich surface(defined as deficient in plus U.S.No.4 (4.75 mm)sieve size aggregate)shall be halted immediately and the equipment, mixture, or procedures modified as necessary. Compensation shall be made for surging behind the screeds or extrusion plate and settlement during hardening and care shall be taken to ensure that paving and finishing machines are properly adjusted so that the finished surface of the concrete (not just the cutting edges of the screeds) will be at the required line and grade. --t Finishing equipment and tools shall be maintained clean and in an approved condition. At no time shall water be added to the surface of the slab with the finishing equipment or tools, or in any other way, except for fog (mist) sprays specified to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking. -� a.Machine finishing with slipform pavers.The slipform paver shall be operated so that only a very minimum of additional fmishing work is required to produce pavement surfaces and edges meeting the specified tolerances. Any equipment or procedure that fails to meet these specified requirements shall immediately be replaced or modified as necessary. A self-propelled non-rotating pipe float may be used while the concrete is still plastic, to remove minor irregularities and score marks. Only one pass of the pipe float shall be allowed. If there is concrete slurry or fluid paste on the surface that runs over the edge of the pavement, the paving operation shall be immediately stopped and the equipment, mixture, or operation modified to prevent formation of such slurry. Any 1.4 slurry which does run down the vertical edges shall be immediately removed by hand, using stiff brushes or scrapers. No slurry, concrete or concrete mortar shall be used to build up along the edges of the pavement to compensate for excessive edge slump,either while the concrete is plastic or after it hardens. -� b. Machine finishing with fixed forms. The machine shall be designed to straddle the forms and shall be operated to screed and consolidate the concrete. Machines that cause displacement of the forms shall be replaced. The machine shall make only one pass over each area of pavement. If the equipment and procedures do not produce a surface of uniform texture, true to grade, in one pass, the operation shall be immediately stopped and the equipment,mixture,and procedures adjusted as necessary. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-15 Waterloo Regional Airport ...5 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C c. Other types of finishing equipment. Clary screeds, other rotating tube floats, or bridge deck fmishers are not allowed on mainline paving,but may be allowed on irregular or odd-shaped slabs, and near buildings or trench drains,subject to the Engineer's approval. Bridge deck fmishers shall have a minimum operating weight of 7500 pounds (3400 kg) and shall have a transversely operating carriage containing a knock-down auger and a minimum of two immersion vibrators. ... Vibrating screeds or pans shall be used only for isolated slabs where hand fmishing is permitted as specified, and only where specifically approved. d.Hand finishing.Hand finishing methods will not be permitted,except under the following conditions: (1)in the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish the concrete already deposited on the grade and (2) in areas of narrow widths or of irregular dimensions where operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical.Use hand finishing operations only as specified below. ... (1) Equipment and screed. In addition to approved mechanical internal vibrators for consolidating the concrete, provide a strike-off and tamping screed and a longitudinal float for hand fmishing. The screed shall be at least one foot (30 cm) longer than the width of pavement being finished, of an approved design, and sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed of metal or other suitable material shod with metal. The longitudinal float shall be at least 10 feet (3 m) long, of approved design, and rigid and substantially braced, and shall maintain a plane surface on the bottom.Grate tampers(jitterbugs)shall not be used. (2)Finishing and floating.As soon as placed and vibrated,the concrete shall be struck off and screeded to the crown and cross-section and to such elevation above grade that when consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement will be at the required elevation. In addition to previously specified complete coverage with handheld immersion vibrators, the entire surface shall be tamped with the strike-off and tamping template, and the tamping operation continued until the required compaction and reduction of internal and surface voids are accomplished. Immediately following the final tamping of the surface, the pavement shall be floated longitudinally from bridges resting on the side forms and spanning but not touching the concrete. If necessary, additional concrete shall be placed,consolidated and screeded,and the float operated until a satisfactory surface has been produced.The floating operation shall be advanced not more than half the length of the float and then continued over the new and previously floated surfaces. e. Straightedge testing and surface correction.After the pavement has been struck off and while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a Contractor furnished 12-foot (3.7-m) straightedge swung from handles 3 feet (1 m) longer than one-half the width of the slab. The straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive positions parallel to the centerline and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to �- the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8 inch(3 mm)thick shall be removed from the surface of the pavement and wasted. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off, ►.. consolidated, and refmished. High areas shall be cut down and refmished. Special attention shall be given to assure that the surface across joints meets the smoothness requirements of paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Straightedge testing and surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required grade and cross-section. The use of long-handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum;they may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment. This straight-edging is not a replacement for the straightedge testing of paragraph 501-5.2e(3), Smoothness. 501-4.12 Surface texture.The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a brush or broom,burlap drag, or artificial turf finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. It is important that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation. Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. „a. Brush or broom finish. If the paverrient surface texture is to be a type of brush or broom finish, it shall be pavement surface, providing corrugations that are uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 inch (2 min) in depth, b. Burlap drag finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at least 15 ounces per square yard (555 grams per square ... meter) . To obtain a textured surface, the transverse threads of the burlap FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-16 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C — shall be removed approximately one foot (30 cm) from the trailing edge. A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping longitudinal striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 inch (2 mm) in depth. c.Artificial turf finish.If artificial turf is used to texture the surface, it shall be pplied be .7r.raging the surface ' ith artificial turf D . 'g •le on a traveling b n t et ran 1 +ho ;� ial turfs all r :n contact with the concrete surfac( during drag ing will be done only after it has been demonstrated by the tat has provided satisfactory texture consists of 7,200 approximately n ec inel l ng pol eth)le e tur -b ades pei square foot. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 inch(2 mm)in depth. I 501-4.13 Curing. Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7-day cure period in accordance with one of the methods below.Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind the Contractor may elect to use,or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other requirements, shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations.The concrete shall not be left exposed for more than 1/2 hour during the curing period. When a two-sawcut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the curing compound shall be applied to the sawcut immediately after the initial cut has been made.The sealant reservoir shall not be sawed until after the curing period has been completed. When the one cut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the joint shall be cured with wet rope,wet rags,or wet blankets.The rags,ropes,or blankets shall be kept moist for the duration of the curing period. -, a. Impervious membrane method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniformly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers under pressure at the rate of one gallon (4 liters) to not more than 150 sq ft (14 sq m). The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the compound shall be stirred continuously by mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths wl or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. When hand spraying is approved by the Engineer, a double application rate shall be used to ensure coverage. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application. Should the film become damaged from any --� cause, including sawing operations, within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound or other approved means. Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface. Curing shall be applied immediately after the bleed water is gone from the surface. b.White burlap-polyethylene sheets.The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully saturated and in position for seven(7)days after the concrete has been placed. c.Water method. The entire area shall be covered with burlap or other water absorbing material. The material shall be of sufficient thickness to retain water for adequate curing without excessive runoff. The material shall be kept wet at all times and maintained for seven(7)days. When the forms are stripped,the vertical walls shall also be kept moist.It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent ponding of the curing water on the subbase. d. Concrete protection for cold weather. The concrete shall be maintained at an ambient temperature of at least 50°F(10°C)for a period of 72 hours after placing and at a temperature above freezing for the remainder of the curing time. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete placed during cold .-, weather;and any concrete damaged shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. e. Concrete protection for hot weather. Concrete should be continuous moisture cured for the entire curing period and shall commence as soon as the surfaces are finished and continue for at least 24 hours. However, if -.� moisture curing is not practical beyond 24 hours, the concrete surface shall be protected from drying with FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-17 Waterloo Regional Airport ,..1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C application of a liquid membrane-forming curing compound while the surfaces are still damp. Other curing methods may be approved by the Engineer. 501-4.14 Removing forms. Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without chipping, spalling, or tearing.After the forms have been removed, the sides of the slab shall be cured as per the methods indicated in paragraph 501-4.13. Major honeycombed areas shall be considered as defective work and shall be removed and replaced in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2(f). 501-4.15 Saw-cut grooving. If shown on the plans, grooved surfaces shall be provided in accordance with the Irmo requirements of Item P-621. 501-4.16 Sealing joints.The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordance with 64„ . 501-4.17 Protection of pavement. The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its appurtenances against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents until accepted by the Engineer.This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs, lights, pavement bridges, crossovers, and protection of unsealed joints from intrusion of foreign material, etc. Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to final acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement replaced at the Contractor's expense. Aggregates,rubble, or other similar construction materials shall not be placed on airfield pavements. Traffic shall be excluded from the new pavement by erecting and maintaining barricades and signs until the concrete is at least seven(7)days old,or for a longer period if directed by the Engineer. In paving intermediate lanes between newly paved pilot lanes, operation of the hauling and paving equipment will be permitted on the new pavement after the pavement has been cured for seven (7) days and the joints have been sealed or otherwise protected, and the concrete has attained a minimum field cured flexural strength of 550 psi (37928 kPa)and approved means are furnished to prevent damage to the slab edge. All new and existing pavement carrying construction traffic or equipment shall be continuously kept completely clean,and spillage of concrete or other materials shall be cleaned up immediately upon occurrence. Damaged pavements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Slabs shall be removed to the full depth,width,and length of the slab. Wm. 501-4.18 Opening to construction traffic. The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C31 have attained a flexural strength of 550 lb/square inch (3.8 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C78. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening the pavement to construction traffic, all joints shall either be sealed or protected from damage to the joint edge and intrusion of foreign materials into the joint. As a minimum,backer rod or tape may be used to protect the joints from foreign matter intrusion. 501-4.19 Repair,removal,or replacement of slabs. a. General. New pavement slabs that are broken or contain cracks or are otherwise defective or unacceptable shall be removed and replaced or repaired, as directed by the Engineer and as specified hereinafter at no cost to the �. Owner. Spalls along joints shall be repaired as specified. Removal of partial slabs is not permitted. Removal and replacement shall be full depth,shall be full width of the slab,and the limit of removal shall be normal to the paving lane and to each original transverse joint. The Engineer will determine whether cracks extend full depth of the .. pavement and may require cores to be drilled on the crack to determine depth of cracking. Such cores shall be 4 inch (100 mm)diameter, shall be drilled by the Contractor and shall be filled by the Contractor with a well consolidated concrete mixture bonded to the walls of the hole with epoxy resin,using approved procedures.Drilling of cores and refilling holes shall be at no expense to the Owner.All epoxy resin used in this work shall conform to ASTM C881, Type V. Repair of cracks as described in this section shall not be allowed if in the opinion of the Engineer the overall condition of the pavement indicates that such repair is unlikely to achieve an acceptable and durable fmished pavement. No repair of cracks shall be allowed in any panel that demonstrates segregated aggregate with an absence ►� of coarse aggregate in the upper 1/8 inch(3 mm)of the pavement surface. b. Shrinkage cracks. Shrinkage cracks,which do not exceed 4 inches (100 mm)in depth, shall be cleaned and then pressure injected with epoxy resin,Type IV,Grade 1,using procedures as approved by the Engineer. Care shall ... be taken to assure that the crack is not widened during epoxy resin injection. All epoxy resin injection shall take FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C • place in the presence of the Engineer. Shrinkage cracks,which exceed 4 inches (100 mm) in depth, shall be treated as full depth cracks in accordance with paragraphs 4.19b and 4.19c. c. Slabs with cracks through interior areas.Interior area is defined as that area more than 6 inches(150 mm) from either adjacent original transverse joint. The full slab shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner, when there are any full depth cracks,or cracks greater than 4 inches (100 mm)in depth,that extend into the interior area. d. Cracks close to and parallel to joints.All cracks essentially parallel to original joints, extending full depth of the slab,and lying wholly within 6 inches (150 mm)either side of the joint shall be treated as specified here.Any ... crack extending more than 6 inches(150 mm)from the joint shall be treated as specified above in subparagraph c. (1) Full depth cracks present, original joint not opened. When the original un-cracked joint has not opened, the crack shall be sawed and sealed, and the original joint filled with epoxy resin as specified below. The --, crack shall be sawed with equipment specially designed to follow random cracks. The reservoir for joint sealant in the crack shall be formed by sawing to a depth of 3/4 inches(19 mm),+1/16 inch(2 mm),and to a width of 5/8 inch (16 mm),+1/8 inch(3 mm).Any equipment or procedure which causes raveling or spalling along the crack shall be modified or replaced to prevent such raveling or spalling. The joint sealant shall be a liquid sealant as specified. Installation of joint seal shall be as specified for sealing joints or as directed. If the joint sealant reservoir has been sawed out, the reservoir and as much of the lower saw cut as possible shall be filled with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 2,thoroughly tooled into the void using approved procedures. -� If only the original narrow saw cut has been made, it shall be cleaned and pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1,using approved procedures. If filler type material has been used to form a weakened plane in the transverse joint,it shall be completely sawed out and the saw cut pressure injected with epoxy resin,Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. Where a parallel crack goes part way across paving lane and then intersects 0+1 and follows the original joint which is cracked only for the remained of the width, it shall be treated as specified above for a parallel crack,and the cracked original joint shall be prepared and sealed as originally designed. (2) Full depth cracks present, original joint also cracked. At a joint, if there is any place in the lane 7 width where a parallel crack and a cracked portion of the original joint overlap,the entire slab containing the crack shall be removed and replaced for the full lane width and length. e.Removal and replacement of full slabs. Where it is necessary to remove full slabs,unless there are dowels "" present, all edges of the slab shall be cut full depth with a concrete saw. All saw cuts shall be perpendicular to the slab surface. If dowels,or tie bars are present along any edges,these edges shall be sawed full depth just beyond the end of the dowels or tie bars. These joints shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within one inch(25 mm) of the depth of the dowel or tie bar. The main slab shall be further divided by sawing full depth, at appropriate locations, and each piece lifted out and removed. Suitable equipment shall be used to provide a truly vertical lift,and approved safe lifting devices used for attachment to the slabs. The narrow strips along doweled edges shall be carefully broken up and removed using light,hand-held jackhammers,30 lb(14 kg)or less,or other approved similar equipment. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the dowels, tie bars, or to concrete to remain in place. The joint face below dowels shall be suitably trimmed so that there is not abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inch(12 mm)and no gradual offset greater than one inch(25 mm)when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot(3.7- m)straightedge. No mechanical impact breakers, other than the above hand-held equipment shall be used for any removal of slabs. If underbreak between 1-1/2 and 4 inches(38 and 100 mm)deep occurs at any point along any edge, the area shall be repaired as directed before replacing the removed slab.Procedures directed will be similar to those specified for surface spalls,modified as necessary. If underbreak over 4 inches (100 mm) deep occurs,the entire slab containing the underbreak shall be removed and replaced.Where there are no dowels or tie bars,or where they have been damaged,dowels or tie bars of the size and spacing as specified for other joints in similar pavement shall be installed by epoxy grouting them into holes ION drilled into the existing concrete using procedures as specified. Original damaged dowels or tie bars shall be cut off flush with the joint face. Protruding portions of dowels shall be painted and lightly oiled. All four(4) edges of the new slab shall contain dowels or original tie bars. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-19 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Placement of concrete shall be as specified for original construction. Prior to placement of new concrete, the underlying material(unless it is stabilized)shall be re-compacted and shaped as specified in the appropriate section of these specifications. The surfaces of all four joint faces shall be cleaned of all loose material and contaminants and coated with a double application of membrane forming curing compound as bond breaker.Care shall be taken to prevent any curing compound from contacting dowels or tie bars. The resulting joints around the new slab shall be Iraml prepared and sealed as specified for original construction. f. Repairing spalls along joints. Where directed, spalls along joints of new slabs, and along parallel cracks used as replacement joints, shall be repaired by first making a vertical saw cut at least one inch(25 mm)outside the spalled area and to a depth of at least 2 inch(50 mm). Saw cuts shall be straight lines forming rectangular areas. The concrete between the saw cut and the joint,or crack,shall be chipped out to remove all unsound concrete and at least 1/2 inch(12 mm)of visually sound concrete. The cavity thus formed shall be thoroughly cleaned with high-pressure water jets supplemented with compressed air to remove all loose material. Immediately before filling the cavity, a prime coat of epoxy resin,Type III,Grade I,shall be applied to the dry cleaned surface of all sides and bottom of the cavity, except any joint face. The prime coat shall be applied in a thin coating and scrubbed into the surface with a stiff-bristle brush. Pooling of epoxy resin shall be avoided. The cavity shall be filled with low slump Portland ... cement concrete or mortar or with epoxy resin concrete or mortar. Concrete shall be used for larger spalls,generally those more than 1/2 cu. ft. (0.014 m3)in size, and mortar shall be used for the smaller ones. Any spall less than 0.1 cu. ft. (0.003 m3) shall be repaired only with epoxy resin mortar or a Grade III epoxy resin. Portland cement concrete and mortar mixtures shall be proportioned as directed and shall be mixed,placed, consolidated, and cured as directed. Epoxy resin mortars shall be made with Type III, Grade 1, epoxy resin, using proportions and mixing and placing procedures as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The epoxy resin materials shall be placed in the cavity in layers not over 2 inches (50 mm) thick. The time interval between , placement of additional layers shall be such that the temperature of the epoxy resin material does not exceed 140°F (60°C) at any time during hardening. Mechanical vibrators and hand tampers shall be used to consolidate the concrete or mortar.Any repair material on the surrounding surfaces of the existing concrete shall be removed before it hardens. Where the spalled area abuts a joint, an insert or other bond-breaking medium shall be used to prevent bond at the joint face. A reservoir for the joint sealant shall be sawed to the dimensions required for other joints, or as required to be routed for cracks.The reservoir shall be thoroughly cleaned and sealed with the sealer specified for the joints. If any spall penetrates half the depth of the slab or more,the entire slab shall be removed and replaced as 6.. previously specified If any spall would require over 25% of the length of any single joint to be repaired,the entire slab shall be removed and replaced.Repair of spalls as described in this section shall not be allowed if in the opinion of the Engineer the overall condition of the pavement indicates that such repair is unlikely to achieve an acceptable and durable finished pavement. No repair of spalls shall be allowed in any panel that demonstrates segregated aggregate with a significant absence of coarse aggregate in the upper one-eight(1/8th)inch of the pavement surface. g.Diamond grinding of PCC surfaces.Diamond grinding of the hardened concrete with an approved diamond grinding machine should not be performed until the concrete is 14 days or more old and concrete has reached full minimum strength.When required,diamond grinding shall be accomplished by sawing with saw blades impregnated with industrial diamond abrasive. The saw blades shall be assembled in a cutting head mounted on a machine designed specifically for diamond grinding that will produce the required texture and smoothness level without damage to the pavement. The saw blades shall be 1/8-inch(3-mm) wide and there shall be a minimum of 55 to 60 blades per 12 inches (300 mm) of cutting head width; the actual number of blades will be determined by the Contractor and depend on the hardness of the aggregate. Each machine shall be capable of cutting a path at least 3 feet(0.9 m) wide. Equipment that causes ravels, aggregate fractures, spalls or disturbance to the joints will not be permitted. The area corrected by diamond grinding the surface of the hardened concrete should not exceed 10%of the total area of any sublot. The depth of diamond grinding shall not exceed 1/2 inch(13 mm)and all areas in which diamond grinding has been performed will be subject to the fmal pavement thickness tolerances specified. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. All pavement areas requiring plan grade or surface smoothness corrections in excess of the limits specified above, may require removing and replacing in conformance with paragraph 501-4.19. 501-4.20 Existing concrete pavement removal and repair. All operations shall be carefully controlled to prevent damage to the concrete pavement and to the underlying material to remain in place.All saw cuts shall be made perpendicular to the slab surface. rr a.Removal of existing pavement slab. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C w.. When it is necessary to remove existing concrete pavement and leave adjacent concrete in place, unless there are dowels present, the joint between the removal area and adjoining pavement to stay in place, including dowels or tie bars, shall first be cut full depth with a standard diamond-type concrete saw. If dowels are present at this joint, the saw cut shall be made full depth just beyond the end of dowels. The edge shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within one inch (25 mm) of the top of the dowel. Next, a full depth saw cut shall be made parallel to the joint at least 24 inches (600 mm) from the joint and at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the end of any dowels. All pavement between this last saw cut and the joint line shall be carefully broken up and removed using hand-held jackhammers, 30 lb (14 kg) or less, or the approved light-duty equipment which will -- not cause stress to propagate across the joint saw cut and cause distress in the pavement which is to remain in place. Where dowels are present, care shall be taken to produce an even, vertical joint face below the dowels. If the Contractor is unable to produce such a joint face, or if underbreak or other distress occurs, the Contractor shall saw the dowels flush with the joint. The Contractor shall then install new dowels, of the size and spacing used for other similar joints, by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph 501-4 .10g. All this shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. Dowels of the size and spacing indicated shall be installed as shown on the drawings by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph 501-4.10g. The joint face shall be sawed or otherwise trimmed so that there is no abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inches(12 mm)and no gradual offset greater than one inch(25 mm)when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot(3.7-m)straightedge. b.Edge repair. The edge of existing concrete pavement against which new pavement abuts shall be protected from damage at all times.Areas that are damaged during construction shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner. (1) Spall repair. Spalls shall be repaired where indicated and where directed by the Engineer. Repair materials and procedures shall be as previously specified in subparagraph 501-4.19f. (2)Underbreak repair.All underbreak shall be repaired.First, all delaminated and loose material shall be carefully removed. Next, the underlying material shall be recompacted, without addition of any new material. Finally, the void shall be completely filled with paving concrete, thoroughly consolidated. Care shall be taken to produce an even joint face from top to bottom.Prior to placing concrete,the underlying material shall be thoroughly moistened.After placement,the exposed surface shall be heavily coated with curing compound. (3) Underlying material. The underlying material adjacent to the edge and under the existing pavement which is to remain in place shall be protected from damage or disturbance during removal operations and until placement of new concrete,and shall be shaped as shown on the drawings or as directed. Sufficient material shall be ,.., kept in place outside the joint line to prevent disturbance (or sloughing) of material under the pavement that is to remain in place. Any material under the portion of the concrete pavement to remain in place, which is disturbed or loses its compaction shall be carefully removed and replaced with concrete as specified in paragraph 501-4.20b(2). The underlying material outside the joint line shall be thoroughly compacted and moist when new concrete is placed. MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 501-5.1 Acceptance sampling and testing. All acceptance sampling and testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section, with the exception of coring for thickness determination,will be performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor shall bear the cost of providing curing facilities for the strength specimens,per paragraph 501-5.1a(3), and coring and filling operations, per paragraph 501-5.1b(1). Testing organizations performing these tests shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C1077. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for acceptance sampling and testing must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-21 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Concrete shall be accepted for strength and thickness on a lot basis. A lot shall consist of a day's production not to exceed 1, 500 2 000 cubic yards( O 1, 14 6 cubic meters)II - I a.Flexural strength. .. (1)Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken for each sublot from the plastic concrete delivered to the job site. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D3665. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. (2)Testing. Two (2) specimens shall be made from each sample. Specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 and the flexural strength of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C78.The flexural strength for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results of the two test specimens representing that sublot. Immediately prior to testing for flexural strength, the beam shall be weighed and measured for determination of a sample unit weight. Measurements shall be made for each dimension; height, depth, and length, at the mid-point of the specimen and reported to the nearest 1/10 inch (3 mm). The weight of the specimen shall be reported to the nearest 0.1 pound(45 gm). The sample unit weight shall be calculated by dividing the sample weight by the calculated volume of the sample. This information shall be reported as companion information to the measured flexural strength for each specimen. The samples will be transported while in the molds. The curing, except for the initial cure period, will be accomplished using the immersion in saturated lime water method. Slump, air content, and temperature tests will also be conducted by the quality assurance laboratory for each set of strength test samples,per ASTM C31. (3) Curing. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the initial curing of beams. During the 24 hours after molding,the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens must be maintained in the range of 60° to 80°F(16°to 27°C), and loss of moisture from the specimens must be prevented. The specimens may be stored in tightly constructed wooden boxes, damp sand pits, temporary buildings at construction sites, under wet burlap in favorable weather, or in heavyweight closed plastic bags, or using other suitable methods,provided the temperature and moisture loss requirements are met. (4) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for flexural strength will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2b. b.Pavement thickness. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots and one core shall be taken by the Contractor for each sublot. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D3665. Areas, such as thickened edges, with planned variable thickness, shall be excluded from sample locations. Cores shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the cored hole. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with a non-shrink grout approved by the Engineer within one day after sampling. (2) Testing. The thickness of the cores shall be determined by the Engineer by the average caliper �... measurement in accordance with ASTM C 174. (3)Acceptance.Acceptance of pavement for thickness shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2c. ... c. Partial lots. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or minor placements to be considered as partial lots,the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. Where three sublots have been produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots have been produced,they shall be incorporated into the next lot or the previous lot and the total number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance criteria calculation,that is,n=5 or n=6. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-22 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C d. Outliers. All individual flexural strength tests within a lot shall be checked for an outlier(test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E178, at a significance level of 5%. Outliers shall be discarded, and the percentage of .., material within specification limits(PWL)shall be determined using the remaining test values. 501-5.2 Acceptance criteria. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the completed pavement discussed in paragraph 501-5.2e: (1)Flexural strength (2)Thickness --I (3)Smoothness (4)Grade (5)Edge slump Flexural strength and thickness shall be evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis using the method of estimating PWL. Acceptance using PWL considers the variability (standard deviation) of the material and the testing procedures, as well as the average (mean) value of the test results to calculate the percentage of material that is above the lower specification tolerance limit(L). Acceptance for flexural strength will be based on the criteria contained in accordance with paragraph 501- 5.2e(1). Acceptance for thickness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(2). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(3).Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(4). 0.1 The Engineer may at any time, notwithstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of concrete mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, or improper slump. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer,and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b.Flexural strength.Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for flexural strength shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. c. Pavement thickness. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. d. Percentage of material within limits(PWL). The PWL shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit(L)for flexural strength and thickness shall be: Lower Specification Tolerance Limit(L) Flexural Strength 0.93 x strength specified in paragraph 501-3.1 Thickness Lot Plan Thickness in inches, -0.50 in e.Acceptance criteria. (1) Flexural Strength. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. ,.ak (2) Thickness. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (3) Smoothness. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, but not later than 48 hours after placement, the surface of each lot shall be tested in both longitudinal and transverse directions for smoothness to 1.15 reveal all surface irregularities exceeding the tolerances specified. The Contractor shall furnish paving equipment and employ methods that produce a surface for each section of pavement having an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501-8.1 c when evaluated with a profilograph; and the finished surface of the --1 pavement shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6mm) when evaluated with a 12-foot (3.7m) straightedge. When the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-23 Waterloo Regional Airport 0.1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C surface smoothness exceeds specification tolerances which cannot be corrected by diamond grinding of the pavement, full depth removal and replacement of pavement shall be to the limit of the longitudinal placement. Corrections involving diamond grinding will be subject to the fmal pavement thickness tolerances specified. (a)Transverse measurements. Transverse measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Transverse h. measurements will be taken perpendicular to the pavement centerline each 50 feet (15m) or more often as determined by the Engineer. (i) Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straight edge at the edge of pavement section being tested and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straight edge for each successive measurement. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions; at these transition areas, the straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. Deviations on final pavement > 1/4 inch(6mm)in transverse direction shall be corrected with diamond grindingper paragraph 501-4.I9g or b removing and replacing full depth of pavement. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10%of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. (ii) The joint between lots shall be tested separately to facilitate smoothness between lots. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface, with half the straightedge on one side of the joint and the other half of the straightedge on the other side of the joint. Measure the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. One measurement shall be taken at the joint every 50 feet (15m) or more often if directed by the Engineer. Maximum gap on fmal pavement surface> 1/4 inch(6mm)in transverse direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of surface. Each measurement shall be recorded and a copy of the data shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. (b) Longitudinal measurements. Longitudinal measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Longitudinal tests will be parallel to the centerline of paving; at the center of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are less than 20 feet (6m); and at the one third points of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are 20 ft (6m)or greater. (i)Longitudinal Short Sections. Longitudinal Short Sections are when the longitudinal lot length is less than 200 feet(60m)and areas not requiring a profilograph. When approved by the Engineer,the first and last 15 feet(4.5m)of the lot can also be considered as short sections for smoothness. The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6mm) when evaluated with a 12-foot (3.7m) straightedge. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions, at these transition areas, the straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straight edge at the edge of pavement section being tested and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straight edge for each successive measurement. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding(unleveled)straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. Deviations on final pavement surface> 1/4 inch(6mm)in longitudinal direction will be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of surface. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10%of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. (ii) Profilograph Testing. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the contractor using approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1274. The equipment shall utilize electronic recording and automatic computerized reduction of data to indicate "must grind" bumps and the Profile Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch(5 mm)blanking band. The bump template must span one inch(25 mm)with an offset of 0.4 inches (10 mm). The profilograph must be calibrated prior to use and operated by a factory or State DOT approved operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch(25 mm) equals 25 feet(7.5 m) and a vertical scale of one inch (25 mm) equals one inch (25 mm). A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-24 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C The pavement must have an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501- 8.lc. Deviations on final surface in longitudinal direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of pavement. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10% of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. Where corrections are necessary, second profilograph runs shall be performed to verify that the corrections produced an average profile index of 15 inches (38 cm) per mile or less. If the initial average profile index was less than 15 inches (38 cm),only those areas representing greater than 0.4 inch(10 mm)deviation will be re-profiled for correction verification. (iii)Final profilograph of taxiway . Final profilograph,full length of taxiway ; shall be performed to facilitate testing of smoothness between lots. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the contractor using approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1274. The pavement must have an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501-8.1c. The equipment shall utilize electronic recording and automatic computerized reduction of data to indicate"must grind"bumps and the Profile Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch(5 mm)blanking band. The bump template must span one inch(25 mm)with an offset of 0.4 inches (10 mm). The profilograph must be calibrated prior to use and operated by a factory or State DOT approved, trained operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch (25 mm) equals 25 feet(7.5 m)and a vertical scale of one inch(25 mm)equals one inch(25 mm). A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. Profilograph of fmal runway shall be performed one foot right and left of runway centerline and 15 feet right and left of centerline. Any areas that indicate"must grind"will be corrected as directed by the Engineer. Smoothness testing indicated in the above paragraphs except paragraph (iii) shall be performed within 48 hours of placement of material. Smoothness texting indicated in paragraph(iii)shall be performed within --� 48 hours fmal paving completion. The primary purpose of smoothness testing is to identify areas that may be prone to ponding of water which could lead to hydroplaning of aircraft. If the contractor's machines and/or methods are producing significant areas that need corrective actions then production should be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. If corrective measures are not implemented and when directed by the Engineer, production shall be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. (4) Grade. An evaluation of the surface grade shall be made by the Engineer for compliance to the tolerances contained below. The finish grade will be determined by running levels at intervals of 50 feet(15 m) or less longitudinally and all breaks in grade transversely (not to exceed 50 feet(15 m))to determine the elevation of the completed pavement. The Contractor shall pay the costs of surveying the level runs, and this work shall be performed by a licensed surveyor. The documentation,stamped and signed by a licensed surveyor,shall be provided by the Contractor to the Engineer. (a) Lateral deviation. Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge shall not exceed±0.10 feet(30 mm)in any lane. (b) Vertical deviation. Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed±0.04 feet(12 mm)at any point. (5) Edge slump. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened, the .01 area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor as directed by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-4.8a. f. Removal and replacement of concrete. Any area or section of concrete that is removed and replaced shall be removed and replaced back to planned joints. The Contractor shall replace damaged dowels and the requirements for doweled longitudinal construction joints in paragraph 501-4.10 shall apply to all contraction joints exposed by concrete removal. Removal and replacement shall be in accordance with paragraph 501-4.20. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 501-6.1 Quality control program. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with .-, Section 100 of the General Provisions.The program shall address all elements that affect the quality of the pavement including but not limited to: a.Mix Design FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-25 Waterloo Regional Airport 7 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C b.Aggregate Gradation taw C.Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e.Proportioning f.Mixing and Transportation g.Placing and Consolidation ti- h.Joints i.Dowel Placement and Alignment .. j.Flexural or Compressive Strength k.Finishing and Curing 1. Surface Smoothness 501-6.2 Quality control testing. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to this specification and as set forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for aggregate gradation, aggregate moisture content, slump,and air content. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. ... a.Fine aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily in accordance with ASTM C136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2)Moisture content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter,two tests shall be made per day.Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C70 or ASTM C566. b.Coarse Aggregate. (1)Gradation.A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily for each size of aggregate. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter,two tests shall be made per day.Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C566. c. Slump. Four slump tests shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in paragraph 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublot. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 143 from material randomly sampled from material discharged from trucks at the paving site.Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. d. Air content. Four air content tests, shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in paragraph 501-5.1.One test shall be made for each sublot.Air content tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag or other porous coarse aggregate, from material randomly sampled from trucks at the paving site.Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. e.Four unit weight and yield tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C138.The samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172 and at the same time as the air content tests. 501-6.3 Control charts.The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts for fine and coarse aggregate gradation, slump,moisture content and air content. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept up to date at all times.As a minimum,the control charts shall identify the project number,the contract item number,the test number, each test FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 P501-26 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C parameter, the Action and suspension Limits, or Specification limits, applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a potential problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action,the Engineer may halt production or acceptance of the material. a. Fine and coarse aggregate gradation. The Contractor shall record the running average of the last five gradation tests for each control sieve on linear control charts. Specification limits contained in the Lower Specification Tolerance Limit (L) table above and the Control Chart Limits table below shall be superimposed on the Control Chart for job control. b. Slump and air content. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range(that is, difference between highest and lowest measurements)for slump and air content in accordance with the following Action and Suspension Limits. Control Chart Limits Control Parameter Individual Measurements Range Suspension Limit Action Limit Suspension Limit Slip Form: Slump +0 to-1 inch(0-25 mm) +0.5 to-1.5 inch(13-38 mm) +1.5 inch(38 mm) Air Content ±1.2% ±1.8% +2.5% Side Form: Slump +0.5 to-1 inch(13-25 mm) +1 to-1.5 inch(25-38 mm) ±1.5 inch(38 mm) Air Content ±1.2% ±1.8% ±2.5% • The individual measurement control charts shall use the mix design target values as indicators of central tendency. 501-6.4 Corrective action. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of control. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control and shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and corrective action taken if any one of the —04 following conditions exists. a. Fine and coarse aggregate gradation. When two consecutive averages of five tests are outside of the specification limits in paragraph 501-2.1, immediate steps, including a halt to production, shall be taken to correct the grading. b. Fine and coarse aggregate moisture content. Whenever the moisture content of the fine or coarse aggregate changes by more than 0.5%, the scale settings for the aggregate batcher and water batcher shall be adjusted. c.Slump.The Contractor shall halt production and make appropriate adjustments whenever: (1)one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range OR (2)two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. d. Air content. The Contractor shall halt production and adjust the amount of air-entraining admixture whenever: (1)one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range -� OR (2)two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. 101 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-27 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Whenever a point falls outside the Action Limits line,the air-entraining admixture dispenser shall be calibrated to ensure that it is operating correctly and with good reproducibility. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 501-7.1 Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of it yards (cubic meta.1 square yards (square meters) of either plain or reinforced pavement as specified in-place, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 501-8.1 Payment. Payment for concrete pavement meeting all acceptance criteria as specified in paragraph 501-5.2 .. Acceptance Criteria shall be based on results of smoothness, strength and thickness tests. Payment for acceptable lots of concrete pavement shall be adjusted in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1a for strength and thickness and 501-8.1c for smoothness,subject to the limitation that: tom The total project payment for concrete pavement shall not exceed 100% percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of ' yards (cubic meters)} square yards (square meters) of concrete pavement used in the accepted work(See Note 1 under the Price Adjustment Schedule table below). ,,, Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work as specified herein and on the drawings. a. Basis of adjusted payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with the Price Adjustment Schedule table below. A pay factor shall be calculated for both flexural strength and thickness. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are 100%or higher.The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either flexural strength or thickness is 100% or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are less than 100%. Price Adjustment Scheduler Percentage of Materials Within Specification Lot Pay Factor Limits (Percent of Contract Unit Price) (PWL) r... 96—100 106 90—95 PWL+ 10 75—90 0.5 PWL+55 55-74 1.4PWL- 12 Below 55 Reject2 ' Although it is theoretically possible to achieve a pay factor of 106%for each lot, actual payment in excess of 100%shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. that the lot shall not be removed, it shall be paid for at 50% of the contract unit price and the otu project payment limitation shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may have reasons to decide to allow the rejected lot to remain. In that case, the Engineer will consult and get concurrence from the FAA ADO, as stated in Section 50-02, to enter into a written agreement with the Contractor. This written agreement shall include the reasoning why the lot shall not be removed and that it shall be paid for at 50% of the contract unit price and the total project payment limitation shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. -. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-28 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C For each lot accepted,the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. Payment in excess of 100%for accepted lots of concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100%. b.Payment.Payment shall be made under: Item P-501-8.la Portland Cement Concrete Pavement (per cubic yard (cubic meter)} per square yard (square meter) c. Basis of adjusted payment for smoothness. Price adjustment for pavement smoothness will apply to the total area of concrete within a section of pavement and shall be applied in accordance the following equation and schedule: (Square yard in section) x (original unit price per square yard) x PFm=reduction in payment for area within section Average Profile Index(Inches Per Mile) Contract Unit Price Pavement Strength Rating Adjustment Over 30,000 lb , Short Sections (PFm) 0-7 0 10 0- 15 0.00 7.1 -9 10.1 11 15.1 - 16 0.02 9.1 - 11 11.1 12 16.1 - 17 0.04 - 13 12.1 13 17.1 - 18 0.06 13.1 - 14 13.1 14 18.1 -20 0.08 14.1 - 15 11.1 15 20.1 -22 0.10 —11 15.1 and up 15.1 and up 22.1 and up Corrective work required TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C70 Standard Test Method for Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate ASTM C78 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete(Using Simple Beam with Third- Point Loading) ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer Than 754tm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine .� ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ASTM C 142 Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates ASTM C 143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete ASTM C172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C173 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-29 Waterloo Regional Airport —, AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 ASTM C174 Standard Test Method for Measuring Thickness of Concrete Elements Using Drilled Concrete Cores ASTM C227 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations(Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C289 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) ASTM C295 Standard Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C 114 Standard Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement ASTM C311 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use in Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C566 Standard Test Method for Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregates by Drying ASTM C642 Standard Test Method for Density,Absorption,and Voids in Hardened Concrete ASTM C666 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing ASTM C1077 Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation ASTM C 1260 Standard Test Method for Potential-Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates(Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C1567 Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C 1602 Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM E178 Standard Practice for Dealing With Outlying Observations ASTM E1274 Standard Test Method for Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph U.S.Army Corps of Engineers(USACE)Concrete Research Division(CRD)C662 Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials,Lithium Nitrate Admixture and Aggregate(Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A184 Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A704 Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A706 Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A714 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe ASTM A775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-30 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L 1 ASTM A934 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A996 Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A1064 Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed,for Concrete ASTM A1078 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Dowels for Concrete Pavement ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C 171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete ASTM C881 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete ASTM C989 Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars ASTM D 1751 Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D1752 Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving And Structural Construction --� ACI 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete ACI 305R Guide to Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306R Guide to Cold Weather Concreting ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete AC 150/5320-6 Airport Pavemetn Design and Evaluation PCA Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures END ITEM P-501 immq FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-31 Waterloo Regional Airport .... AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C } L.. rr L.. (k( L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-32 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 0.11 Item P-605 Joint Sealants for Concrete Pavements DESCRIPTION 605-1.1 This item shall consist of providing and installing a resilient and adhesive joint sealing material capable of effectively sealing joints and cracks in rigid pavements. MATERIALS 605-2.1 Joint sealants. Joint sealant materials shall meet the requirements of .1 ASTM D5893, Standard Specifications for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements . Each lot or batch of sealant shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container.Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number,the safe heating temperature, and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the sealant meets the requirements of this specification. 605-2.2 Backer rod.The material furnished shall be a compressible, non-shrinking, non-staining, non-absorbing material that is non-reactive with the joint sealant. The material shall have a water absorption of not more than 5%when tested in accordance with ASTM C509. The backer-rod material shall be 25%± 5 % larger in diameter than the nominal width of the crack. 605-2.3 Backup materials.Provide backup material that is a compressible,nonshrinking,nonstaining, nonabsorbing material,nonreactive with the joint sealant. The material shall have a melting point at least -n 5°F(3°C)greater than the pouring temperature of the sealant being used when tested in accordance with ASTM D789. The material shall have a water absorption of not more than 5% of the sample weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C509.The backup material shall be 25±5% larger in diameter than the nominal width of the crack. 605-2.4 Bond breaking tapes.Provide a bond breaking tape or separating material that is a flexible, nonshrinkable,nonabsorbing,nonstaining, and nonreacting adhesive-backed tape.The material shall have a melting point at least 5°F(3°C)greater than the pouring temperature of the sealant being used when tested in accordance with ASTM D789.The bond breaker tape shall be approximately 1/8 inch(3 mm) wider than the nominal width of the joint and shall not bond to the joint sealant. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 605-3.1 Time of application.Joints shall be sealed as soon after completion of the curing period as feasible and before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction equipment. The pavement temperature shall be 50°F(10°C) and rising at the time of application of the poured joint sealing material. Do not apply sealant if moisture is observed in the joint. 605-3.2 Equipment.Machines,tools, and equipment used in the performance of the work required by this section shall be approved before the work is started and maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. descriptive data, [_] days prior to use on the project. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P605-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C [ a.'` Tractormounted routing tool. Provide a routing tool, used for removing old sealant from the joints, of such shape and dimensions and so mounted on the tractor that it will not damage the sides of the joints. The tool shall„be designed so. that it carl be adjusted ,to remove the old material to varying depths as required. The use of V shaped tools or rotary impact routing devices will not be permitted. nand operated spindle routing ,devices may be used to clean and enlarge random cracks -- b. Concrete saw. Provide a self-propelled power saw,with water-cooled diamond or abrasive saw blades,for cutting joints to the depths and widths specified or for refacing joints or cleaning sawed joints where sandblasting does not provide a clean joint. c. Sandblasting equipment. [ Sandblasting is not allowed. 1 [ Include with the sandblasting equipment an air compressor, hose, and long-wearing venturi-type nozzle of proper size, shape and opening. The maximum nozzle opening should not exceed 1/4 inch(6 mm). The air compressor shall be portable and capable of furnishing not less than 150 cfm(71 L/s)and maintaining a line pressure of not less than 90 psi(621 kPa)at the nozzle while in use. Demonstrate compressor capability,under job conditions,before approval. The compressor shall be equipped with traps that will maintain the compressed air free of oil and water. The nozzle shall have an adjustable guide that will hold the nozzle aligned with the joint approximately one inch(25 mm) above the pavement surface.Adjust the height, angle of inclination and the size of the nozzle as necessary to secure satisfactory resultsi. — d.Waterblasting equipment. Include with the waterblasting equipment a trailer-mounted water tank, pumps, high-pressure hose,wand with safety release cutoff control, nozzle, and auxiliary water _ resupply equipment. Provide water tank and auxiliary resupply equipment of sufficient capacity to permit continuous operations. The nozzle shall have an adjustable guide that will hold the nozzle aligned with the joint approximately one inch(25 mm)above the pavement surface. Adjust the height, angle of inclination and the size of the nozzle as necessary to obtain satisfactory results. A pressure gauge — mounted at the pump shall show at all times the pressure in psi (kPa)at which the equipment is operating. e.Hand tools. Hand tools may be used, when approved, for removing defective sealant from a crack and repairing or cleaning the crack faces. f. Hot paused sealing:equipment. The unit applicators used for. heating and installing .ISTH D6690 joint sealant materialsshall be — mobile and shall be equipped with a double boiler, agitator typo .. kettle with an oil medium in the outer space for heat transfer; a direct connected pressure type extruding device with a nozzle shaped for inserting in the joint to be filled; po it ve temperature devices for controlling,the temperature °of the transfer oil and sealant; and a recording type thermometer for indicating the temperature of the s slant. The applicator unit shall be designed so that the sealant will circulate through the delivery hose and return to the inner kettle when not in use: g. Two-component, cold applied, machine mix scaling equipment. — Provide equipment used for proportioning, mixing, and installing Federal Specification SS S 200 Type H joint :sealants dc-signed to deliver two semifluid components through hoses ,to a portable mixer at a preset ratio of one (11 to one (1) by volume using pumps with an accuracy of ±5% for the quantity of each component. The reservoir for ch component shall be equipped with mechanical agitation devices — that will maintain the components in a uniform condition without FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P605-2 Water Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C entrapping air. Incorporate provisions to permit _thcrmostat. cally controlled indirect heating of the componcnts, when require( . However, immediately prior to proportioning and mixing, thc temperatire of either component shall not exceed 90°F (32°C) . Provide scrcEns near thc top of each reservoir to remove any foreign particics o_ partially 0.4 polymerized material that could clog fluid lines or othcrwi: c cause misproportioning or improper mixing of thc two componcnts . irovide equipment capable ofthoroughly mixing thc two components tlrough a range of application rates of 10 to 60 gallons (37 . 8 to 189 L) per hour and through a range of application pressures from 50 tc 1500 psi (315 kPa to 10. 3 MPa) as required by material, climatic, or operating conditions . Design the mixer for the easy removal _of the sulplylines for cleaning and proportioning of the components . The mixinc head shall accommodate nozzles of different typos and sizes as m( y-be required by various operations. The dimensions of the nozzle shall be such that the nozzle tip will extend into the joint to alloy scaling from the bottom of the joint to the top. Maintain the initi approved equipment in good working condition, serviced in accordance with the supplier' s instructions, and unaltered in any way i:ithout obtaining prior approval. h. Two-component, cold-applied, hand mix 3cL1ing cquipmcnt. Mixing equipment for Federal Specification SS S 200 Type H sealant, shall consist of a slow speed electric drill or air driven mixer iith a stirrer in accordance with the manufacturer' s recommendations. Submit printed copies of manufacturer' s recommendations [_] days prior to use on the project where installation procedures, or any part ticrcof, arc' required to be in accordance with those recommendations. Installation of the material will not be allowed until the recommendations arc received. Failure to furnish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of .he material. i.Cold-applied,single-component sealing equipment. The equipment for installing ASTM D5893 single component joint sealants shall consist of an extrusion pump,air compressor, following plate,hoses, { and nozzle for transferring the sealant from the storage container into the joint opening. The dimension of the nozzle shall be such that the tip of the nozzle will extend into the joint to allow sealing from the bottom of the joint to the top. Maintain the initially approved equipment in good working condition, serviced in accordance with the supplier's instructions,and unaltered in any way without obtaining prior approval. Small hand-held air-powered equipment(i.e., caulking guns)may be used for small applications. 605-3.3 Preparation of joints. a. Sawing.All joints shall be sawed in accordance with specifications and plan details. Immediately after sawing the joint,the resulting slurry shall be completely removed from joint and adjacent area by flushing with a jet of water,and by use of other tools as necessary. b. Sealing. Immediately before sealing,the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all remaining laitance, curing compound, filler,protrusions of hardened concrete, old sealant and other foreign material from the sides and upper edges of the joint space to be sealed. Cleaning shall be accomplished by {sandblasting concrete saw+ fwa t e rb l a s t e r as specified in paragraph 605-3.2. The newly exposed concrete joint faces and the pavement surface extending a minimum of 1/2 inch(12 mm)from the joint edge shall be sandblasted clean. Sandblasting shall be accomplished in a minimum of two passes. One pass per joint face with the FAA AlP#3-19-0094-045 P605-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L.. nozzle held at an angle directly toward the joint face and not more than 3 inches(75 mm)from it.After final cleaning and immediately prior to sealing,blow out the joints with compressed air and leave them completely free of debris and water. The joint faces shall be surface dry when the seal is applied. c.Back-up material. When the joint opening is of a greater depth than indicated for the sealant ._ depth,plug or seal off the lower portion of the joint opening using a back-up material to prevent the entrance of the sealant below the specified depth.Take care to ensure that the backup material is placed at the specified depth and is not stretched or twisted during installation. d.Bond-breaking tape.Where inserts or filler materials contain bitumen, or the depth of the joint opening does not allow for the use of a backup material, insert a bond-breaker separating tape to prevent incompatibility with the filler materials and three-sided adhesion of the sealant. Securely bond the tape to Imo the bottom of the joint opening so it will not float up into the new sealant. 605-3.4 Installation of sealants.Joints shall be inspected for proper width,depth,alignment, and preparation,and shall be approved by the Engineer before sealing is allowed. Sealants shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: Immediately preceding,but not more than 50 feet(15 m)ahead of the joint sealing operations,perform a final cleaning with compressed air. Fill the joints from the bottom up to 1 1/4 inch J ±1/16 inch(2 mm)below the pavement surface.Remove and discard excess or spilled sealant from the pavement by approved methods.Install the sealant in such a manner as to prevent the formation of voids and entrapped air.In no case shall gravity methods or pouring pots be used to install the sealant material. Traffic shall not be permitted over newly sealed pavement until authorized by the — Contracting Officer. When a primer is recommended by the manufacturer,apply it evenly to the joint faces in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Check the joints frequently to ensure that the newly installed sealant is cured to a tack-free condition within the time specified. 605-3.5 Inspection.The Contractor shall inspect the joint sealant for proper rate of cure and set,bonding to the joint walls,cohesive separation within the sealant,reversion to liquid, entrapped air and voids. Sealants exhibiting any of these deficiencies at any time prior to the final acceptance of the project shall be removed from the joint,wasted, and replaced as specified at no additional cost to the airport. 605-3.6 Clean-up.Upon completion of the project,remove all unused materials from the site and leave the pavement in a clean condition. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 605-4.1 Joint sealing material will not be measured for payment and shall be considered incidental to the concrete pavement placement. 60$ 41 Joint sealin material shall be measured by the [ gallon (liter) ] [ pound (kg) r...} of sealant in place,completed,and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 605-5.1-No separate payment will be made for joint sealing material. It shall be considered incidental to the item to which it applies, and the bid price for that item shall include the furnishing of all materials and for the -- preparation, delivery and installation of those materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structural Portland cement concrete. _ price per[ gallon (liter) ] [ pound (kg) ] [ linear foot (meter) ].'The price FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P605-4 Water Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C r.. B,.'.. entwillbe '; .as.. .to. Item P 605 5.1 Joint Sealing Filler,per gallon(liter) Item P 605 5.2 Joint Sealing Filler,per pound(kg) Item P 605 5.3 Joint Sealing Filler,per linear foot(meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers— Tension ASTM C509 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material ASTM D 1644 Standard Test Methods for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AC 150/5310 30 Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids ASTM D789 Standard Test Method for Determination of Relative Viscosity of Polyamido (1110 ASTM D5893 Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements ASTM 1)669,9 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR JOINT AND CRACK SEALANTS,HOT APPLIED, FOR CONCRETE AND'ASPIIAI T PAVEMENTS END ITEM P-605 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P605-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P605-6 Water Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L. Item P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete DESCRIPTION 610-1.1 This item shall consist of plain, reinforced structural portland cement concrete(PCC),prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. This specification shall be used for all structural and miscellaneous concrete including signage bases. MATERIALS 610-2.1 General. Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of these specifications, shall be used in the work.Materials may be subject to inspection and tests at any time during their preparation or use. The source of 9 -- all materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery or use in the work. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the Contractor, when required, for examination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled to ensure preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed in them. The use of pit-run aggregates shall not be permitted unless the pit-run aggregate has been screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different aggregates from different sources in one storage stockpile or alternating batches of different aggregates shall not be permitted. a. Reactivity. Fine and Coarse aggregates to be used in all concrete shall be evaluated and tested by the Contractor for alkali-aggregate reactivity in accordance with both ASTM C1260 and C1567. Aggregate and mix proportion reactivity tests shall be performed for each project. (1) Coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested separately in accordance with ASTM C1260. The aggregate shall be considered innocuous if the expansion of test specimens,tested in accordance with ASTM C1260,does not exceed 0.10%at 28 days(30 days from casting). (2) Combined coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1567, modified for combined aggregates, using the proposed mixture design proportions of aggregates, cementitious materials, and/or specific reactivity reducing chemicals. If lithium nitrate is proposed for use with or without supplementary cementitious materials, the aggregates shall be tested in accordance with Corps of Engineers (COE) CRD C662. If lithium nitrate admixture is used,it shall be nominal 30%+0.5%weight lithium nitrate in water. ..� (3) If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C1567, modified for combined aggregates, or COE CRD C662, does not exceed 0.10% at 28 days, the proposed combined materials will be accepted. If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens is greater than 0.10%at 28 days,the aggregates will not be accepted unless adjustments to the combined materials mixture can ..k reduce the expansion to less than 0.10%at 28 days,or new aggregates shall be evaluated and tested. 610-2.2 Coarse aggregate. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. The Engineer may consider and reserve final approval of other State classification procedures addressing aggregate durability. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet the following gradation shown in the table below when tested per ASTM C 136. Gradation For Coarse Aggregate Percentage by Weight Sieve Designation Passing Sieves (square openings) 1" (25 mm)* 7 No.4 to 3/4 in.(4.75-19 mm) 100 No.4 to 1 in.(4.75-25 mm) 9 0-10 0 No.4 to 1-1/2 in.(4.75-38 mm) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P610-1 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 610-2.2.1 Aggregate susceptibility to durability (D) cracking. Aggregates that have a history of _ D-cracking shall not be used. {Coarse aggregate may be accepted from sources,thatve a 20 year service history for the same gradation to be supplied with no durability issues. a. Material currently being produced shall have a durability factor>_ 95 ung ASTM C666. Coarse aggregates that are crushed granite, calcite, mented sandstone,quartzite,basalt,diabase,rhyolite or trap rock are considered to meet the D cracking test but must meet all other quality tests. Aggregates meeting,State Highway Department ft- material specifications may be acceptable with concurrence of the FAA. b. The Contractor shall submit a current certification that the aggregate does not have a history, of D cracking Certifications which are not dated or which are over one(1)year old or which are for different gradations will not be • (DOT)materials laboratory or an accredited laboratory. 610-2.3 Fine aggregate.The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the requirements of the table below when s tested in accordance with ASTM C136: Gradation For Fine Aggregate Sieve Designation Percentage by Weight (square openings) Passing Sieves 3/8 inch(9 mm) 100 No.4(4.75 mm) 95-100 ._ No. 16(1.18 mm) 45-80 No. 30(0.60 mm) 25-55 No. 50(0.30 mm) 10-30 No. 100(0.15 mm) 2-10 Blending will be permitted, if necessary, to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate •. deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, if the deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than Portland cement, as specified in paragraph 610-2.6, Admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the Engineer. 610-2.4 Cement.Cement shall conform to the requirements of AS TM C150, Type I. If aggregates are deemed innocuous when tested in accordance with paragraph 610-2.1.a.1 and accepted in ■- accordance with paragraph 610-2.1.a.3, higher equivalent alkali content in the cement may be allowed if approved by-the•ErAgineer and FAA. If cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. The Contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before use of the cement is granted. All test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5 Water. The water used in concrete shall be fresh, clean and potable; free from injurious amounts of oils, acids,alkalies,salts,organic materials or other substances deleterious to concrete. 610-2.6 Admixtures and supplementary cementitious material. The Contractor shall submit certificates v- indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition,the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P610-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C a. Air-entraining admixtures. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions. The air-entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. b. Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D. ASTM C494, Type F and G high range water reducing admixtures and ASTM C1017 flowable admixtures shall not be used. c. Other chemical admixtures. The use of set retarding, and set- accelerating admixtures shall be approved by the Engineer. Retarding shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D and set-accelerating shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type C. Calcium chloride and -� admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. d.Lithium nitrate. The lithium admixture shall be a nominal 30%aqueous solution of Lithi im Nitrate,with a lam Constituent Limit(Percent by Mass) LiNO3 (Lithium Nitrate) 30±0.5 SOLI (Sulfate Ion) 0.1 (max) Cl(Chloride Ion) 02 (max) Na(Sodium Ion) 0.1 (max) K(Potassium Ion) 0.1 (max) e. Fly ash. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C618, Class F or N, with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6%. Fly ash for use in mitigating alkali-silica reactivity shall have a Calcium Oxide (CaO) content of less than 13%. 610-2.7 Premolded joint material. Premolded joint material for expansion joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1751. 610-2.8 Joint filler.The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of Item P-605,unless otherwise specified. 610-2.9 Steel reinforcement. Reinforcing shall consist of Reinforcing Steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A615. 610-2.10 Materials for curing concrete. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following requirements: Waterproof Paper ASTM C171 Clear or White Polyethylene Sheeting ASTM C171 White-Pigmented Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound, Type 2, Class B ASTM C309 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 610-3.1 General. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to,the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified here. All machinery and equipment used by the Contractor on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work. All work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Engineer. 610-3.2 Concrete composition. The concrete shall develop a compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 28 days as determined by test cylinders made in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard (280 kg per cubic meter). The concrete FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P610-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPl Reconstruct Taxiway C shall contain 5% of entrained air, ±1%, as determined by ASTM C231 and shall have a slump of not more than 4 +_ inches(100 mm)as determined by ASTM C143. 610-3.3 Acceptance sampling and testing. Concrete for each structure will be accepted on the basis of the compressive strength specified in paragraph 610-3.2. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. Concrete cylindrical compressive strength specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The Contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as directed by the Engineer.The Engineer will make the actual tests on the specimens at no expense to the Contractor. 610-3.4 Qualifications for concrete testing service. Perform concrete testing by an approved laboratory and inspection service experienced in sampling and testing concrete. Testing agency must meet the requirements of ASTM C1077 or ASTM E329. 610-3.5 Proportioning and measuring devices. When package cement is used,the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be approved by the Engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so the required,exact weight of aggregates is obtained. 610-3.6 Consistency. The consistency of the concrete shall be determined by the slump test specified in ASTM C143. — 610-3.7 Mixing. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers.The concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. 610-3.8 Mixing conditions. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 40°F(4°C)without permission of the Engineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water, or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 50°F (10°C) nor more than 100°F (38°C). The Contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting from freezing or injury in any manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his expense. Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted. . The rate of delivery of concrete to the job shall be sufficient to allow uninterrupted placement of the concrete. 610-3.9 Forms. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been inspected and _ approved by the Engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as shown on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar- tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities,dents,sags,and holes.The Contractor shall be responsible for their adequacy. The internal form ties shall be arranged so no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering when the forms are removed. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a non-staining mineral oil,which shall be applied immediately before the concrete is placed.Forms shall be constructed so they can ►-• be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface.The forms shall not be removed until at least 30 hours after concrete placement for vertical faces, walls, slender columns, and similar structures. Forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate the two concrete has developed at least 60%of the design strength. 610-3.10 Placing reinforcement.All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concrete placement.Bars shall be fastened together at intersections.The reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the Contractor when required. 610-3.11 Embedded items. Before placing concrete, all embedded items shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All embedded items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. The embedding of wood shall not be allowed. 610-3.12 Placing concrete. All concrete shall be placed during daylight hours, unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and condition of foundations,the adequacy of forms and falsework, and FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P610-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C the placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved by the Engineer. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing,but in no case later than one(1)hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and ... manner of placing shall avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. The concrete shall not be dropped from a height of more than 5 feet (1.5 m). Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practical in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Do not subject concrete to procedures which cause segregation. Concrete shall be placed on clean,damp surfaces, free from running water,or on a properly consolidated soil foundation. 610-3.13 Vibration. Vibration shall follow the guidelines in American Concrete Institute (ACI) Committee 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. Where bars meeting ASTM A775 or A934 are used, the vibrators shall be "" equipped with rubber or non-metallic vibrator heads. Furnish a spare, working, vibrator on the job site whenever concrete is placed. Consolidate concrete slabs greater than 4 inches (100 mm) in depth with high frequency mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading and tamping. Consolidate concrete slabs 4 inches (100 mm) or less in depth by wood tampers, spading, and settling with a heavy leveling straightedge. Operate internal vibrators with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, with a minimum frequency of not less than 6000 cycles per minute when submerged. Do not use vibrators to transport the concrete in the forms. Penetrate the previously placed lift with the vibrator when more than one lift is required. Use external vibrators on the exterior surface of the forms when internal vibrators do not provide adequate consolidation of the concrete. Vibrators shall be manipulated to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms.The vibration at any point shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall monk not be prolonged to where segregation occurs.Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after placement. 610-3.14 Construction joints. If the placement of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new concrete, provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, reinforcing bars or other devices as specified. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day.Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has hardened,the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy "" steel broom,roughened slightly,wetted,and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. 610-3.15 Expansion joints.Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and dimensions as indicated on the drawings. The premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place so that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against it. 610-3.16 Defective work.Any defective work discovered after the forms have been removed, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, shall be immediately removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. Defective work shall include deficient dimensions, or bulged, uneven, or honeycomb on the surface of the concrete. 610-3.17 Surface finish. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, and free from open or rough areas, depressions,or projections.All concrete horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush to the proper elevation with the finished top surface struck-off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted,nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. The surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the •-. concrete has hardened before being rubbed,a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a finishing machine. 610-3.18 Curing and protection. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the Contractor. The concrete shall be protected from the weather, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the project. The concrete shall be cured by covering with an approved material as soon as it has sufficiently hardened. Water- absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for at least three (3) days following concrete placement. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the —, concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to air currents. Wooden forms shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for seven(7)days after the concrete has been placed. FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 P610-5 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C 7r 610-3.19 Drains or ducts. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the Contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. 610-3.20 Cold weather placing. When concrete is placed at temperatures below 40°F (4°C), the Contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both,shall be heated to place the concrete at temperatures between 50°F and 100°F(10°C and 38°C). Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the Engineer. Not more than pounds L (908 grams)of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds(726 grams)of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cement.After the concrete has been placed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc.,to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the mix at not less than 50°F(10°C)until at least 60%of the designed strength has been attained. 610-3.21 Hot weather placing. Concrete shall be properly placed and finished with procedures previously submitted. The concrete-placing temperature shall not exceed 9 0°F (3 2°C) when measured in accordance with ASTM C1064. Cooling of the mixing water and aggregates, or both,may be required to obtain an adequate placing �- temperature. A retarder meeting the requirements of paragraph 610-2.6 may be used to facilitate placing and finishing. Steel forms and reinforcement shall be cooled prior to concrete placement when steel temperatures are greater than 120°F (50°C). Conveying and placing equipment shall be cooled if necessary to maintain properb. concrete-placing temperature. Submit the proposed materials and methods for review and approval by the Engineer, if concrete is to be placed under hot weather conditions. 610-3.22 Filling joints.All joints that require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned,and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not start until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be done with proper equipment to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 610-4.1 Portland cement concrete will not be measured for payment. shall be measured by t enumb b 610-4.2 Reinforcing steel wall not be measured for payment. shall be m sured- plans, the poundag l t t ted a; lud BASIS OF PAYMENT 610-5.1 No separate payment will be made for structural Portland cement concrete. It shall be considered incidental to the item to which it applies, and the bid price for that item shall include the furnishing of all materials and for the preparation, delivery and installation of those materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structural Portland cement concrete. b • , • , • •.. • Item P 610 5.1 Structural Portland Cement Concrete,per cubic yard(cubic meter) Item P 610 5.1 Steel Reinforcement,per pound(kg) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P610-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C L TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ""1 ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ASTM C143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ...� ASTM C666 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing ASTM C 1017 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete ASTM C 1064 Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-Cement Concrete ASTM C1077 Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation ASTM C1260 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates(Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C1567 Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregates (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM E329 Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection U.S. Army Corps of Engineers(USACE)Concrete Research Division(CRD)C662 Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials,Lithium Nitrate Admixture and Aggregate(Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A184 Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement,Plain,for Concrete ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete •-+ Reinforcement ASTM A704 Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A706 Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete { Reinforcement ASTM A775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A934 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A1064 Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed,for Concrete ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C 171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P610-7 Waterloo Regional Airport ..t AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C ASTM C172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete ASTM D 1751 Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Asphalt Types) ASTM D1752 Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction r ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306R Cold Weather Concreting ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete END OF ITEM P-610 L. L. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P610-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 4- L Item P-620 Runway and Taxiway Marking DESCRIPTION 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the preparation and painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of .� runways,taxiways,and aprons,in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans,or as directed by the Engineer. The terms "paint" and "marking material" as well as "painting" and "application of markings"are interchangeable throughout this specification. MATERIALS 620-2.1 Materials acceptance. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test reports for materials ..ro shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance or the Engineer may perform verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site. All material shall arrive in sealed containers 55 gallons or smaller for inspection -' by the Engineer.Material shall not be loaded into the equipment until inspected by the Engineer. 620-2.2 Marking materials. Paint shall be waterborne, epoxy, methacrylate, solsent b st° or preformed thermoplastic in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs 620-2.2 a. and b. Paint shall be furnished in Yellow - 33538 or 33655, Black - 37038 and White - 37925 in accordance with Federal Standard No. 595. The Engineer shall s cif.,p nt typemhe ) Th L•..b.... shall ..tea..rt the colors .,t be, d se n ect from the follow,in 1: t. Fed Std. No 595 Color Number White 37925 Red 31136 Yellow 33538 or 33655 Black 37038 Pink 1 part 31136 to 2 parts 37925 C reen 34108 melt 1 b h ll h t d bl E b.. der integral to .,th marking _. Fer TT_P 1952E nd A & 2886u „t� the c . h ail ify,the t. a. • Type In requires the use of cross linking resin which will produce a thicker, more durable coating. each marking a. Waterborne. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-1952E, (Type 1] Type II (Type III]. The non-volatile portion of the vehicle for all paint types shall be composed of a 100% acrylic polymer as cetermined by infrared spectral analysis. (Thy c yl edfo Type rrr shall be 100 1:nkring : an acrylic resin known to be 100%cross linking.] .:: i ° e system conforming to the following: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-1 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C (1)Pigments.Component A. by weight. (a)-Wkitei Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D176, type II shall be 18% minimum (16.5% minimum at 100% purity). Titanium Dioxide,ASTM D176,type II shall be 11 to 17%. Organic yellow,other colors,and tinting as required to meet color standard. Epoxy resin shall be 75 to 79%. (2) Epoxy content. Component A. The weight per epoxy equivalent, when tested in accordance with r_ ASTM D1652 shall be the manufacturer's target+50. (3) Amine number. Component B. When tested in accordance with ASTM D2071 shall be the manufacturer's target+50. (1) Prohibited materials. The manufacturer-shall-ce,t:f,that the product does n f contain hexavalent chromium, halogenated so nts, nor any carcinogen as defined in 29 CFa 1910.1240 ,,, amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. (5) Day►ight directional.eflectanee magnesium oxide),when tested in accordance with ASTM E2302. to magnesium oxide),when tested in accordance with ASTM E2302. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegmanyellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: 462 x .170 x .179 x .501 438 y .455 y .128 y .152 (6) eeelerated♦ eathering ... (a)Sample preparation.Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch(0.33 mm)to four 3 6 inch (8 Y 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in ASTM E2302. Air dry the sample 18 hours under standard conditions. (b) Testing conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G151 using both Ultra Violet(UV B) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating four(1)hour UV exposure at 110°F(60°C), an 'four(1)hour condensate exposure at 101°F(10°C). (e)Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620 2.2b(5) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. -- o Appendix A,Method 21. (8)Dry opacity.Use ASTM E2302. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0.38 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92 i accordance with ASTM D968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the metal guide tube shall be from panel. The test shall be run on two test panels Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters(525 lbs(239 kg))of sand for the removal of the paint films. le. Methacrylate. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99% solids type system conforming to the following: tem (1)Pigments.Component A.Percent by weight. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Ea}W t o 0 • • 4 • • (3) Daylight directional reflectance: (a.) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white diir accordance with ASTM E2302. 0 of .• + r 'rh rho tolera x .162 _ qg -¢7� x .501 y .138 y_.155 y .128 y .452 • standard conditions. $�r,ir ��T rtAr Hb conditions.Tes o �1 '�nr> v o ran • • lnm) The minimum the abrasion test in ...tube sharr-ac-n-vrrr • c used for each test • leg)of sand for the removal of the paint films. • efl• ,� } b. Preformed Thermoplastic Airport Pavement Markings. Markings must be composed of ester modified resins in conjunction with aggregates, pigments, and binders that have been factory produced as a finished product. The material must be impervious to degradation by aviation fuels, motor fuels, and lubricants. P620-3 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Reconstruct Taxiway C AECOM Project#60537973-BPI (1) The markings must be able to be applied in temperatures as low as 35°F without any special storage, preheating, or treatment of the material before application. (a) The markings must be supplied with an integral, non- reflectorized black border. (2) Graded glass beads. (a) The material must contain a minimum of 30% intermixed graded glass beads by weight. The intermixed beads shall conform to Specification TT 'P 1325D, Type I, {EcT-B-.' TT-B- 1325D, Typegd � n Federal Specification IV. (b) The material must have factory applied coated surface beads in addition to the intermixed beads at a rate of one (1) lb (0. 45 kg) (±10%) per 10 square feet (1 sq m) . These factory applied coated surface beads shall have a minimum of 90% true spheres, minimum refractive index of 1.50, and meet the following gradation. Size Gradation Retained, % Passing, % U.S. Mesh pm 12 1700 0 - 2 98 - 100 14 1400 0 - 3.5 96.5 - 100 16 1180 2 - 25 75 - 98 18 1000 28 - 63 37 - 72 20 850 63 - 72 28 - 37 30 600 67 - 77 23 - 33 50 300 89 - 95 5 - 11 80 200 97 - 100 0 - 3 (3) Heating indicators. The material manufacturer shall provide a method to indicate that the material has achieved satisfactory adhesion and proper bead embedment during application and that the installation procedures have been followed. (4) Pigments. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D476, type II shall be 10% minimum. (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D476, type II shall be 1% minimum. Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color standard. (5) Prohibited materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen as defined in 29 CFR 1910. 1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. (6) Daylight directional reflectance. (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 75% (relative to magnesium oxide) , when tested in accordance with ASTM E2302. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 45% (relative to magnesium oxide) , when tested in accordance with ASTM E2302. The x and y values shall be consistent with the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-4 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: .462 x .470 x .479 x .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 (7) Skid resistance. The surface, with properly applied and embedded surface beads, must provide a minimum resistance value of 45 BPN when tested according to ASTM E303. (8) Thickness. The material must be supplied at a nominal thickness of -- 65 mil (1.7 mm) . (9) Environmental resistance. The material must be resistant to deterioration due to exposure to sunlight, water, salt, or adverse weather conditions and impervious to aviation fuels, gasoline, and oil. (10) Retroreflectivity. The material, when applied in accordance with manufacturer's guidelines, must demonstrate a uniform level of nighttime retroreflection when tested in accordance to ASTM E1710. (11) Packaging. Packaging shall protect the material from environmental conditions until installation. (12) Preformed thermoplastic airport pavement marking requirements. (a) The markings must be a resilient thermoplastic product with uniformly distributed glass beads throughout the entire cross-sectional area. The markings must be resistant to the detrimental effects of aviation fuels, motor fuels and lubricants, hydraulic fluids, deicers, anti-icers, protective coatings, etc. Lines, legends, and symbols must be capable of being affixed to asphalt and/or Portland cement concrete pavements by the use of a large radiant heater. Colors shall be available as required. masa (b) The markings must be capable of conforming to pavement contours, breaks, and faults through the action of airport traffic at normal pavement temperatures. The markings must be capable of fully conforming to grooved —' pavements, including pavement grooving per advisory circular (AC) 150/5320- 12, current version. The markings shall have resealing characteristics, such that it is capable of fusing with itself and previously applied _ thermoplastics when heated with a heat source per manufacturer' s recommendation. (c) Multicolored markings must consist of interconnected individual pieces of preformed thermoplastic pavement marking material, which through a variety of colors and patterns, make up the desired design. The individual pieces in each large marking segment (typically more than 20 feet (6 m) long) must be factory assembled with a compatible material and interconnected so that in the field it is not necessary to assemble the individual pieces within a marking segment. Obtaining multicolored effect by overlaying materials of different colors is not acceptable due to resulting inconsistent marking thickness and inconsistent application temperature in the marking/substrate interface. (d) The marking material must set up rapidly, permitting the access route to be re-opened to traffic after application. (e) The marking material shall have an integral color throughout the thickness of the marking material. 620-2.3 Reflective media. Glass beads shall meet the requirements for Federal Specification TT—B- - 1325D, Type I, Gradation A for waterborne markings and Federal Specification TT.B-1325D, Type IV for thermoplastic markings. Glass beads shall be treated with all compatible coupling agents recommended by the manufacturers of the paint and reflective media to ensure adhesion and embedment. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-5 Waterloo Regional Airport ...� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C CONSTRUCTION METHODS 620-3.1 Weather limitations. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry and when the surface temperature is at least 45°F(7°C)and rising and the pavement surface temperature is at least 5°F(2.7°C)above the dew point or meets the manufacturer's recommendations. Painting operations shall be discontinued when the surface temperature exceeds 120°F (27°C. tM ng ha applied when the pavement temperature is greater than 130°F(55°C).j Markings shall not be applied when the wind speed exceeds 10 mph unless windscreens are used to shroud the material guns. 620-3.2 Equipment. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, a bead dispensing machine, and such auxiliary hand-painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray-type or airless-type marking machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without over spray. 620-3.3 Preparation of surface.Immediately before application of the paint,the surface shall be dry and free from dirt,grease,oil,laitance,or other foreign material that would reduce the bond between the a aint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by water blast ing, .„a . , or by other methods as required to remove all contaminants minimizing damage to the pavement surface.Use of any chemicals or impact abrasives during surface preparation shall be approved in advance by the Engineer.After the cleaning operations,sweeping,blowing,or rinsing with pressurized water shall be performed to ensure the surface is clean and free of grit or other debris left from the cleaning process. Paint shall not be applied to Portland cement concrete pavement until the areas to be painted are clean of curing material_ Sandblacting or High-pressure water shall be used to remove curing materials. At least 24 hours prior to remarking existing markings, loose existing markings must be removed such that f;75%1 t90`i )I' 100% of the loose existing markings are removed. After removal, the surface shall be cleaned of all residue or debris either with sweeping or blowing with compressed air or both. ., Prior to the application of any markings, the Contractor shall certify in writing that the surface has been prepared in accordance with the paint manufacturer's requirements,that the application equipment is appropriate for the type of ... marking paint and that environmental conditions are appropriate for the material being applied. This certification along with a copy of the paint manufacturer's surface preparation and application requirements must be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to the initial application of markings. 620-3.4 Layout of markings.The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application.The locations of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans. 1110. 620-3.5 Application. Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface has been approved by the Engineer.The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15 m), and marking dimensions and spacings shall be within the following tolerances: Dimension and Spacing Tolerance 36 inch(910 mm)or less +1/2 inch(12 mm) �.. greater than 36 inch to 6 feet(910 mm to 1.85 m) ±1 inch(25 mm) greater than 6 feet to 60 feet(1.85 m to 18.3 m) ±2 inch(50 mm) greater than 60 feet(18.3 m) ±3 inch(76 mm) The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be permitted.A period of 30 days _ shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Prior to the initial application of markings,the Contractor shall certify in writing that the surface has been prepared in accordance with the paint manufacturer's requirements, that the application equipment is appropriate for the marking paint and that environmental conditions are appropriate for the material being applied. This certification along with a copy of the paint manufactures application and surface preparation requirements must be submitted to the Engineer prior to the initial application of markings. 620-3.6 Test strip. Prior to the full application of airfield markings,the Contractor shall produce a test strip in the presence of the Engineer. The test strip shall include the application of a minimum of 5 gallons (4 liters) of paint and application of 35 lbs(15.9 kg) of Type U50 lbs(22.7 kg)of Type III glass beads. The test strip shall be used to establish thickness/darkness standard for all markings. The test strip shall cover no more than the maximum area prescribed in Table 1 (e.g., for 5 gallons (19 liters) of waterborne paint shall cover no more than 575 square feet (53.4 m2). Table 1.Application Rates For Paint And Glass Beads (See Note regarding Red and Pink Paint) Glass Beads, --+ Paint Type I, Gradation A Square feet per Pounds per Paint Type gallon, ft /gal gallon of (Sq m per paint-lb/gal liter, m2/1) (Km per liter of paint-kg/1) 115 ft2/gal. 7 lb./gal.min Waterborne max (2.8 m2/1) (0.85 kg/1) 200 ft2/gal. Beads not Waterborne - max required Temporary (2.8 m2/1) Note: The glass bead application rate for Red and Pin, paint shall be reduced by 2 lb/gal (0.24 kg/1) for Type I beads. Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive glass beads immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished that is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads. Glass beads shall be applied at the rate shown in Table 1.Glass beads shall not be applied to black paint or green paint. Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or all marking operations shall cease until corrections are made. Different bead types shall not be mixed. Regular monitoring of glass bead embedment should be performed. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer. 620-3.7 Application--preformed thermoplastic airport pavement markings. a. Asphalt and Portland cement. To ensure minimum single-pass application time and optimum bond in the marking/substrate interface, the materials must be applied using a variable speed self-propelled mobile heater with an effective heating width of no less than 16 feet(5 m)and a free span between supporting wheels of no less than 18 feet(5.5 m). The heater must emit thermal radiation to the marking material in such a manner that the difference in temperature of 2 inches (50 mm) wide linear segments in the direction of heater travel must be within 5% of the overall average temperature of the heated thermoplastic material as it exits the heater. The material must be able to be applied at ambient and pavement temperatures down to 35°F(2°C)without any preheating of the pavement to a specific temperature. The material must be able to be applied without the use of a thermometer. The pavement shall be clean, dry, and free of debris. A non-volatile organic content (non-VOC) sealer with a maximum applied FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-7 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C viscosity of 250 centiPoise must be applied to the pavement shortly before the markings are applied. The supplier must enclose application instructions with each box/package. 620-3.8 Protection and cleanup. After application of the markings, all markings shall be protected from damage until dry. All surfaces shall be protected from excess moisture and/or rain and from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings. The Contractor shall remove from the work area all debris, waste, loose or unadhered reflective media, and by-products generated by the surface preparation and application operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state,local,and Federal environmental statutes and regulations. �- METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet (square meters) of painting and the number of pounds (km) of reflective media and the number of square feet (square meters) of preformed markings 9ffe.,-complete item in place performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot (square meter) [lump sum price} for runway and taxiway painting, find price per pound (km) {lump sum price]. and price per square foot (square meter) i' for preformed markings for reflective media.This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor,equipment,tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1-1 Runway and Taxiway Marking per square foot (square meter) {dip-sue Item P-620-5.1-2 Reflective Media per pound (km) Ila Item P-620-5.1-3 Surface Applied Holding Position Sign - per square foot TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C371 Standard Test Method for Wire-Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic Powders ASTM D92 Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester ASTM D711 Standard Test Method for No-Pick-Up Time of Traffic Paint ASTM D968 Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive ASTM D1652 Standard Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins ASTM D2074 Standard Test Method for Total,Primary, Secondary,and Tertiary Amine Values of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness ASTM D7585 Standard Practice for Evaluating Retroreflective Pavement Markings Using Portable Hand-Operated Instruments ASTM E1710 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Retroreflective Pavement Marking Materials with CEN-Prescribed Geometry Using a Portable Retroreflectometer ASTM E2302 Standard Test Method for Measurement of the Luminance Coefficient Under Diffuse Illumination of Pavement Marking Materials Using a Portable Reflectometer ASTM G154 Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Ultraviolet (UV) Lamp Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C -.4 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D476 Standard Classification for Dry Pigmentary Titanium Dioxide Products 40 CFR Part 60,Appendix A-7,Method 24 Determination of volatile matter content, water content, density, volume solids, and weight solids of surface coatings 29 CFR Part 1910.1200 Hazard Communication FED SPEC TT-B-1325D --. Beads(Glass Spheres)Retro-Reflective American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)M247 Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings "-' FED SPEC TT-P-1952E Paint,Traffic and Airfield Marking,Waterborne Commercial Item Description A-A-2886B Paint,Traffic, Solvent Based FED STD 595 Colors used in Government Procurement AC 150/5340-1 Standards for Airport Markings END OF ITEM P-620 "'1 { FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-9 Waterloo Regional Airport •. AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 Item D-701 Pipe for Storm Drains and Culverts DESCRIPTION 701-1.1 This item shall consist of the construction of pipe culverts and storm drains in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans. MATERIALS 701-2.1 Materials shall meet the requirements shown on the plans and specified below. 701-2.2 Pipe. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in the proposal and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate requirements: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (Ai'SHTO) M167 Standard Specif c'tio" f r Corrugated Steel Structural Plate, Zinc Coated, for Field Bolted Pipe,Pipe Arches,and Arches AASHTO M190Standard Specification for Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches AASHTO M196 Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers and Drains AASHTO M219 Standard Specification for Corrupted Aluminum Alloy Structural Plate for Field Bolted Pipe,Pipe Arches,and Arches AASHTO M213 Standard Specification for Field Applied Coating of Corrugated Meta' Structural Plate for Pipe,Pipe Arches and Arches AASHTO M291 Standard Specification for Corru rated Polyethylene Pipe, 300 to 1500 min (12 to 60 in.)Diameter AASHTO M301 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe and Fittings-Based on Controlled Inside Diameter AASHTO MP20 Standard Specification for Steel Reinforced Polyethylene (PE)Ribbed F'ipe,`300 to 900 mm(12 to 36 in.)Diameter ASTM A760 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic Coated for Sewers and Drains ASTM A761 Standard Specification for Corrugated StructRiral Steel—Plate, Zinc C_,ated, for Field Bolted-Pipe,Pipe Arches,and Arches ASTM A762 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Polymer Precoated Drains ASTM A819 Standard Specification for Post Applied Coatings,Pavings, and Linin ; for Corrugated Steel Sewer and Drainage Pipe ASTM B745 Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers and Drains ASTM C11 Standard Specification for Nonreinforced Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe ASTM C76 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe ASTM C506 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer ASTM C507 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert; Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C . � ` ze - _.' _ ate€ a � fwr Tzt- IN 41 4` - - ` 14 --,.':" -a '; ss<:€ .t ear.....: '.3... _ �. ,.. .. .+ '.,... .,.�....r »� .-e,.. Pressure Drainage and Sewe ASTM .,...„Standard Specification for 30 fo'lblirrtriiTI 500 mm)Polypropylene(PP)Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non Pressure Sa M Standard Specification for 12 to 60 in.(300` 500 mm)Polypropylene(PPA Dual Wall YN ASTM l °1 Standard ,Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fitting — 701-2.3 Concrete. Concrete for pipe cradles shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi(13.8 MPa) at 28 days and conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. 701-2.4 Rubber gaskets. Rubber gaskets for rigid pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C443. Rubber gaskets for PVC pipe, polyethylene, and polypropylene pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477. Rubber gaskets for zinc-coated steel pipe and precoated galvanized pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1056,for the"RE" closed cell grades. Rubber gaskets for steel reinforced thermoplastic ribbed pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477. 701-2.5 Joint mortar. Pipe joint mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand. The Portland — cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144. 701-2.6 Joint fillers.Poured filler for joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D6690. — 701-2.8. Controlled low-strength material (CLSM). CLSM is not allowed. [Co rox Qa to FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C CONSTRUCTION METHODS 701-3.1 Excavation. The width of the pipe trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactory jointing of the pipe and thorough tamping of the bedding material under and around the pipe, but it shall not be less than the external diameter of the pipe plus 6 inches(150 mm)on each side.The trench walls shall be approximately vertical. The Contractor shall comply with all current Federal, state and local rules and regulations governing the safety of men and materials during the excavation, installation and backfilling operations. Specifically, the Contractor shall observe that all requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA)relating to excavations, trenching and shoring are strictly adhered to. The width of the trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactorily jointing of the pipe and thorough compaction of the bedding material under the pipe and backfill material around the pipe,but it shall not be greater than the widths shown on the plans trench detail. The trench bottom shall be shaped to fully and uniformly support the bottom quadrant of the pipe. ,^ Where rock, hardpan, or other unyielding material is encountered, the Contractor shall remove it from below the foundation grade for a depth of at least 8 inch(200 mm)or 1/2 inch(12 mm)for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe(whichever is greater)but for no more than three-quarters of the nominal diameter of the pipe. The excavation below grade shall be backfilled with selected fine compressible material, such as silty clay or loam, and lightly compacted in layers not over 6 inches(150 mm)in uncompacted depth to form a uniform but yielding foundation. Where a firm foundation is not encountered at the grade established, due to soft, spongy, or other unstable soil,the unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with approved granular material for the full trench width. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal necessary. The granular material shall be compacted to provide adequate support for the pipe. The excavation for pipes placed in embankment fill shall not be made until the embankment has been completed to a height above the top of the pipe as shown on the plans. 701-3.2 Bedding. The pipe bedding shall conform to the class specified on the plans. The bedding surface for the pipe shall provide a firm foundation of uniform density throughout the entire length of the pipe. When no bedding class is specified or detailed on the plans,the requirements for Class C bedding shall apply. a.Rigid pipe.Class A bedding shall consist of a continuous concrete cradle conforming to the=plan details. _., Class B bedding shall consist of a bed of granular material having a thickness of at least 6 inches (150 mm) below the bottom of the pipe and extending up around the pipe for a depth of not less than 30% of the pipe's vertical outside diameter. The layer of bedding material shall be shaped to fit the pipe for at least 10%of the pipe's vertical diameter and shall have recesses shaped to receive the bell of bell and spigot pipe. The bedding material shall be sand or select sandy soil with 100% passing a 3/8 inch (9 mm) sieve and not more than 10% passing a No. 200 (0.075 mm)sieve. Class C bedding shall consist of bedding the pipe in its natural foundation material to a depth of not less than 10%of the pipe's vertical outside diameter.The bed shall be shaped to fit the pipe and shall have recesses shaped to receive the bell of bell and spigot pipe. b.Flexible pipe.For flexible pipe,the bed shall be roughly shaped to fit the pipe,and a bedding blanket of sand or fine granular material shall be provided as follows: Pipe Corrugation Depth Minimum Bedding Depth inch mm inch mm 1/2 12 1 25 1 25 2 50 2 50 3 75 2-1/2 60 3-1/2 90 •-. c. PVC, polyethylene, and polypropylene pipe. For PVC, polyethylene, and polypropylene pipe,the bedding material shall consist of coarse sands and gravels with a maximum particle size of 3/4 inches (19 mm). For pipes installed under paved areas,no more than 12%of the material shall pass the No.200(0.075 mm)sieve.For all other areas,no more than 50%of the material shall pass the No.200(0.075 mm)sieve.The bedding shall have a thickness FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C of at least 6 inches(150 mm)below the bottom of the pipe and extend up around the pipe for a depth of not less than 50%of the pipe's vertical outside diameter. 701-3.3 Laying pipe. The pipe laying shall begin at the lowest point of the trench and proceed upgrade. The lower segment of the pipe shall be in contact with the bedding throughout its full length. Bell or groove ends of rigid pipes and outside circumferential laps of flexible pipes shall be placed facing upgrade. Paved or partially lined pipe shall be placed so that the longitudinal center line of the paved segment coincides with the flow line. Elliptical and elliptically reinforced concrete pipes shall be placed with the manufacturer's reference lines designating the top of the pipe within five degrees of a vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. 701-3.3 Joining pipe. Joints shall be made with (1) rtla ment mortar (2) Port-1 ni cement rubber gaskets,('1)plastic gasilets, or(5)coupling bands. Mortar joints shall be made with an excess of mortar to form a continuous bead around the outside of the pipe and shall be finished smooth on the inside. Molds or runners shall be used for grouted joints to retain the poured grout. "— Rubber ring gaskets shall be installed to form a flexible watertight seal. a. Concrete pipe. Concrete pipe may be either bell and spigot or tongue and groove. The method of joining pipe sections shall be so the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even. Joints shall be thoroughly wetted before applying mortar or grout. b b ; STM A 160 f s+ i a n A SHTO Ml96 � L rr c. PVC, polyethylene and polypropylene pipe. Joints for PVC, Polyethylene, and Polypropylene pipe shall . • pipe shall conform to ASTM F2881,ASTM F2736,or ASTM F2764. 701-3.4 Backfilling.Pipes shall be inspected before any backfill is placed; any pipes found to be out of alignment, �-- unduly settled,or damaged shall be removed and relaid or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Material for backfill shall be fine, readily compatible soil or granular material [ selected from the excavation or a source of the Contractor's choosing ] [ shall meet the requirements of Item P-153 ]. It shall not contain frozen r.. lumps,stones that would be retained on a 2-inch(50 mm)sieve,chunks of highly plastic clay,or other objectionable material. Granular backfill material shall have 95%or more passing the a 1/2 inch(12 mm)sieve,with 95%or more being retained on the No.4(4.75 mm)sieve. When the top of the pipe is even with or below the top of the trench, the backfill shall be compacted in layers not exceeding 6 inches(150 mm)on each side of the pipe and shall be brought up one foot(30 cm)above the top of the pipe or to natural ground level, whichever is greater. Thoroughly compact the backfill material under the haunches of the pipe without displacing the pipe. Material shall be brought up evenly on each side of the pipe for the full length of the pipe. When the top of the pipe is above the top of the trench, the backfill shall be compacted in layers not exceeding 6 bamr inches (150 mm) and shall be brought up evenly on each side of the pipe to one foot(30 cm) above the top of the pipe.The width of backfill on each side of the pipe for the portion above the top of the trench shall be equal to twice the pipe's diameter or 12 feet(3.7 m),whichever is less. For PVC,polyethylene,and polypropylene pipe,the backfill shall be placed in two stages;first to the top of the pipe and then at least 12 inches (300 mm) over the top of the pipe. The backfill material shall meet the requirements of paragraph 701-3.2c. All backfill shall be compacted to the density required under Item P-152. ... It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect installed pipes and culverts from damage due to construction equipment operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for installation of any extra strutting or backfill required r. to protect pipes from the construction equipment. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C i METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 701-4.1 The length of pipe shall be measured in linear feet(m)of pipe in place, completed, and approved. It shall be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types and size shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipe being measured. • b d F €h t.' .teri al placed for the bed of`the pipe. BASIS OF PAYMENT 701-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot(meter) for each kind of pipe of the type and size designated; at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) of concrete for pipe cradles; and at the contract unit price per cubic yard(cubic meter)for rock excavation. These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item 701-5.1a 18-inch reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) per linear foot(meter) Item 701 5.lb Concrete for pipe cradles per cubic yard(cubic meter) Item 701-5.1be Stabilization stone - per ton Rock excavation per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item 701-5.1c 18-inch flared end section with pipe guard - per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AASHTO M167 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Structural Plate, Zinc-Coated, for Field- - Bolted Pipe,Pipe-Arches,and Arches AASHTO M190 Standard Specification for Bituminous-Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches AASHTO M196 Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers and Drains AASHTO M198 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants AASHTO M219 Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Structural Plate for Field-Bolted Pipe,Pipe-Arches,and Arches AASHTO M243 Standard Specification for Field Applied Coating of Corrugated Metal Structural Plate for Pipe,Pipe-Arches,and Arches AASHTO M252 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe AASHTO M294 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300- to 1500-mm (12- to 60- in.)Diameter AASHTO M304 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter AASHTO MP20 Standard Specification for Steel Reinforced Polyethylene (PE) Ribbed Pipe, 300-to 900- mm(12-to 36-in.)Diameter FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C ASTM A760 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic Coated for Sewers and Drains ASTM A761 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Structural Plate, Zinc Coated, for Field- Bolted Pipe,Pipe-Arches,and Arches ASTM A762 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Polymer Precoated for Sewers and Drains ASTM A849 Standard Specification for Post-Applied Coatings, Pavings, and Linings for Corrugated Steel Sewer and Drainage Pipe �. ASTM B745 Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers and Drains ASTM C14 Standard Specification for Nonreinforced Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain,and Culvert Pipe ASTM C76 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain,and Sewer Pipe ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete i.. ASTM C144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C443 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets ASTM C506 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe ASTM C507 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe ASTM C655 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe ASTM C 1433 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains,and Sewers ASTM D 1056 Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded Rubber ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals Iwo ASTM D6690 Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F667 Standard Specification for 3 through 24 in. Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings ASTM F714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Outside Diameter ASTM F794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe & Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ASTM F894 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Large Diameter Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe ASTM F949 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe With a Smooth Interior and Fittings ASTM F2435 Standard Specification for Steel Reinforced Polyethylene(PE)Corrugated Pipe ASTM F2562 Specification for Steel Reinforced Thermoplastic Ribbed Pipe and Fittings for Non- Pressure Drainage and Sewerage L. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C — r■. ASTM F2736 Standard Specification for 6 to 30 in. (152 to 762 mm) Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Single Wall Pipe and Double Wall Pipe ASTM F2764 Standard Specification for 30 to 60 in.(750 to 1500 mm)Polypropylene(PP)Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non-Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications ASTM F2881 Standard Specification for 12 to 60 in. (300 to 1500 mm)Polypropylene (PP)Dual Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non-Pressure Storm Sewer Applications END ITEM D-701 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 Intentionally Left Blank L L I L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D701-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L Item D-705 Pipe Underdrains for Airports DESCRIPTION 705-1.1 This item shall consist of the construction of pipe drains in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans. MATERIALS 705-2.1 General.Materials shall meet the requirements shown on the plans and specified below. 705-2.2 Pipe.The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in the proposal and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate requirements. . r a d nlumin.m Pipe f Sey err a lirai AASHTO M252 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe AASHTO M29 t ,u,._,.: Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300 to 1500 min (12 to 60 i AASHTO M304 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter AASHTO MP20 Standard Specification for Steel Reinforced Polyethylene(PE)Ribbed Pipe,300 to 90f rum(12 to 36 in.)Diameter ASTM A760 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic Coated for Sewers and Drain;, — ASTM A762 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Polymer Precoated for Sewers and Drains ASTM C444 Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete P ASTM C654. Standard Specification for Porous Concrete Pipe ASTM F758 Standard Specification for Smooth Wall Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Plastic Underdrain Systems for Highway,Airport,and Similar Drainage ASTM F794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe & Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ASTM F949 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe With a Smooth Interior and Fittings ASTM F2562 Specification for Steel Reinforced Thermoplastic Ribbed Pipe and Fittings for Non Pressure Drainage and;Sewerage 705-2.3 Joint mortar. Pipe joint mortar shall consist of one part by volume of Portland cement and two parts sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144. 705-2.4 Elastomeric seals.Elastomeric seals shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477. 705-2.5 Porous backfill. Porous backfill shall be free of clay, humus, or other objectionable matter, and shall conform to the gradation in Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C136. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D705-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Table 1.Gradation of Porous Backfill s.. Sieve Designation(square Percentage by Weight Passing openings) Sieves 1-1/2 inch(38 mm) 1 inch(25 mm) 3/8 inch(9 mm) 100 No.4(4.75 mm) 95 - 100 No. 8(2.36 mm) No. 16(1.18 mm) 45 - 80 No. 50(0.30 mm) 10 - 30 No. 100(0.15 mm) 0 - 10 .� When two courses of porous backfill are specified in the plans, the finer of the materials shall conform to particle size tabulated herein for porous material No. 1. The coarser granular material shall meet the gradation given in the tabulation for porous material No.2. , 705-2.6. Granular material. Granular material used for backfilling shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2321 for Class IA, IB, or II materials, or shall meet the requirements of AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges Section 30. 705-2.7.Filter fabric.The filter fabric shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M288 Class 2. Table 2 Fabric Property Test Method Test Requirement Grab Tensile Strength,lbs ASTM D4632 125 min Grab Tensile Elongation % ASTM D4632 50 min — Burst Strength,psi ASTM D3785 125 min Trapezoid Tear Strength,lbs ASTM D4533 55 min _. Puncture Strength,lbs ASTM D4833 40 min Abrasion,lbs ASTM D4886 15 max loss _ Equivalent Opening Size ASTM D4751 70-100 Permittivity sec-1 ASTM D4491 0.80 Accelerated Weathering(UV Stability) ASTM D4355 (Strength Retained-%) *(500 hrs exposure) 70 705-2.8.Controlled low-strength material(CLSM). CLSM is not allowed. {Controlled low strength CONSTRUCTION METHODS 705-3.1 Equipment.All equipment required for the construction of pipe underdrains shall be on the project, in good working condition,and approved by the Engineer before construction is permitted to start. 705-3.2 Excavation. The width of the pipe trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactory jointing of the pipe and thorough tamping of the bedding material under and around the pipe,but shall not be less than the external diameter of the pipe plus 6 inches(150 mm)on each side of the pipe. The trench walls shall be approximately vertical. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D705-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Where rock, hardpan, or other unyielding material is encountered, it shall be removed below the foundation grade for a depth of at least 4 inches (100 mm). The excavation below grade shall be backfilled with selected fine compressible material, such as silty clay or loam, and lightly compacted in layers not over 6 inches (150 mm) in uncompacted depth to form a uniform but yielding foundation. Where a firm foundation is not encountered at the grade established, due to soft, spongy, or other unstable soil,the _ unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with approved granular material for the full trench width. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal necessary. The granular material shall be compacted to provide adequate support for the pipe. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. The excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; if this occurs,the trench shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with material approved by the Engineer and compacted to the density of the surrounding material. The pipe bed shall be shaped so at least the lower quarter of the pipe shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench. Spaces for the pipe bell shall be excavated to allow the pipe barrel to support the entire weight of the pipe. The Contractor shall do trench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to Federal, state and local laws. Unless otherwise provided, the bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be removed by the Contractor after the backfill has reached at least 12 inches(300 mm) over the top of the pipe. The sheathing or shoring shall be pulled as the granular backfill is placed and compacted to avoid any unfilled spaces between the trench wall and the backfill material. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring,and the removal of same,shall be included in the unit price bid per foot(meter)for the pipe. 705-3.3 Laying and installing pipe. a. Concrete pipe. The laying of the pipe in the fmished trench shall be started at the lowest point and proceed upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe is used, the bells shall be laid upgrade. If tongue and groove pipe is used, the groove end shall be laid upgrade. Holes in perforated pipe shall be placed down, unless otherwise shown on the plans. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately set to line and grade so that the invert will be smooth and uniform. Pipe shall not be laid on frozen ground. Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after laying, shall be taken up and relaid by the Contractor at no additional expense. b. Metal pipe. The metal pipe shall be laid with the separate sections joined firmly together with bands, with "" outside laps of circumferential joints pointing upgrade,and with longitudinal laps on the sides.Any metal in the pipe or bands that is not protected thoroughly by galvanizing shall be coated with a suitable asphaltum paint. During installation,the asphalt-protected pipe shall be handled without damaging the asphalt coating. Any breaks in the bitumen or treatment of the pipe shall be refilled with the type and kind of bitumen used in coating the pipe originally. c.PVC or polyethylene pipe.PVC or polyethylene pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2321 or AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges Section 30. Perforations shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M252 or AASHTO M294 Class 2,unless otherwise indicated on the plans.The pipe shall be laid accurately to line and grade. d.All types of pipe. The upgrade end of pipelines,not terminating in a structure, shall be plugged or capped as approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a 4 inch (100 mm) bed of granular backfill material shall be spread in the bottom of the trench throughout the entire length under all perforated pipe underdrains. Pipe outlets for the underdrains shall be constructed when required or shown on the plans. The pipe shall be laid with tight-fitting joints. Porous backfill is not required around or over pipe outlets for underdrains. All connections to other drainage pipes or structures shall be made as required and in a satisfactory manner. If connections are not made to other pipes or structures,the outlets shall be protected and constructed as shown on the plans. e. Filter fabric. The filter fabric shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, or in accordance with AASHTO M288 Appendix,unless otherwise shown on the plans. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D705-3 Waterloo Regional Airport .•amq AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 705-3.4 Mortar.The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for caulking and filling the joints of the pipe and for making connections to other pipes or to structures. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded.Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. 705-3.5 Joints in concrete pipe.When open or partly open joints are required or specified,they shall be constructed as indicated on the plans. The pipe shall be laid with the ends fitted together as designed. If bell and spigot pipe is used,mortar shall be placed along the inside bottom quarter of the bell to center the following section of pipe. The open or partly open joints shall be surrounded with granular material meeting requirements of porous backfill No. 2 in Table 1 or as indicated on the plans. This backfill shall be placed so its thickness will be not less than 3 inches(75 mm)nor more than 6 inches(150 mm),unless otherwise shown on the plans. When the original material excavated from the trench is impervious,commercial concrete sand or granular material meeting requirements of porous backfill No. 1 shall surround porous backfill No.2(Table 1),as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. When the original material excavated from the trench is pervious and suitable, it may be used as backfill in lieu of porous backfill No. 1,when indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 705-3.6 Backfilling. a. Earth. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled soon after the pipes are installed, unless additional �. protection of the pipe is directed. The backfill material shall be select material from excavation or borrow and shall be approved by the Engineer. The select material shall be placed on each side of the pipe out to a distance of the nominal pipe diameter and one foot (30 cm) over the top of the pipe and shall be readily compacted. It shall not contain stones 3 inches(75 mm)or larger in size, frozen lumps, chunks of highly plastic clay, or any other material that is objectionable to the Engineer. The material shall be moistened or dried, as required to aid compaction. Placement of the backfill shall not cause displacement of the pipe. Thorough compaction under the haunches and along the sides to the top of the pipe shall be obtained. .. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) in depth under and around the pipe, and not exceeding 8 inches(200 mm)over the pipe. Successive layers shall be added and thoroughly compacted by hand and pneumatic tampers, approved by the Engineer, until the trench is completely filled and brought to the planned elevation.Backfilling shall be done to avoid damaging top or side pressures on the pipe. In embankments and other unpaved areas,the backfill shall be compacted per Item P-152 to the density required for embankments in unpaved areas. Under paved areas, the subgrade and any backfill shall be compacted per Item P- �.. 152 to the density required for embankments for paved areas. b.Granular backfill.When granular backfill is required,placement in the trench and about the pipe shall be as shown on the plans. The granular backfill shall not contain an excessive amount of foreign matter, nor shall soil L. from the sides of the trench or from the soil excavated from the trench be allowed to filter into the granular backfill. When required by the Engineer,a template shall be used to properly place and separate the two sizes of backfill.The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) in depth. The granular backfill shall be compacted by hand and pneumatic tampers to the requirements as given for embankment. Backfilling shall be done to avoid damaging top or side pressure on the pipe. The granular backfill shall extend to the elevation of the trench or as shown on the plans. When perforated pipe is specified, granular backfill material shall be placed along the full length of the pipe. The position of the granular material shall be as shown on the plans. If the original material excavated from the trench is pervious and suitable,it shall be used in lieu of porous backfill No. 1. If porous backfill is placed in paved or adjacent to paved areas before grading or subgrade operations is completed, the backfill material shall be placed immediately after laying the pipe.The depth of the granular backfill shall be not less than 12 inches(300 mm), measured from the top of the underdrain. During subsequent construction operations, a minimum depth of 12 inches(300 mm)of backfill shall be maintained over the underdrains.When the underdrains are to be completed, any unsuitable material shall be removed exposing the porous backfill. Porous backfill containing objectionable material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. The cost of removing and replacing any unsuitable material shall be at the Contractor's expense. If a granular subbase blanket course is used which extends several feet beyond the edge of paving to the outside edge of the underdrain trench,the granular backfill material over the underdrains shall be placed in the trench up to FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D705-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C an elevation of 2 inches (50 mm) above the bottom surface of the granular subbase blanket course. Immediately prior to the placing of the granular subbase blanket course, the Contractor shall blade this excess trench backfill from the top of the trench onto the adjacent subgrade where it can be incorporated into the granular subbase blanket course.Any unsuitable material that remains over the underdrain trench shall be removed and replaced.The subbase material shall be placed to provide clean contact between the subbase material and the underdrain granular backfill material for the full width of the underdrain trench. c. Controlled low-strength material (CLSM). CLSM is not allowed. [Cont roll. _ �" strength material bhall `'conform to the requirementc of Item P-153.1 d. Deflection testing. The Engineer may at any time, notwithstanding previous material acceptance, reject or require re-installation of pipe that exceeds 5% deflection when measured in accordance with ASTM D2321, including Appendices. 1 _ 705-3.7 Connections. When the plans call for connections to existing or proposed pipe or structures, these connections shall be watertight and made to obtain a smooth uniform flow line throughout the drainage system. 705-3.8 Cleaning and restoration of site. After the backfill is completed,the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material,soil,and rubbish from the site. Surplus soil may be deposited in embankments, shoulders,or as directed by the Engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport,the Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 705-4.1 The length of pipe shall be the number of linear feet(meters) of pipe underdrains in place, completed, and approved;measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types, and sizes shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipeline being measured. and No. 2, complete in place and accepted, and shall be determined from the dimensions give r on the plans by "b • 705 4.3 The quantity of filter fabric shall th b o f .,rds (sqares etersf ,:r fabric in place, indicating the placement of filter fabric or dimensions directed by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 705-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot (meter) for pipe underdrains of the type, class, and size designated; at the contract unit price COMPLETE (including porous backfill and filter fabric) . These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item D-705-5.1 4-Inch perforated subdrain (SDR-35) pipe per linear foot Item D-705-5.2 4-Inch non-perforated subdrain (SDR-35) pipe per linear foot Item D-705-5.3 Subdrain cleanout per each FAA MP#3-19-0094-045 D705-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 (metric ton) I. (metric ton) 1. } 705 5.3. Filter fabric.Filter fabric shall be made t the tr ct t p" pe g , d ( g + )f flr fabric. shall be made at the contract unit price [ per linear foot(meter)COMPLETE (including porous backfill and filter fabric. [ j him These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials,and for all labor,equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item D 705 5.1 1 1 inch pipe(mm pipe) [_} per linear foot(meter) [ Item D 705 5.2a Porous Backfill No. 1 [ per cubic yard(cubic meter) I [ per ton(metric ton) } .. ( Item D 705 5.2b Porous Backfill No.2 [ per cubic yard(cubic meter) } [ per ton(metric ton) I I Item D 705 5.3 Filter Fabric per square yard(square meter) Item D-705- 4-Inch Non Perforated (mm pipe) per linear foot (meter) complete (including porous backfill and filter fabric)} Item D-705-5.2 4-Inch Non-Perforated Pipe per linear foot Item D-705-5.3 Subdrain Cleanout per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ►. ASTM A760 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic Coated for Sewers and Drains ASTM A762 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Polymer Precoated for Sewers and Drains ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C444 Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe ASTM C654 Standard Specification for Porous Concrete Pipe ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F758 Standard Specification for Smooth Wall Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Underdrain Systems for Highway,Airport,and Similar Drainage ASTM F794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe & Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ASTM F949 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D705-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L ASTM F2562 Specification for Steel Reinforced Thermoplastic Ribbed Pipe and Fittings for Non- Pressure Drainage and Sewerage AASHTO M190 Standard Specification for Bituminous - Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches AASHTO M196 Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers and Drains AASHTO M252 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe AASHTO M288 Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications AASHTO M294 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300-to 1500- mm (12-to 60- in.)Diameter AASHTO M304 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter AASHTO MP20 Standard Specification for Steel-Reinforced Polyethylene(PE)Ribbed Pipe,300-to 900- mm(12-to 36-in.)diameter AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges END OF ITEM D-705 �1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D705-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank L L L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D705-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L Item D-751 Manholes,Catch Basins,Inlets and Inspection Holes DESCRIPTION 751-1.1 This item shall consist of construction of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the Engineer. MATERIALS 751-2.1 Brick.The brick shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C32,Grade MS. Imo 751-2.2 Mortar. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150,Type I.The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144. 751-2.3 Concrete. Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of pipes with structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 751-2.4 Precast concrete pipe manhole rings. Precast concrete pipe manhole rings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C478. Unless otherwise specified, the risers and offset cone sections shall have an inside diameter of not less than 36 inches (90 cm) nor more than 48 inches (120 cm). There shall be a gasket between individual sections and sections cemented together with mortar on the inside of the manhole. 751-2.5 Corrugated metal. Corrugated metal shall conform to the requirements of American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)M36. 751-2.6 Frames,covers,and grates.The castings shall conform to one of the following requirements: a.ASTM A48,Class 35B:Gray iron castings b.ASTM A47:Malleable iron castings c.ASTM A27: Steel castings d.ASTM A283,Grade D: Structural steel for grates and frames e.ASTM A536,Grade 65-45-12:Ductile iron castings f.ASTM A897:Austempered ductile iron castings All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings,aircraft gear configuration and/or direct loading,specified. Each frame and cover or grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM A123. 751-2.7 Steps.The steps or ladder bars shall be gray or malleable cast iron or galvanized steel. The steps shall be the •" size, length, and shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be given a coat of bituminous paint,when directed. 751-2.8 Precast inlet structures. Manufactured in accordance with and conforming to ASTM C1433. CONSTRUCTION METHODS --t 751-3.1 Unclassified excavation. a. The Contractor shall excavate for structures and footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans,or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D751-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the Engineer may direct, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary for a satisfactory foundation. b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level,stepped,or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed.Where concrete will rest on a surface other than rock,the bottom of the excavation shall not be disturb and excavation to final grade shall not be made until immediately before the concrete or reinforcing is placed. c. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing,or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. �. d. All bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall not disturb or damage finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. Ism e. After excavation is completed for each structure, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. No concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed until the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 751-3.2 Brick structures. a.Foundations.A prepared foundation shall be placed for all brick structures after the foundation excavation is completed and accepted. Unless otherwise specified, the base shall consist of reinforced concrete mixed, prepared, and placed in accordance with the requirements of Item P-610. b. Laying brick. All brick shall be clean and thoroughly wet before laying so that they will not absorb any appreciable amount of additional water at the time they are laid. All brick shall be laid in freshly made mortar. ` Mortar not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded.Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted.An ample layer of mortar shall be spread on the beds and a shallow furrow shall be made in it that can be readily closed by the laying of the brick. All bed and head joints shall be filled solid with mortar. End joints of stretchers and side or cross joints of headers shall be fully buttered with mortar and a shoved joint made to squeeze out mortar at the top of the joint. Any bricks that may be loosened after the mortar has taken its set, shall be removed, cleaned, and relaid with fresh mortar.No broken or chipped brick shall be used in the face, and no spalls or bats shall be used except where necessary to shape around irregular openings or edges; in which case, full bricks shall be placed at ends or corners where possible, and the bats shall be used in the interior of the course. In making closures, no piece of brick shorter than the width of a whole brick shall be used; and wherever practicable, whole brick shall be used and laid as headers. c. Joints. All joints shall be filled with mortar at every course Exterior faces shall be laid up in advance of backing. Exterior faces shall be plastered or parged with a coat of mortar not less than 3/8 inch(9 mm)thick before the backing is laid up. Prior to parging, all joints on the back of face courses shall be cut flush. Unless otherwise noted,joints shall be not less than 1/4 inch(6 mm)nor more than 1/2 inch(12 mm)wide and the selected joint width shall be maintained uniform throughout the work. d. Pointing. Face joints shall be neatly struck, using the weather-struck joint. All joints shall be finished properly as the laying of the brick progresses. When nails or line pins are used the holes shall be immediately plugged with mortar and pointed when the nail or pin is removed. e. Cleaning. Upon completion of the work all exterior surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by scrubbing and washing with water. If necessary to produce satisfactory results, cleaning shall be done with a 5% solution of muriatic acid which shall then be rinsed off with liberal quantities of water. f. Curing and cold weather protection. The brick masonry shall be protected and kept moist for at least 48 hours after laying the brick. Brick masonry work or pointing shall not be done when there is frost on the brick or when the air temperature is below 50°F (10°C) unless the Contractor has, on the project ready to use, suitable covering and artificial heating devices necessary to keep the atmosphere surrounding the masonry at a temperature of not less than 60°F(16°C)for the duration of the curing period. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D751-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 751-3.3 Concrete structures. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and shape indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete is placed. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately to be smooth,uniform,and cause minimum resistance to flowing water.The interior bottom shall be sloped to the outlet. 751-3.4 Precast concrete structures. Precast concrete structures shall conform to ASTM C478. Precast concrete structures shall be constructed on prepared or previously placed slab foundations conforming to the dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All precast concrete sections necessary to build a completed structure shall be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily. Joints between precast concrete risers and tops shall be full-bedded in cement mortar and shall be smoothed to a uniform surface on both interior and exterior of the structure. The top of the upper precast concrete section shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral pipe, including drops and leads that may be installed in the structure. The flow lines shall be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flow. The metal steps that are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned and placed at vertical intervals of 12 inches (300 mm). When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it shall be securely fastened into position. 751-3.5 Corrugated metal structures. Corrugated metal structures shall be prefabricated. All standard or special fittings shall be furnished to provide pipe connections or branches with the correct dimensions and of sufficient length to accommodate connecting bands.The fittings shall be welded in place to the metal structures.The top of the metal structure shall be designed so that either a concrete slab or metal collar may be attached to allow the fastening of a standard metal frame and grate or cover. Steps or ladders shall be furnished as shown on the plans. Corrugated -- metal structures shall be constructed on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and locations as shown on the plans.When indicated,the structures shall be placed on a reinforced concrete base. 751-3.6 Inlet and outlet pipes. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the walls of the structures a sufficient distance beyond the outside surface to allow for connections. They shall be cut off flush with the wall on the inside surface of the structure, unless otherwise directed. For concrete or brick structures, mortar shall be placed around these pipes to form a tight,neat connection. ^+ 751-3.7 Placement and treatment of castings, frames, and fittings. All castings, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set true to line and elevation.If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar,all anchors or bolts shall be in place before the concrete or mortar is placed.The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. When frames or fittings are placed on previously constructed masonry,the bearing surface of the masonry shall be brought true to line and grade and shall present an even bearing surface so the entire face or back of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The unit shall be set in mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames or fittings have been set in final position, the concrete or mortar shall be allowed to harden for r-. seven(7)days before the grates or covers are placed and fastened down. 751-3.8 Installation of steps. The steps shall be installed as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete,they shall be placed and secured in position before the concrete is placed. When the steps are installed in brick masonry,they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The steps shall not be disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least seven(7) days. After seven(7) days,the steps shall be cleaned and painted,unless they have been galvanized. When steps are required with precast concrete structures, they shall be cast into the side of the sections at the time the sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure is erected by drilling holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place. When steps are required with corrugated metal structures, they shall be welded into aligned position at a vertical spacing of 12 inches(300 mm). Instead of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. For brick or concrete structures, the ladder shall be held in place by grouting the supports in drilled holes. For metal structures,the ladder shall be secured by welding the top FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D751-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C support to the structure and grouting the bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed by the Engineer. 751-3.9 Backfilling. a. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be backfilled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches (200 mm)in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P- 152. Each layer shall be deposited evenly around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. b. Backfill shall not be placed against any structure until approved by the Engineer. For concrete structures, approval shall not be given until the concrete has been in place seven (7) days, or until tests establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to withstand any pressure created by the backfill and placing methods. c.Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment.Performance of this work shall be considered an obligation of the Contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.10 Cleaning and restoration of site. After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all `.. surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as approved by the Engineer.The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. The Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment,leaving the entire site free,clear,and in good condition. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 751-4.1 Manholes,catch basins, inlets,and inspection holes shall be measured by the unit. •. BASIS OF PAYMENT 751-5.1 The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each in place when completed. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans;and for all labor equipment,tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Manholes=per eac Item D-751-5.2 Catch Basins-per each Item D-751-5.4 Inspection Holes-per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENT ASTM A27 Standard Specification for Steel Castings,Carbon,for General Application ASTM A47 Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products ASTM A283 Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A897 Standard Specification for Austempered Ductile Iron Castings ASTM C32 Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick(Made from Clay or Shale) ASTM C144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D751-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM C1433 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for Culverts,Storm Drains,and Sewers AASHTO M36 Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic-Coated,for Sewers and Drains END OF ITEM D-751 i 4 i �• -Mr 011.1. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D751-5 Waterloo Regional Airport ,.� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 1 Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 D751-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C } Item T-901 Seeding DESCRIPTION 901-1.1 This item shall consist of soil preparation, seeding liming and fertilizing the areas shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer in accordance with these specifications. MATERIALS —. 901-2.1 Seed. The species and application rates of grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished shall be those stipulated herein. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification JJJ-S-181, Federal Specification, Seeds,Agricultural. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers labeled in conformance with the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) Seed Act and applicable state seed laws with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seed, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within six(6) months of date of delivery.This statement shall include:name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number for each kind of seed, and the results of tests as to name, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of --, weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed. Wet, moldy,or otherwise damaged seed will be rejected. Seeds shall be applied as follows: Minimum Minimum Seed Seed Germination Rate of Application lb/acre Purity (Percent) (or lb/1,000 S.F.) (Percent) Fescue, Kentucky 31 or Fawn 98% 85% 50 lbs. per acre (28 kg/ha) Rygrass (Perennial) 95% 90% 30 lbs per acre (17 kg/ha) Birdsfoot Trefoil (Empire) 98% 85% 10 lbs. per acre (5 kg/ha) Sideoats Grama (Butte or 30 (PLS*) 10 lbs. PLS per acre (6 kg/ha) Trailway) Switchgrass (Neb. 28, 63 (PLS*) 6 lbs. PLS per acre (3 kg Blackwell, Pathfinder, or PLS/ha) Cave-In-Rock) *PLS = Pure Live Seed. PLS is obtained by multiplying purity times germination. Seeding shall be performed during the period between March 1 and May 31 inclusive, or August 10 and September 30 inclusive,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 901-2.2 Lime.Lime shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85%of total carbonates,and shall be ground to such fineness that 90%will pass through a No. 20 mesh sieve and 50%will pass through a No. 100 mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable, providing the rates of application are increased to provide not less than the minimum quantities and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the two sieve requirements above. Dolomitic lime or a high magnesium lime shall contain at least 10%of magnesium oxide. Lime shall be applied at the rate of 1, 500 lbs/acre.All liming materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C602. 901-2.3 Fertilizer.Fertilizer shall be standard commercial fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing -.. the percentages of total nitrogen,available phosphoric acid,and water-soluble potash.They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified,and shall meet the requirements of applicable state laws.They shall be furnished in standard containers with name,weight,and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon.No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers. The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms: a.A dry,free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; b.A finely-ground fertilizer soluble in water,suitable for application by power sprayers;or FAA AIP#3-I9-0094-045 T901-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C c.A granular or pellet form suitable for application by blower equipment. Fertilizers shall be 16-16-16 commercial fertilizer and shall be spread at the rate of 750 1 b s/acre. 901-2.4 Soil for repairs. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the area to be repaired.The soil shall be relatively free from large stones,roots, stumps,or other materials that will interfere with subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf,and shall be approved by the Engineer before being placed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 901-3.1 Advance preparation and cleanup. After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground limestone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches L- (50 mm) in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris that might interfere with sowing of seed, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after the completion of grading and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the __ Contractor shall repair such damage include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not less than 5 inches(125 mm)as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding,the top 3 inches(75 mm) of soil is loose, friable,reasonably free from large clods, rocks,large roots,or other undesirable matter,and if shaped to the required grade. When the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or otherwise satisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 inches (125 mm). Clods shall be broken and the top 3 inches(75 mm) of soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seedbed by discing,or by use of cultipackers,rollers,drags,harrows,or other appropriate means. 901-3.2 Dry application method. a. Liming. Lime shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on __ seedbeds that have previously been prepared as described above.The lime shall then be worked into the top 3 inches (75 mm)of soil after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. b. Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate that will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in paragraph 901-2.3. c. Seeding. Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified in paragraph 901-2.1 immediately after fertilizing. The fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the special provisions.Seeds of legumes,either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sowing, in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than the seasons shown on the plans or in the special provisions,a cover crop shall be sown by the same methods required for grass and legume seeding. d.Rolling. After the seed has been properly covered,the seedbed shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawn roller,weighing 40 to 65 pounds per foot(60 to 97 kg per meter)of width for clay soil(or any soil having a tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot(223 to 298 kg per meter)of width for sandy or light soils. 66. 901-3.3 Wet application method. a. General. The Contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer(and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment �.. described herein.The rates of application shall be as specified in the special provisions. b. Spraying equipment. The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped with a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not larger than 50 gallons (190 liters) over the entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at all times until used. s� FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T901-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering 100 gallons(380 liters)per minute at a pressure of 100 lb/sq inches (690 kPa). The pump shall be mounted in a line that will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle.All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of providing clearance for 5/8 inch (16 mm) solids. The power unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls mounted so as to be accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gauge connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a manner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the horizontal. There shall be a quick-acting,three-way control valve connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from 20 to 100 feet (6 to 30 m). One shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one a medium-range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of removal and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by means of quick-release couplings. In order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, an extension hose at least 50 feet(15 m)in length shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected. c. Mixtures. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately, in the quantity specified,prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds(100 kg) of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (380 liters) of water. Seed and fertilizer shall be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more than a total of 220 pounds(100 kg)of these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons(380 liters)of water. All water used shall be obtained from fresh water sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The Contractor shall identify to the Engineer all sources of water at least two(2)weeks prior to use.The Engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any time and have a laboratory test the samples for chemical and saline content. The Contractor shall not use any water from any source that is disapproved by the Engineer following such tests. All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the seedbed.All such mixtures shall be used within two(2)hours from the time they were mixed or they shall be wasted and disposed of at approved locations. d. Spraying.Lime,if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously prepared seedbeds.After the applied lime mixture has dried, the lime shall be worked into the top 3 inches (75 mm), after which the seedbed shall again be -s. properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime, if required, shall already have been worked in. The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray that shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. Nozzles or sprays shall never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion or runoff. Particular care shall be exercised to ensure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rate and to guard against misses and overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with specifications shall be used to cover specified sections of known area. Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by distributing test sheets of paper or pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of material deposited thereon. On surfaces that are to be mulched as indicated by the plans or designated by the Engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be raked into the soil or rolled.However,on surfaces on which mulch is not to be used,the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried. 901-3.4 Maintenance of seeded areas. The Contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades,as approved by the Engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed.The Contractor shall mow,water as directed,and otherwise maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T901-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ..., AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C When either the dry or wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will be required that the Contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfaction of the Engineer. A grass stand shall be considered adequate when bare spots are one square foot (0.01 sq m) or less, randomly dispersed,and do not exceed 3%of the area seeded. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 901-4 1 The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of units !!! { w 0<,measured on the ground surface,completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 901-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per- !!.1 square feet(sq mil acre (sq m) or fraction thereof,which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material and for all labor, equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. Payment will be made under: Item 901-5.1 Seeding-per 11,000 square feet(Mq mil acre (s q m) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM C602 Standard Specification for Agricultural Liming Materials ... ASTM D977 Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt FED SPEC JJJ-S-181,Federal Specification, Seeds,Agricultural END OF ITEM T-901 w.. IMO FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T901-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L Item T-905 Topsoiling DESCRIPTION 905-1.1 This item shall consist of preparing the ground surface for topsoil application, removing topsoil from designated stockpiles or areas to be stripped on the site or from approved sources off the site, and placing and spreading the topsoil on prepared areas in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 905-2.1 Topsoil.Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of refuse or any material toxic to plant "" growth, and it shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots,brush, stones (2 inches (50 mm) or more in diameter), and clay lumps or similar objects. Brush and other vegetation that will not be incorporated with the soil during handling operations shall be cut and removed. Ordinary sod and herbaceous growth such as grass and weeds • are not to be removed, but shall be thoroughly broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. Heavy sod or other cover, which cannot be incorporated into the topsoil by discing or other means, shall be removed. The topsoil or soil mixture, unless otherwise specified or approved, shall have a pH range of approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH, when tested in accordance with the methods of testing of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists in effect on the date of invitation of bids. The organic content shall be not less than 3%nor more than 20% as determined by the wet-combustion method (chromic acid reduction). There shall be not less than 20%nor more than 80%of the material passing the 200 mesh(0.075 mm)sieve as determined by the wash test in accordance with ASTM C117. Natural topsoil may be amended by the Contractor with approved materials and methods to meet the above specifications. 905-2.2 Inspection and tests. Within 10 days following acceptance of the bid,the Engineer shall be notified of the source of topsoil to be furnished by the Contractor. The topsoil shall be inspected to determine if the selected soil meets the requirements specified and to determine the depth to which stripping will be permitted. At this time, the Contractor may be required to take representative soil samples from several locations within the area under consideration and to the proposed stripping depths,for testing purposes as specified in paragraph 905-2.1. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 905-3.1 General.Areas to be topsoiled shall be shown on the plans. If topsoil is available on the site,the location of the stockpiles or areas to be stripped of topsoil and the stripping depths shall be shown on the plans. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation and treatment of the ground surface, stripping of topsoil, and for the handling and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and approved by the Engineer before the various operations are started. 905-3.2 Preparing the ground surface. Immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface shall be loosened by discs or spike-tooth harrows, or by other means approved by the Engineer, to a minimum depth of 2 inches(50 mm)to facilitate bonding of the topsoil to the covered subgrade soil.The surface of the area to be topsoiled shall be cleared of all stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter and all litter or other material which may be detrimental to proper bonding, the rise of capillary moisture, or the proper growth of the desired planting. Limited areas, as shown on the plans, which are too compact to respond to these operations shall receive special scarification. Grades on the area to be topsoiled,which have been established by others as shown on the plans,shall be maintained in a true and even condition. Where grades have not been established, the areas shall be smooth-graded and the surface left at the prescribed grades in an even and compacted condition to prevent the formation of low places or pockets where water will stand. 905-3.3 Obtaining topsoil. Prior to the stripping of topsoil from designated areas, any vegetation, briars, stumps and large roots, rubbish or stones found on such areas, which may interfere with subsequent operations, shall be FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T905-1 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C removed using methods approved by the Engineer.Heavy sod or other cover, which cannot be incorporated into the topsoil by discing or other means shall be removed. When suitable topsoil is available on the site, the Contractor shall remove this material from the designated areas and to the depth as directed by the Engineer. The topsoil shall be spread on areas already tilled and smooth-graded, or stockpiled in areas approved by the Engineer. Any topsoil stockpiled by the Contractor shall be rehandled and to. placed without additional compensation. Any topsoil that has been stockpiled on the site by others, and is required for topsoiling purposes,shall be removed and placed by the Contractor.The sites of all stockpiles and areas adjacent thereto which have been disturbed by the Contractor shall be graded if required and put into a condition acceptable rw for seeding. When suitable topsoil is secured off the airport site,the Contractor shall locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the Engineer.The Contractor shall notify the Engineer sufficiently in advance of operations in order that to— necessary measurements and tests can be made. The Contractor shall remove the topsoil from approved areas and to the depth as directed. The topsoil shall be hauled to the site of the work and placed for spreading, or spread as required. Any topsoil hauled to the site of the work and stockpiled shall be rehandled and placed without additional to— compensation. 905-3.4 Placing topsoil. The topsoil shall be evenly spread on the prepared areas to a uniform depth of inches (50 mm) after compaction, unless otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions. Spreading shall not be done when the ground or topsoil is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise in a condition detrimental to the work. Spreading shall be carried on so that turfing operations can proceed with a minimum of soil preparation or tilling. After spreading, any large, stiff clods and hard lumps shall be broken with a pulverizer or by other effective means, and all stones or rocks (2 inches(50 mm)or more in diameter),roots, litter, or any foreign matter shall be raked up and disposed of by the Contractor. after spreading is completed, the topsoil shall be satisfactorily compacted by rolling with a cultipacker or by other means approved by the Engineer. The compacted topsoil surface shall conform to the required lines, grades, and cross-sections. Any topsoil or other dirt falling upon pavements as a result of ,,to hauling or handling of topsoil shall be promptly removed. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Imo 905-4.1 Topsoil obtained on the site shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. Topsoil stockpiled by others and removed for topsoiling by the Contractor shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in the ,.,, stockpile.Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards(cubic meters)computed by the method of end areas. 905-4.2 Topsoil obtained off the site shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards .. (meters)computed by the method of end areas. BASIS OF PAYMENT r.. 905-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard(cubic meter)for topsoiling(obtained on the site).This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation,placing, and spreading of the materials,and for all labor,equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item. .. 905-5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard(cubic meter)for topsoiling(obtained off the site).This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation,placing,and spreading of the materials,and for all labor,equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item. ... O.. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T905-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Payment will be made under: Item T-905-5.1 Topsoiling(Obtained on Site or Removed from Stockpile -per cubic ya d(cubic meter) Item T 905 5.2 Topsoiling(Furnished from Off the Site) per cubic yard(cubic meter) TESTING MATERIALS ASTM C117 Materials Finer than 75 µm(No. 200)Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing END OF ITEM T-905 Awq FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T905-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ..,I AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T905-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C f L. Item T-908 Mulching DESCRIPTION 908-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing,hauling,placing,and securing mulch on surfaces indicated on the plans or designated by the Engineer. MATERIALS 908-2.1 Mulch material. Acceptable mulch shall be the materials listed below or any approved locally available material that is similar to those specified. Mulch shall be free from noxious weeds, mold, and other deleterious materials. Mulch materials, which contain matured seed of species that would volunteer and be detrimental to the proposed overseeding, or to surrounding farm land, will not be acceptable. Straw or other mulch material which is fresh and/or excessively brittle, or which is in such an advanced stage of decomposition as to smother or retard the planted grass,will not be acceptable. [ a. Hay. Ray shall be native hay in an air dry condition ark of proper consistency for placing arith commercial mulch blowing equipment. _ay, shall' bc sterile, containing no fertile seed. b. Straw. Straw shall bc thc stalks from threshed plant resicuc' of oats, wh at, barley, ryc, or rice from which grain has been removed. Furnish in air dry condition and of proper consictency for placing with comm rcial mulch blowing equipment. Straw shall contain no fertile seed. c. Hay mulch containing sccd Hay mulch shall be mature ha, containing viable seed of native grasses_ `or other desirable species st,.tcd in thc special provisions or as approved by thc Engineer. The hay char] bc cut and handled so as to preserve thc maximum quantity of viable seed. Ha mulch that cannot be hauled and spread immediately after cutting shall h placed in weather resistant stacks or balcd and stored in a dry location until used.' a. Manufactured mulch. Cellulose-fiber or wood-pulp mulcn shall be products commercially available for use in spray applications. b. Asphalt binder. Asphalt binder material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D977, Type SS-1 or RS-1. 908-2.2 Inspection. The Engineer shall be notified of sources and quantities of mulch materials available and the Contractor shall furnish him with representative samples of the materials to be used 30 days before delivery to the project.These samples may be used as standards with the approval of the Engineer and any materials brought on the site that do not meet these standards shall be rejected. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 908-3.1 Mulching. Before spreading mulch, all large clods, stumps, stones, brush,roots, and other foreign material shall be removed from the area to be mulched. Mulch shall be applied immediately after seeding. The spreading of the mulch may be by hand methods,blower,or other mechanical methods,provided a uniform covering is obtained. Mulch material shall be furnished, hauled, and evenly applied on the area shown on the plans or designated by the Engineer. Straw or hay shall be spread over the surface to a uniform thickness at the rate of 2 to 3 tons per acre (1800 -2700 kg per acre)to provide a loose depth of not less than 1-1/2 inches(38 cm)nor more than 3 inches(75 mm). Other organic material shall be spread at the rate directed by the Engineer.Mulch may be blown on the slopes and the use of cutters in the equipment for this purpose will be permitted to the extent that at least 95%of the mulch in place on the slope shall be 6 inches(150 mm)or more in length. When mulches applied by the blowing method are cut,the loose depth in place shall be not less than one inch(25 mm)nor more than 2 inches(50 mm). 908-3.2 Securing mulch. The mulch shall be held in place by light discing, a very thin covering of topsoil, pins, stakes, wire mesh, asphalt binder, or other adhesive material approved by the Engineer. Where mulches have been FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T908-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C secured by either of the asphalt binder methods, it will not be permissible to walk on the slopes after the binder has been applied. When an application of asphalt binder material is used to secure the mulch, the Contractor must take hem every precaution to guard against damaging or disfiguring structures or property on or adjacent to the areas worked and will be held responsible for any such damage resulting from the operation. If the"peg and string" method is used, the mulch shall be secured by the use of stakes or wire pins driven into the ground on 5-foot(1.5-m)centers or less. Binder twine shall be strung between adjacent stakes in straight lines and crisscrossed diagonally over the mulch, after which the stakes shall be firmly driven nearly flush to the ground to draw the twine down tight onto the mulch. 908-3.3 Care and repair. a. The Contractor shall care for the mulched areas until final acceptance of the project. Care shall consist of providing protection against traffic or other use by placing warning signs, as approved by the Engineer,and erecting any barricades that may be shown on the plans before or immediately after mulching has been completed on the designated areas. b. The Contractor shall be required to repair or replace any mulch that is defective or becomes damaged until I"' the project is finally accepted.When, in the judgment of the Engineer,such defects or damages are the result of poor workmanship or failure to meet the requirements of the specifications, the cost of the necessary repairs or replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. �.. c. If the "asphalt spray" method lased, all mulched surfaces shall be sprayed with asphalt binder material so that the surface has a uniform appearance. The binder shall be uniformly applied to the mulch at the rate of approximately 8 gallons(32 liters)per 1,000 square feet(100 sq m), or as directed by the Engineer,with a minimum of 6 gallons(21 liters) and a maximum of 10 gallons (10 liters)per 1,000 square feet(100 sq m) depending on the type of mulch and the effectiveness of the binder securing it. Bituminous binder material may be sprayed on the mulched slope areas from either the top or the bottom of the slope. An approved spray nozzle shall be used. The nozzle shall be operated at a distance of not less than 4 feet (1.2 m) from the surface of the mulch and uniform distribution of the bituminous material shall be required.A pump or an air compressor of adequate capacity shall be used to ensure uniform distribution of the bituminous material. d f ash method is used, the mulch shall be applied by blowing, and the asphalt binder material of approximately 8 gallons (32 liters) per 1,000 square feet (100 sq m) or as directed by the Engineer, with a minimum of 6 gallons (21 liters) and a maximum of 10 gallons (40 liters) per 1,000 square feet (100 sq m) ... depending on the type of mulch and the effectiveness of the binder securing it. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ._ 908-4.1 Mulching shall be measured in square yards (square meters) on the basis of the actual surface area acceptably mulched. low BASIS OF PAYMENT 908-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per square yard(square meter)for mulching. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for placing and anchoring the materials, and for all labor, Wow equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 4.. immr FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T908-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C i L. Payment will be made under: Item T-908-5.1 Mulching-per square yard(square meter) -4+ MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D977 Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt END OF ITEM T-908 i I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T908-3 Waterloo Regional Airport .., AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank L FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 T908-4 Waterloo Regional Airport .. AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Item L-108 Underground Power Cable for Airports DESCRIPTION 108-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing and installing power cables that are direct buried and furnishing and/or installing power cables within conduit or duct banks per these specifications at the locations shown on the plans. It includes excavation and backfill of trench for direct-buried cables only. Also included are the installation of counterpoise wires, ground wires,ground rods and connections, cable splicing,cable marking, cable testing,and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item shall not include the installation of duct banks or conduit, trenching and backfilling for duct banks or conduit, or furnishing or installation of cable for FAA owned/operated facilities. Requirements and payment for trenching and backfilling for the installation of underground conduit and duct banks is in Item L-110, Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 108-2.1 General. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by advisory circulars (AC) shall be approved under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program per AC 150/5345-53,current version. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. c. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide materials per these specifications. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not comply with these specifications shall be removed (when directed by the Engineer) and replaced with materials that comply with these specifications at the Contractor's cost. d. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete any non-pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment to which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be made bold and clear with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable).The Contractor is solely responsible for delays in the project that may accrue directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. e.The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer,to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor' s submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials, or procedures that do not meet the system design and the standards and codes,specified in this document. _.. f. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for at least twelve (12) months from the date of final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced,at the Owner's discretion,with no additional -- cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain a minimum insulation resistance per AC 150/5340-26B, Maintenance Airport Visual aid Facilities, Table 5-1 and paragraph 5.1.3.1, with isolation transformers connected in new circuits and new segments of existing circuits through the end of the contract warranty period. 108-2.2 Cable. Underground cable for airfield lighting facilities (runway and taxiway lights and signs) shall conform to the requirements of AC 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits latest edition. Conductors for use on 6.6 ampere primary airfield lighting series circuits shall be FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-1 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C r.. single conductor, seven strand,#8 American wire gauge AWG), L-824 Type 13, Type C, 5,000 volts,nonshielded, with cross-linked polyethylene insulation. Conductors for use on 20 ampere primary airfield lighting series circuits shall be single conductor, seven strand,#6 AWG, L-824 Typo Type C, 5,000 volts, nonshielded, with [ethylene propylene insulation, cross-linked polyethylene insulation. L-824 conductors for use on the L-830 secondary of airfield lighting series circuits shall be sized in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All other conductors shall comply with FAA and National Electric Code(NEC)requirements. Conductor sizes noted above shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on airfield lighting transformers and fixtures. �.. Wire for electrical circuits up to 600 volts shall comply with Specification L-824 and/or Federal Specification J-C- 30 and shall be type THWN-2, 75°C. Conductors for parallel (voltage) circuits shall be sized and installed in accordance with NFPA-70,National Electrical Code. Unless noted otherwise, all 600-volt and less non-airfield lighting conductor sizes are based on a 75°C, THWN-2, 600 volt insulation,copper conductors,not more than three single insulated conductors, in raceway,in free air. The conduit/duct sizes are based on the use of THWN-2, 600 volt insulated conductors. The Contractor shall make the necessaryincrease in conduit/duct sizes for other ... types of wire insulation. In no case shall the conduit/duct size be reduced. The minimum power circuit wire size shall be#12 AWG. Conductor sizes may have been adjusted due to voltage drop or other engineering considerations. Equipment provided by the Contractor shall be capable of accepting the quantity and sizes of conductors shown in the Contract Documents. All conductors,pigtails, cable step-down adapters,cable step-up adapters,terminal blocks and splicing materials necessary to complete the cable termination/splice shall be considered incidental to the respective pay items provided. Cable type,size,number of conductors,strand and service voltage shall be as specified in the Contract Document. 108-2.3 Bare copper wire(counterpoise, bare copper wire ground and ground rods). Wire for counterpoise or ground installations for airfield lighting systems shall be No. 6 AWG bare solid copper wire for counterpoise and/or No. 6 AWG insulated stranded for ground wire per ASTM B3 and ASTM B8, and shall be bare copper wire per ASTM B33. See AC 150/5340-30 for additional details about counterpoise and ground wire types and installation. For voltage powered circuits, the equipment ground conductor shall be minimum No. 6 AWG,600V rated,Type XHHW insulated,green color, stranded copper equipment ground conductor. Ground rods shall be [solid stainless steel] [copper] or copper-clad steel. The ground rods shall be of the r vn �.. length and diameter specified on the plans, but in no case be less than 8 feet (2.4 m) long and 5/8 inch (16 mm) [3/4 inch(19 mnn in diameter. 108-2.4 Cable connections. In-line connections or splices of underground primary cables shall be of the type called for on the plans,and shall be one of the types listed below.No separate payment will be made for cable connections. a. The cast splice. A cast splice, employing a plastic mold and using epoxy resin equivalent to that manufactured by 3MTM Company, "Scotchcast" Kit No. 82-B, or as manufactured by Hysol®Corporation,"Hyseal Epoxy Splice"Kit No.E1135,or an approved equivalent,used for potting the splice is acceptable. b. The field-attached plug-in splice. Figure 3 of AC 150/5345-26, Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, employing connector kits, is acceptable for field attachment to single conductor cable. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the outside diameter of the cable to be spliced and to Yaw furnish appropriately sized connector kits and/or adapters and heat shrink tubing with integral sealant. c. The factory-molded plug-in splice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory-Molded to Individual Conductors,is acceptable. d. The taped or heat-shrink splice. Taped splices employing field-applied rubber, or synthetic rubber tape covered with plastic tape is acceptable. The rubber tape should meet the requirements of ASTM D4388 and the plastic tape should comply with Military Specification MIL-I-24391 or Commercial Item Description A-A-55809. Heat shrinkable tubing shall be heavy-wall, self-sealing tubing rated for the voltage of the wire being spliced and suitable for direct-buried installations. The tubing shall be factory coated with a thermoplastic adhesive-sealant that will adhere to the insulation of the wire being spliced forming a moisture- and dirt-proof seal. Additionally, heat shrinkable tubing for multi-conductor cables, shielded cables, and armored cables shall be factory kits that are FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L designed for the application. Heat shrinkable tubing and tubing kits shall be manufactured by Tyco Electronics/ Raychem Corporation,Energy Division,or approved equivalent. In all the above cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crimp connectors using a crimping tool designed to make a complete crimp before the tool can be removed. All L-823/L-824 splices and terminations shall be made per the manufacturer's recommendations and listings. All connections of counterpoise,grounding conductors and ground rods shall be made by the exothermic process or approved equivalent, except that a light base ground clamp connector shall be used for attachment to the light base. See AC 150/5340-30 for additional information about methods of attaching a ground to a galvanized light base.All exothermic connections shall be made per the manufacturer's recommendations and listings. 108-2.5 Splicer qualifications.Every airfield lighting cable splicer shall be qualified in making airport cable splices and terminations on cables rated at or above 5,000 volts AC. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer proof of the qualifications of each proposed cable splicer for the airport cable type and voltage level to be worked on. Cable splicing/terminating personnel shall have a minimum of three (3) years continuous experience in terminating/splicing medium voltage cable. 108-2.6 Concrete. Concrete for cable markers shall be per Specification Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete. 108-2.7 Flowable backfill. Flowable material used to backfill trenches for power cable trenches shall conform to the requirements of Item P-153,Controlled Low Strength Material. 108-2.8 Cable identification tags. Cable identification tags shall be made from a non-corrosive material with the circuit identification stamped or etched onto the tag.The tags shall be of the type as detailed on the plans. 108-2.9 Tape. Electrical tapes shall be ScotchTM Electrical Tapes —ScotchTM 88 (1-1/2 inch (38 mm) wide) and ScotchTM 130C® linerless rubber splicing tape (2-inch (50 mm) wide), as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company(3MTM),or an approved equivalent. 108-2.10 Electrical coating. Electrical coating shall be ScotchkoteTM as manufactured by 3MTM, or an approved equivalent. 108-2.11 Existing circuits. Whenever the scope of work requires connection to an existing circuit, the circuit's ""' insulation resistance shall be tested, in the presence of the Engineer. The test shall be performed per this item and prior to any activity that will affect the respective circuit.The Contractor shall record the results on forms acceptable to the Engineer. When the work affecting the circuit is complete,the circuit's insulation resistance shall be checked again, in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall record the results on forms acceptable to the Engineer. The second reading shall be equal to or greater than the first reading or the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs to the circuit to bring the second reading above the first reading. All repair costs including a complete replacement of the L-823 connectors, L-830 transformers and L-824 cable, if necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor.All test results shall be submitted in the Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Manual. 108-2.12 Detectable warning tape. Plastic, detectable, American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA) Red (electrical power lines, cables, conduit and lighting cable) with continuous legend magnetic tape shall be polyethylene film with a metalized foil core and shall be 3-6 inches(75-150 mm)wide.Detectable tape is incidental to the respective bid item. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 108-3.1 General.The Contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations indicated on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all cable required to cross under pavements expected to carry aircraft loads shall be installed in concrete encased duct banks. Wherever possible, cable shall be run without splices, from connection to connection. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual isolation transformers. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without connections unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer or shown on the plans. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ... AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C r.. In addition to connectors being installed at individual isolation transformers, L-823 cable connectors for maintenance and test points shall be installed at locations shown on the plans. Cable circuit identification markers shall be installed on both sides of the L-823 connectors installed or at least once in each access point where L-823 connectors are not installed. Provide not less than 3 feet(1 m) of cable slack on each side of all connections, isolation transformers, light units, .m and at points where cable is connected to field equipment. Where provisions must be made for testing or for future above grade connections,provide enough slack to allow the cable to be extended at least one foot(30 cm)vertically above the top of the access structure. This requirement also applies where primary cable passes through empty light `. bases,junction boxes,and access structures to allow for future connections,or as designated by the Engineer. Primary airfield lighting cables installed shall have cable circuit identification markers attached on both sides of each L-823 connector and on each airport lighting cable entering or leaving cable access points, such as manholes, hand holes, pull boxes, junction boxes, etc. Markers shall be of sufficient length for imprinting the cable circuit identification legend on one line,using letters not less than 1/4 inch(6 mm) in size. The cable circuit identification shall match the circuits noted on the construction plans. 108-3.2 Installation in duct banks or conduits. This item includes the installation of the cable in duct banks or conduit per the following paragraphs. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in each single duct or conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall be per the latest version of the National Electric Code,or the code of the local agency or authority having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall make no connections or splices of any kind in cables installed in conduits or duct banks. Unless otherwise designated in the plans,where ducts are in tiers,use the lowest ducts to receive the cable first,with �. spare ducts left in the upper levels. Check duct routes prior to construction to obtain assurance that the shortest routes are selected and that any potential interference is avoided. Duct banks or conduits shall be installed as a separate item per Item L-110, Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduit. The Contractor shall run a mandrel through duct banks or conduit prior to installation of cable to ensure that the duct bank or conduit is open,continuous and clear of debris. The mandrel size shall be compatible with the conduit size.The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean light bases,manholes,etc.,interiors immediately prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed,the light bases and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables.Cleaning of ducts,light bases,manholes, etc., is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be re-cleaned at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for �.. use in this project as clear and open.The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts. The cable shall be installed in a manner that prevents harmful stretching of the conductor, damage to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal tape providing moisture-tight mechanical protection with minimum bulk, or alternately, heat shrinkable tubing before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a conduit, all cable shall be pulled in the conduit at the same time. The pulling of a cable through duct banks or conduits may be accomplished by hand winch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes.Maximum pulling tensions shall not exceed the cable manufacturer's recommendations. A non-hardening cable-pulling lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall be used where required. The Contractor shall submit the recommended pulling tension values to the Engineer prior to any cable installation. If required by the Engineer, pulling tension values for cable pulls shall be monitored by a dynamometer in the presence of the Engineer. Cable pull tensions shall be recorded by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. Cables exceeding the maximum allowable pulling tension values shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at ... the Contractor's expense. The manufacturer's minimum bend radius or NEC requirements (whichever is more restrictive) shall apply. Cable installation, handling and storage shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. During cold weather, particular attention shall be paid to the manufacturer's minimum installation temperature.Cable shall not be installed when the temperature is at or below the manufacturer's minimum installation temperature. At the Contractor's option, the Contractor may submit a plan, for review by the Engineer, for heated storage of the cable and maintenance of an acceptable cable temperature during installation when temperatures are below the manufacturer's minimum cable installation temperature. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Cable shall not be dragged across base can or manhole edges, pavement or earth. When cable must be coiled, lay cable out on a canvas tarp or use other appropriate means to prevent abrasion to the cable jacket. 108-3.3 Installation of direct-buried cable in trenches. Unless otherwise specified,the Contractor shall not use a cable plow for installing the cable. Cable shall be unreeled uniformly in place alongside or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end.Slack cable sufficient to provide strain relief shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted. Where cables must cross over each other, a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) vertical displacement shall be provided with the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum required depth below fmished grade. a. Trenching. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of -, trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of surface is disturbed. Graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise specified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 inches (0.5 m) below finished grade per NEC Table 300.5,except as follows: (1) When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 inches (91 cm)unless otherwise specified. (2) Minimum cable depth when crossing under a railroad track, shall be 42 inches (1 m) unless otherwise specified. Dewatering necessary for cable installation, erosion and turbidity control, per Federal, state, and local requirements is incidental to its respective pay items as part of Item L-108. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered,shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-108 Item. The Contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 inches (150 mm). Unless otherwise specified on the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be installed in the same trench. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm) below the required cable depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 inch (6 mm) sieve. Flowable backfill material may alternatively be used. The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All such rock removal shall be performed and paid for under Item P-152. Duct bank or conduit markers temporarily removed for trench excavations shall be replaced as required. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Where existing active cables cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall ensure that these cables are adequately '` protected. Where crossings are unavoidable,no splices will be allowed in the existing cables, except as specified on the plans.Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows: (1) Existing cables shall be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely no am' damage has occurred. (2) Trenching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed, with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to minimize possible damage or disruption of existing cable,including careful backfilling in area of cable. In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete repair or replacement. b. Backfilling. After the cable has been installed,the trench shall be backfilled.The first layer of backfill in the trench shall be 3 inches (75 mm) deep, loose measurement, and shall be either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 inch(6 mm)sieve.This layer shall not be compacted.The second layer shall be 5 inches(125 mm)deep,loose measurement,and shall contain no particles that would be retained on a one inch(25 mm)sieve. The remaining third and subsequent layers of backfill shall not exceed 8 inches (20 cm)of loose measurement and be excavated or imported material and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 inches(100 mm)maximum diameter. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Imo The second and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. If the cable is to be installed in locations or areas where other compaction requirements are specified (under pavements,embankments,etc.)the compaction requirements per Item P-152 for that area shall be followed. Trenches shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface,except that when turf is to be established over the trench,the backfilling shall be stopped at an appropriate depth consistent with the type of turfmg operation to be accommodated.A proper allowance for settlement shall also be provided. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of per the plans and specifications. Underground electrical warning (caution) tape shall be installed in the trench above all direct-buried cable. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for acceptance by the Engineer. If not shown on the plans,the warning tape shall be located 6 inches (150 mm)above the direct-buried cable or the counterpoise wire if present. A 4-6 inch (100 - 150 mm) wide polyethylene film detectable tape, with a metalized foil core, shall be .s installed above all direct buried cable or counterpoise.The tape shall be of the color and have a continuous legend as indicated on the plans. The tape shall be installed 8 inch(200 mm)minimum below finished grade. c. Restoration. Following restoration of all trenching near airport movement surfaces, the Contractor shall visually inspect the area for foreign object debris(FOD)and remove any that is found. Where soil and sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed.All areas disturbed by work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include the tops oiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding and mulching as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. When trenching is through paved areas,restoration shall be equal to existing conditions and compaction shall meet the requirements of Item P-152.Restoration shall be considered incidental to the pay item of which it is a component part. 108-3.4 Cable markers for direct-buried cable. The location of direct buried circuits shall be marked by a concrete slab marker, 2 feet(60 cm) square and 4-6 inch(10 - 15 cm)thick, extending approximately one inch(25 mm) above the surface. Each cable run from a line of lights and signs to the equipment vault shall be marked at L- approximately every 200 feet (61 m) along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direction of cable run.All other direct-buried cable shall be marked in the same manner. Cable markers shall be installed directly above the cable. The Contractor shall impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows on each cable marking slab.The letters shall be approximately 4 inches(100 mm)high and 3 inches(75 mm)wide,with width of stroke 1/2 inch(12 mm)and 1/4 inch(6 mm)deep. At the location of each underground cable connection, except at lighting units, or isolation transformers, or power a concrete marker slab must mark adapters placed above the connection. The Contractor shall impress the word "SPLICE" on each slab. The Contractor also shall impress additional circuit identification symbols on each slab as directed by the Engineer. All cable markers and splice markers shall be painted international orange. Paint shall be specifically manufactured for uncured exterior concrete. After placement, all cable or splice markers shall be given one coat of high-visibility aviation orange paint as approved by the Engineer. Furnishing and installation of cable markers is incidental to the respective cable pay item. 108-3.5 Splicing. Connections of the type shown on the plans shall be made by experienced personnel regularly — engaged in this type of work and shall be made as follows: a. Cast splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for jointing conductors. Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured per the manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction . of the Engineer. b. Field-attached plug-in splices. These shall be assembled per the manufacturer's instructions. These splices shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped,extending at least 1-1/2 inches(38 mm)on each side of the joint. c. Factory-molded plug-in splices. These shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all ra— cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPl Reconstruct Taxiway C L. rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) on each side of the joint. d.Taped or heat-shrink splices.A taped splice shall be made in the following manner: Bring the cables to their final position and cut so that the conductors will butt. Remove insulation and jacket allowing for bare conductor of proper length to fit compression sleeve connector with 1/4 inch (6 mm) of bare M:4 conductor on each side of the connector. Prior to splicing, the two ends of the cable insulation shall be penciled using a tool designed specifically for this purpose and for cable size and type. Do not use emery paper on splicing operation since it contains metallic particles.The copper conductors shall be thoroughly cleaned.Join the conductors by inserting them equidistant into the compression connection sleeve. Crimp conductors firmly in place with crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. Test the crimped connection by pulling on the cable. Scrape the insulation to assure that the entire surface over which the tape will be applied(plus 3 inches (75 mm)on each end)is clean.After scraping wipe the entire area with a clean lint-free cloth.Do not use solvents. Apply high-voltage rubber tape one-half lapped over bare conductor.This tape should be tensioned as recommended by the manufacturer. Voids in the connector area may be eliminated by highly elongating the tape, stretching it just short of its breaking point. Throughout the rest of the splice less tension should be used. Always attempt to exactly half-lap to produce a uniform buildup. Continue buildup to 1-1/2 times cable diameter over the body of the splice with ends tapered a distance of approximately one inch(25 mm)over the original jacket.Cover rubber tape with two layers of vinyl pressure-sensitive tape one-half lapped.Do not use glyptol or lacquer over vinyl tape as they react as solvents to the tape.No further cable covering or splice boxes are required. Heat shrinkable tubing shall be installed following manufacturer's instructions. Direct flame heating shall not be permitted unless recommended by the manufacturer. Cable surfaces within the limits of the heat-shrink application ,,,4 shall be clean and free of contaminates prior to application. Surfaces of equipment or conductors being terminated or connected shall be prepared in accordance with industry standard practice and manufacturer's recommendations. All surfaces to be connected shall be thoroughly cleaned to ,,4 remove all dirt, grease, oxides, nonconductive films, or other foreign material. Paints and other nonconductive coatings shall be removed to expose base metal. Clean all surfaces at least 1/4 inch(6.4 mm)beyond all sides of the larger bonded area on all mating surfaces. Use a joint compound suitable for the materials used in the connection. Repair painted/coated surface to original condition after completing the connection. 108-3.6 Bare counterpoise wire installation for lightning protection and grounding. If shown on the plans or included in the job specifications, bare solid #6 AWG copper counterpoise wire shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. The Engineer shall select one of two methods of lightning protection for the airfield lighting circuit based on the frequency of local lightning: a. Equipotential. —may be used by the Engineer for areas that have high rates of lightning strikes. This is where the counterpoise is bonded to the light base(edge lights included)and counterpoise size is determined by the Engineer. b. Isolation —used in areas where lightning strikes are not common. The counterpoise is not bonded to edge light fixtures,in-pavement fixtures are boned to the counterpoise. Counterpoise size is selected by the Engineer. Counterpoise wire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire length of buried cable, conduits and duct banks that are installed to contain airfield cables. For edge light fixtures installed in turf (stabilized soils) and for raceways or cables adjacent to the full strength pavement edge, the counterpoise conductor shall be installed halfway between the pavement edge and the light base, mounting stake, raceway, or cable. The counterpoise conductor shall be installed 8 inches (203 mm) minimum below grade. Each light base or mounting stake shall be provided with a grounding electrode. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C When a metallic light base is used, the grounding electrode shall be bonded to the metallic light base or mounting stake with a No. 6 AWG bare, annealed or soft drawn, solid copper conductor. When a nonmetallic light base is used, the grounding electrode shall be bonded to the metallic light fixture or metallic base plate with a No. 6 AWG bare, annealed or soft drawn, solid copper conductor. • • edged for fixtures installed in full strength pavement and shoulder pavement and for optional method of edge lights } counterpoise conductor shall be centered over the race protected,except as permitted below. The minimum counterpoise conductor height above the raceway-e-ean=e to he-p et ooted s1all be4 tted.tz be adjusted subject to coordination with the airfield lighting and pavement designs. Where-r-acewa s�nstalled-b-}=the-d.itectional bore jack and-here, er ether drilling-meth-BE, the counterpoise 'aci and. bore o,-oth r drilling conductor shall be permitted to be installed concurrently wiEl} t-Ike-c�aestlena ^;re, � .....� method raceway,external to the raceway or sleeve. be protected. The counterpoise conductor height above the protected racewa,(s) or cabls) shall be calculated t, endurthat the raceway or cable is within a 15 degree ar-a of protection is is 5 lighting component. (CCR)or other power source shall be bonded to the field-hghtmg counterpoise system The counterpoise wire shall also be exothermically welded to ground rods installed as shown on the plans but not more than 500 feet (150 m) apart around the entire circuit. The counterpoise system shall be continuous and terminate at the transformer vault or at the power source. It shall be securely attached to the vault or equipment external ground ring or other made electrode-grounding system. The connections shall be made as shown on the plans and in the specifications. If shown on the plans or in the specifications,a separate equipment(safety)ground system shall be provided in addition to the counterpoise wire using one of the following methods: c. A ground rod installed at and securely attached to each light fixture base, mounting stake, and to all metal surfaces at junction/access structures via#6 AWG wire. d. For parallel voltage systems only, install a#6 AWG green insulated equipment ground conductor internal to the conduit system and securely attached it to each light fixture base internal grounding lug and to all metal surfaces at junction/access structures. Dedicated ground rods shall be installed and exothermically welded to the counterpoise wires at each end of a duct bank crossing under pavement. Where an existing airfield lighting system is being extended or modified,the new counterpoise conductors shall be interconnected to existing counterpoise conductors at each intersection of the new and existing airfield lighting counterpoise systems. 108-3.7 Counterpoise installation above multiple conduits and duct banks. Counterpoise wires shall be installed above multiple conduits/duct banks for airfield lighting cables, with the intent being to provide a complete area of y„ protection over the airfield lighting cables. When multiple conduits and/or duct banks for airfield cable are installed in the same trench,the number and location of counterpoise wires above the conduits shall be adequate to provide a complete cone of protection measured 22-1/2 degrees each side of vertical. lbw Where duct banks pass under pavement to be constructed in the project, the counterpoise shall be placed above the duct bank.Reference details on the construction plans. r FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L. .41 108-3.8 Counterpoise installation at existing duct banks. When airfield lighting cables are indicated on the plans to be routed throughexistingduct banks,the new counterpoise wiringshall be terminated at rp ground rods at each end ., of the existing duct bank where the cables being protected enter and exit the duct bank. The new counterpoise conductor shall be bonded to the existing counterpoise system. 108-3.9 Exothermic bonding. Bonding of counterpoise wire shall be by the exothermic welding process. Only personnel experienced in and regularly engaged in this type of work shall make these connections. Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the welding kits, materials and procedures to be used for welded connections prior to any installations in the field. The installations shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following: a.All slag shall be removed from welds. b. Using an exothermic weld to bond the counterpoise to a lug on a galvanized light base is not recommended unless the base has been specially modified. Consult the manufacturer's installation directions for proper methods of bonding copper wire to the light base. See also AC 150/5340-30 for galvanized light base exception. c. If called for in the plans, all buried copper and weld material at weld connections shall be thoroughly coated with 6 mm of 3MTM ScotchkoteTM, or approved equivalent, or coated with coal tar Bitumastic®material to prevent surface exposure to corrosive soil or moisture. 108-3.10 Testing. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing the airport electrical systems and underground cable circuits before and after installation. The Contractor shall perform all tests in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall demonstrate the electrical characteristics to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All costs for testing are incidental to the respective item being tested. For phased projects, the tests must be completed by phase. The Contractor must maintain the test results throughout the entire project as well as during the warranty period that meet the following: a. Earth resistance testing methods shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Earth resistance testing ,.� results shall be recorded on an approved form and testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. All such testing shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. b. Should the counterpoise or ground grid conductors be damaged or suspected of being damaged by construction activities the Contractor shall test the conductors for continuity with a low resistance ohmmeter. The conductors shall be isolated such that no parallel path exists and tested for continuity. The Engineer shall approve of the test method selected.All such testing shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. After installation,the Contractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer the following: c. That all affected lighting power and control circuits (existing and new) are continuous and free from short circuits. d.That all affected circuits(existing and new)are free from unspecified grounds. e. That the insulation resistance to ground of all new non-grounded high voltage series circuits or cable segments is not less than 5 0 megohms. '1 f. That the insulation resistance to ground of all new non-grounded conductors of new multiple circuits or circuit segments is not less than 100 megohms. me g.That all affected circuits(existing and new)are properly connected per applicable wiring diagrams. h. That all affected circuits (existing and new) are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than 10 times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. i. That the impedance to ground of each ground rod does not exceed 25 ohms prior to establishing connections to other ground electrodes. The fall-of-potential ground impedance test shall be used, as described by American National Standards Institute/Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(ANSI/IEEE)Standard 81,to verify this requirement. As an alternate, clamp-on style ground impedance test meters may be used to satisfy the impedance testing requirement. Test equipment and its calibration sheets shall be submitted for review and approval by the Engineer prior to performing the testing. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Two copies of tabulated results of all cable tests performed shall be supplied by the Contractor to the Engineer. Where connecting new cable to existing cable, ground resistance tests shall be performed on the new cable prior to connection to the existing circuit. There are no approved"repair"procedures for items that have failed testing other than complete replacement. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT shall be made for trenches-of specified widths. J The cost of all excavation, backfill, dewatering and restoration regardless of the type of material encountered shall be included in the unit price bid for the work. 108-4.2 Cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank or conduit shall be measured by the number of linear feet(meters)installed and grounding connectors,and trench marking tape ready for operation,and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank or conduit. The measurement for this item shall not include additional quantities required for slack. i Cable and counterpoise slack is considered incidental to this item and is included in the Contractor's unit price. No separate measurement or payment will be made for cable or counterpoise slack. 108-4.3 Ground rods will not 1711 be measured�� '' rQ ^" �ectio for payment. BASIS OF PAYMENT 108-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for trenching, cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in — trench (direct-buried), or cable and equipment ground installed in duct bank or conduit, in place by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all '+ preparation and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment,tools, and incidentals, including ground rods and ground connectors and trench marking tape,necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L 108 5.1 Trenching for direct buried cable, 18 inch minimum depth per linear foot(meter) Item L-108-5.1 No. 8 AWG No. 6 AWG, 5 KV 600V, L-824, Type C Type B Cable, Installed in Trench,Duct Bank or Conduit-per linear foot(meter) Item L-108-5.2 No. 6 AWG, 5KV, L-824, Type C Cable, Installed in Trench, Duct Bank or Conduit - per linear foot Item L-108-5.3 No. 6 AWG, Solid,Bare Copper Counterpoise Wire, Installed in Trench,Above the Duct Bank or Conduit, Including Ground Rods and Ground Connectors-per linear foot (meter) �.. Y.,a , :. . _, _. �, .. "< Win. . �°a:�. -a �� :�•7. ,� Conduit per linear foot(meter). MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AC 150/5340-26 Maintenance of Airport Visual Aid Facilities AC 150/5340-30 Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle,Cable Connectors AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C -- 9 E s Commercial Item Description A-A-59544 Cable and Wire,Electrical(Power,Fixed Installation) Commercial Item Description A-A-55809 Insulation Tape,Electrical,Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive,Plastic ASTM B3 Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire ASTM B8 Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium- Hard,or Soft ASTM B33 Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes ASTM D4388 Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and Electrically Insulating Rubber Tapes FED SPEC J-C-30 Cable and Wire,Electrical(Power,Fixed Installation) MIL-I-24391 Insulation Tape,Electrical,Plastic,Pressure Sensitive REFERENCE DOCUMENTS .. NFPA-70 National Electrical Code(NEC) NFPA-780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems MIL-S-23586F Performance Specification: Sealing Compound (with Accelerator), Silicone Rubber, 1 ' Electrical ANSUIEEE STD 81 IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System END OF ITEM L-108 6,44 0.4 1 7 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L108-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C • Item L-110 Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits DESCRIPTION 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical conduits and duct banks (single or multiple conduits encased in concrete or buried in sand) installed per this specification at the locations and per the dimensions, designs, and details shown on the plans. This item shall include furnishing and installing of all underground electrical duct banks and individual and multiple underground conduits. It shall also include all turfing trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved or turfed areas; concrete encasement, mandrelling,pulling lines, duct markers,plugging of conduits,and the testing of the installation as a completed system ready for installation of cables per the plans and specifications. This item shall also include furnishing and installing conduits and all incidentals for providing positive drainage of the system.Verification of existing ducts is incidental to the pay items provided in this specification. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 110-2.1 General. ••, a. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the Engineer. b. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide materials per these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer.Materials supplied and/or installed that do not comply with these specifications shall be removed,when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials,that comply with these specifications,at the Contractor's cost. ... c. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non-pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be made bold and clear with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). ..R The Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project that accrue directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmission of submittals. d. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer,to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor' s submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment,materials or procedures that do not meet the system design and the standards and codes specified in this document. e. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion,with no additional cost to the Owner. 110-2.2 Steel conduit. Rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduit and fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and rag out and conform to the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standards 6, 514B, and 1242. All RGS conduits or RGS elbows installed below grade,in concrete,permanently wet locations or other similar environments shall be painted with a 10 mil thick coat of asphaltum sealer or shall have a factory bonded polyvinyl chloride(PVC)cover. Any exposed galvanizing or steel shall be coated with 10 mil of asphaltum sealer. When using PVC coated RGS conduit,care shall be exercised not to damage the factory PVC coating. Damaged PVC coating shall be repaired per the manufacturer's written instructions. 110-2.3 Plastic conduit.Plastic conduit and fittings-shall conform to the following requirements: 0.01 FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 Li 10-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C • UL 514B covers W-C-1094-Conduit fittings all types,classes 1 thru 3 and 6 thru 10. vow • UL 514C covers W-C-1094-all types,Class 5 junction box and cover in plastic(PVC). • UL 651 covers W-C-1094-Rigid PVC Conduit,types I and II, Class 4. • UL 651A covers W-C-1094-Rigid PVC Conduit and high density polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit type III and Class 4. Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL-651 and Article 352 of the current National Electrical Code shall be one of the following,as shown on the plans: a.Type I—Schedule 40 PVC suitable for underground use either direct-buried or encased in concrete. b.Type II—Schedule 40 PVC suitable for either above ground or underground use. c. Type III — Schedule 80 PVC suitable for either above ground or underground use either direct-buried or encased in concrete. d.Type III—HDPE pipe,minimum standard dimensional ratio(SDR) 11,suitable for placement with directional boring under pavement. - The type of solvent cement shall be as recommended by the conduit/fitting manufacturer. 110-2.4 Split conduit. Split conduit shall be pre-manufactured for the intended purpose and shall be made of steel or plastic. 110-2.5 Conduit spacers. Conduit spacers shall be prefabricated interlocking units manufactured for the intended purpose. They shall be of double wall construction made of high grade, high density polyethylene complete with interlocking cap and base pads,They shall be designed to accept No.4 reinforcing bars installed vertically. 110-2.6 Concrete. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using 1 inch '— maximum size coarse aggregate with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3, 000 psi. Where reinforced duct banks are specified, reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615 Grade 60. Concrete and reinforcing steel are incidental to the respective pay item of which they are a component part. —� 110-2.7 Flowable backfill. Flowable material used to back fill conduit and duct bank trenches shall conform to the requirements of Item P-153, Controlled Low Strength Material. Fill shall be designed to achieve a 28-day compressive strength of 200 psi(1.4 MPa)under pavement. 110-2.8 Detectable warning tape. Plastic, detectable, American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA) Red (electrical power lines, cables, conduit and lighting cable) with continuous legend magnetic tape shall be polyethylene film with a metallized foil core and shall be 3-6 inches (75-150 mm) wide. Detectable tape is 4. incidental to the respective bid item. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 110-3.1 General. The Contractor shall install underground duct banks and conduits at the approximate locations indicated on the plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses, if required to differ from the plans. Duct banks and conduits shall be of the size, material, and type indicated on the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated on the plans or in the specifications, conduits shall be not less than 2 inches (50 mm) inside diameter or comply with the National Electrical Code based on cable to be installed, whichever is larger. All duct bank and conduit lines shall be laid so as to grade toward access points and duct or conduit ends for drainage. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, grades shall be at least 3 inches (75 mm)per 100 feet (30 m). On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct bank and conduit lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward access points or conduit ends, with a drain into the storm drainage system. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. No duct bank or underground conduit shall be less than 18 inches (0.5 m)below finished grade. Where under pavement, the top of the duct bank shall not be less than 18 inches(0.5 m)below the subgrade. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L110-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C ori The Contractor shall mandrel each individual conduit whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) smaller than the bore of the conduit shall be pulled or pushed through each conduit.The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the conduit hole. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, pull boxes, etc., interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the light bases, manholes, pull boxes, etc., and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts,base cans,manholes, etc., is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense.All accessible points shall be kept closed when not installing cable. The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for use in this project NNW as clear and open.The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts. For pulling the permanent wiring, each individual conduit, whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank, shall be provided with a 200 pound (90 kg) test polypropylene pull rope. The ends shall be secured and sufficient length shall be left in access points to prevent it from slipping back into the conduit. Where spare conduits are installed, as indicated on the plans,the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed for this purpose. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place during construction and shall be plugged to prevent contaminants from entering the conduits. Any conduit section having a defective joint shall not be installed. Ducts shall be supported and spaced apart using approved spacers at intervals not to exceed 5 feet(1.5 m). Unless otherwise shown on the plans, concrete encased duct banks shall be used when crossing under pavements expected to carry aircraft loads, such as runways, taxiways, taxilanes, ramps and aprons. When under paved shoulders and other paved areas,conduit and duct banks shall be encased using flowable fill for protection. All conduits within concrete encasement of the duct banks shall terminate with female ends for ease in current and future use.Install factory plugs in all unused ends.Do not cover the ends or plugs with concrete. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed,it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. I .w. Trenches for conduits and duct banks may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment unless in pavement, in which case they shall be excavated with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm) below the required conduit or duct bank depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 inch(6 mm) sieve. Plowable backfill may alternatively be used The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding.All such rock removal shall be performed and paid for under Item P-152. "It Underground electrical warning(Caution)tape shall be installed in the trench above all underground duct banks and conduits in unpaved areas. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for approval by the Engineer. If not shown on the plans, the warning tape shall be located 6 inches above the duct/conduit or the counterpoise wire if present. Joints in plastic conduit shall be prepared per the manufacturer's recommendations for the particular type of conduit. Plastic conduit shall be prepared by application of a plastic cleaner and brushing a plastic solvent on the outside of ,T the conduit ends and on the inside of the couplings. The conduit fitting shall then be slipped together with a quick one-quarter turn twist to set the joint tightly. Where more than one conduit is placed in a single trench, or in duct banks,joints in the conduit shall be staggered a minimum of 2 feet(60 cm). --, Changes in direction of runs exceeding 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished using manufactured sweep bends. Whether or not specifically indicated on the drawings, where the soil encountered at established duct bank grade is an unsuitable material, as determined by the Engineer,the unsuitable material shall be removed per Item P-152 and replaced with suitable material. Alternatively, additional duct bank supports that are adequate and stable shall be installed,as approved by the Engineer. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L110-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BPI Reconstruct Taxiway C +r All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidental to the respective L-110 pay item of which it is a component part. Dewatering necessary for duct installation, erosion and turbidity control, per Federal, state, and local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of Item L-110. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered,shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-110 Item. Unless otherwise specified, excavated materials that are deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for use in backfill ... or embankments shall be removed and disposed of offsite. Any excess excavation shall be filled with suitable material approved by the Engineer and compacted per Item tow P-152. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Where existing active cables) cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall ensure that these cables are adequately protected. Where crossings are unavoidable,no splices will be allowed in the existing cables,except as specified on the plans.Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows: a. Existing cables shall be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely no damage has occurred b. Trenching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to minimize possible damage or disruption of existing cable,including careful backfilling in area of cable. In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete repair. 110-3.2 Duct banks. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, duct banks shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches (0.5 m) below the bottom of the base or stabilized base course layers where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 inches (0.5 m) below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, duct banks under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet (1 m) beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet (1 m) beyond any under drains that may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for duct banks shall be opened the complete length before concrete is placed so that if any obstructions are encountered, provisions can be made to avoid them. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all duct banks shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm)thick prior to its initial set. The Contractor shall space the conduits not less than 3 inch (75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall). All such multiple conduits shall be placed using conduit spacers applicable to the type of conduit. As the conduit laying progresses, ., concrete shall be placed around and on top of the conduits not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick unless otherwise shown on the plans.All conduits shall terminate with female ends for ease of access in current and future use. Install factory plugs in all unused ends.Do not cover the ends or plugs with concrete. Conduits forming the duct bank shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm)to anchor the assembly into the earth prior to placing the concrete encasement. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5-foot (1.5-m) intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. When specified,the Contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed,the Contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where shown on the plans. Under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5-foot(1.5-m)intervals. All pavement surfaces that are to have ducts installed therein shall be neatly saw cut to form a vertical face. All excavation shall be included in the contract with price for the duct. 4. Install a plastic, detectable, color as noted, 3 to 6 inches (75 to 150 mm) wide tape, 8 inches (200 mm) minimum below grade above all underground conduit or duct lines not installed under pavement. Utilize the 3-inch(75-mm) wide tape only for single conduit runs.Utilize the 6-inch(150-mm)wide tape for multiple conduits and duct banks. .. For duct banks equal to or greater than 24 inches (600 mm) in width, utilize more than one tape for sufficient coverage and identification of the duct bank as required. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 LI 10-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C L.. .. When existing cables are to be placed in split duct, encased in concrete, the cable shall be carefully located and exposed by hand tools. Prior to being placed in duct,the Engineer shall be notified so that he may inspect the cable and determine that it is in good condition. Where required, split duct shall be installed as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. 110-3.3 Conduits without concrete encasement. Trenches for single-conduit lines shall be not less than 6 inches (150 mm) nor more than 12 inches (300 mm) wide. The trench for 2 or more conduits installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for conduits without concrete encasement shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the conduit along its entire length. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches (100 mm) thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the conduit. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4 inch (6 mm)sieve.The bedding material shall be tamped until firm.Flowable backfill may alternatively be used. Unless otherwise shown on plans, conduits shall be installed so that the tops of all conduits within the Airport's secured area where trespassing is prohibited are at least 18 inches (0.5 m) below the finished grade. Conduits outside the Airport's secured area shall be installed so that the tops of the conduits are at least 24 inches (60 cm) below the finished grade per National Electric Code(NEC),Table 300.5. When two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement,they shall be spaced not less than 3 inches(75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall)in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches(150 mm)apart in a vertical direction. Where two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be placed not less than 3 inches (75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and lot less than 6 inches(150 mm)apart in a vertical direction. Trenches shall be opened the complete length between normal termination points before conduit is installed so that if any unforeseen obstructions are encountered,proper provisions can be made to avoid them. Conduits shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm)to anchor the assembly into the earth while backfilling.For this purpose,the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5-foot(1.5-m) intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits.Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. 110-3.4 Markers. The location of each end and of each change of direction of conduits and duct banks shall be 10.0 marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4 - 6 inches (100 - 150 mm) thick extending approximately one inch(25 mm)above the surface. The markers shall also be located directly above the ends of all conduits or duct banks, except where they terminate in a junction/access structure or building. Each cable or duct run from a line of lights and signs to the equipment vault must be marked at approximately every 200 feet(61 m) along the cable or duct run,with an additional marker at each change of direction of cable or duct run. The Contractor shall impress the word"DUCT"or"CONDUIT"on each marker slab. Impression of letters shall be done in a manner, approved by the Engineer, for a neat, professional appearance. All letters and words must be neatly stenciled. After placement, all markers shall be given one coat of high-visibility orange paint, as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also impress on the slab the number and size of conduits beneath the marker along with all other necessary information as determined by the Engineer. The letters shall be 4 inches (100 mm) high and 3 inches(75 mm)wide with width of stroke 1/2 inch(12 mm)and 1/4 inch(6 mm)deep or as large as the available space permits.Furnishing and installation of duct markers is incidental to the respective duct pay item. 110-3.5 Backfilling for conduits. For conduits, 8 inches (200 mm) of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the conduits ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench shall then be backfilled and compacted per Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" except that material used for back fill shall be select material not larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in r., diameter. Flowable backfill may alternatively be used. ••, Trenches shall not contain pools of water during back filling operations. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L110-5 Waterloo Regional Airport ..o AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C s The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface; except that,where sod is to be placed over the trench,the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of per instructions issued by the Engineer. 110-3.6 Backfilling for duct banks. After the concrete has cured, the remaining trench shall be backfilled and compacted per Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" except that the material used for backfill shall be select material not larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in diameter. In addition to the requirements of P-152,where duct banks are installed under pavement, one moisture/density test per lift shall be made for each 250 linear feet(76 m)of duct bank or one work period's construction,whichever is less. Flowable backfill may alternatively be used. Trenches shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface;except that,where sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of per instructions issued by the Engineer. 110-3.7 Restoration. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include fseElElingf topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding [sprig ing] and mulching shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance.All restoration shall be considered incidental to the respective L-110 pay item. Following restoration of all trenching near airport movement surfaces, the Contractor shall thoroughly visually inspect the area for foreign object debris(FOD),and remove any such FOD that is found. This FOD inspection and removal shall be considered incidental to the pay item of which it is a component part. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 110-4.1 Underground conduits and duct banks shall be measured by the linear feet (meter) of conduits and duct banks installed, including encasement, locator tape, trenching and backfill with designated material, and for drain lines, the termination at the drainage structure, all measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. BASIS OF PAYMENT 1r 110-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of conduit and duct bank completed and accepted, including trench and backfill with the designated material, and, for drain lines, the termination at the drainage structure. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item per the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Payment will be made under: ItemL-110-5.1 Concrete Encased {Non Encased] Electrical Duct Bank, 2-way, 4-inch Schedule 40 PVC lit and Size]per linear foot(meter) rCo o, Item L-110-5.2 Non-Encased Electrical Conduit, 2-inch Schedule 40 PVC [it and Sizel per linear foot(meter) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L110-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Advisory Circular(AC) 150/5340-30 0.4 Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program W,,. ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone .. Method ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2167 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber 1 Balloon Method ASTM D2922 Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) NFPA-70 National Electrical Code(NEC) Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6 Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel Underwriters Laboratories Standard 514B Conduit,Tubing,and Cable Fittings Underwriters Laboratories Standard 514C Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes,Flush-Device Boxes,and Covers ... Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1242 Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit Steel �-c Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651 Schedule 40, 80,Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651A Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit END OF ITEM L-110 I � ..1 FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 L110-7 Waterloo Regional Airport am. AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L110-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C rustproof sleeve shall be installed at the hooking point and all exposed surfaces shall be encapsulated with a polyester coating to prevent corrosion. 0.4 115-2.15 Ground rods. Ground rods shall be one piece, [solid stainless steel[ [copper] or copper clad. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified on the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 8 feet ..q (2.4 m)long nor less than 5/8 inch(16 mm)in diameter. CONSTRUCTION METHODS ... 115-3.1 Unclassified excavation. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Damage to utility lines,through lack of care in excavating, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer without additional expense to the Owner. ..� The Contractor shall perform excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the plans or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidental to the respective L-115 pay item of which it is a component part. Dewatering necessary for L-115 structure installation, erosion and turbidity control,per Federal, state, and local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of Item L-115. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-115 Item. Boulders, logs and all other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock and other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped or serrated,as directed by the Engineer.All seams,crevices,disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation.Excavation to fmal grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. The Contractor shall provide all bracing, sheeting and shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheeting and shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. Unless otherwise provided,bracing, sheeting and shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure.Removal shall be effected in a manner that will not disturb or mar finished masonry.The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. Structures shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the suitability of the foundation material. Prior to installation the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm)of sand or a material approved by the Engineer as a suitable base to receive the structure.The base material shall be compacted and graded level and at proper elevation to receive the structure in proper relation to the conduit grade or ground cover requirements, as indicated on the plans. 115-3.2 Concrete structures. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The concrete and construction methods shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610.Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete is placed. wag 115-3.3 Precast unit installations. Precast units shall be installed plumb and true. Joints shall be made watertight by use of sealant at each tongue-and-groove joint and at roof of manhole. Excess sealant shall be removed and severe surface projections on exterior of neck shall be removed. 115-3.4 Placement and treatment of castings, frames and fittings. All castings, frames and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation.If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar,all anchors or bolts shall be in place ..11 and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. Field connections shall be made with bolts,unless indicated otherwise. Welding will not be permitted unless shown ..� otherwise on the approved shop drawings and written permission is granted by the casting manufacturer. Erection FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L 115-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ..� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C equipment shall be suitable and safe for the workman. Errors in shop fabrication or deformation resulting from handling and transportation that prevent the proper assembly and fitting of parts shall be reported immediately to the .� Engineer and approval of the method of correction shall be obtained. Approved corrections shall be made at Contractor's expense. Anchor bolts and anchors shall be properly located and built into connection work.Bolts and anchors shall be preset by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately. Pulling-in irons shall be located opposite all conduit entrances into structures to provide a strong, convenient attachment for pulling-in blocks when installing cables. Pulling-in irons shall be set directly into the concrete walls of the structure. 115-3.5 Installation of ladders. Ladders shall be installed such that they may be removed if necessary. Mounting Imo brackets shall be supplied top and bottom and shall be cast in place during fabrication of the structure or drilled and grouted in place after erection of the structure. 115-3.6 Removal of sheeting and bracing. In general,all sheeting and bracing used to support the sides of trenches or other open excavations shall be withdrawn as the trenches or other open excavations are being refilled. That portion of the sheeting extending below the top of a structure shall be withdrawn, unless otherwise directed,before more than 6 inches(150 mm)of material is placed above the top of the structure and before any bracing is removed. Voids left by the sheeting shall be carefully refilled with selected material and rammed tight with tools especially adapted for the purpose or otherwise as may be approved. The Engineer may order the Contractor to delay the removal of sheeting and bracing if,in his judgment,the installed work has not attained the necessary strength to permit placing of backfill. ,.. 115-3.7 Backfilling. After a structure has been completed,the area around it shall be backfilled in horizontal layers not to exceed 6 inches(150 mm)in thickness measured after compaction to the density requirements in Item P-152. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall +� meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Backfill shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the Engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the Engineer establish that �. the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. Where required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to add, at his own expense, sufficient water during compaction to assure a complete consolidation of the backfill.The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury done to conduits, duct banks, structures, property or persons due to improper placing or compacting of backfill. 115-3.8 Connection of duct banks. To relieve stress of joint between concrete-encased duct banks and structure walls, reinforcement rods shall be placed in the structure wall and shall be formed and tied into duct bank reinforcement at the time the duct bank is installed. 115-3.9 Grounding. A ground rod shall be installed in the floor of all concrete structures so that the top of rod extends 6 inches(150 mm)above the floor. The ground rod shall be installed within one foot(30 cm)of a corner of the concrete structure. Ground rods shall be installed prior to casting the bottom slab. Where the soil condition does not permit driving the ground rod into the earth without damage to the ground rod,the Contractor shall drill a 4 inch (100 mm) diameter hole into the earth to receive the ground rod. The hole around the ground rod shall be filled throughout its length,below slab, with Portland cement grout. Ground rods shall be installed in precast bottom slab of structures by drilling a hole through bottom slab and installing the ground rod. Bottom slab penetration shall be L.. sealed watertight with Portland cement grout around the ground rod. A grounding bus of 4/0 bare stranded copper shall be exothermically bonded to the ground rod and loop the concrete structure walls.The ground bus shall be a minimum of one foot(30 cm)above the floor of the structure and separate from other cables.No.2 American wire gauge(AWG)bare copper pigtails shall bond the grounding bus to all cable trays and other metal hardware within the concrete structure. Connections to the grounding bus shall be exothermic. If an exothermic weld is not possible,connections to the grounding bus shall be made by using connectors approved for direct burial in soil or concrete per UL 467. Hardware connections may be mechanical,using a lug designed for that purpose. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L115-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 4- V 1 repaired y applying a \\I\ --+ applied erg a 115-3.10 Cleanup and repair.After erection of10351 Surfaces shall damaged prepared and lcompoundappP e liquid cold-galvanizing compound per MIL manufacturer's recommendations. Prior to acceptance,the entire structure shall be cleaned of all dirt and debris. surplus material, dirt and tor shall dispose of all 115-3.11 tthe son. After the backf lll is shallrestoree allhe disturbedcareas equivalent to or better than their original �, rubbish from the site. The Contractor I condition.All sodding,grading and restoration shall be considered incidental to the respective L-115 pay item. from The Contractor shall grade around structures as required to provide positive paveddrai anagesaway hall have the str compacted to or other reas �` Areas with special surface treatment,such as roads,sidewalksmaterials comparable to original materials.match surrounding areas,and surfaces shall be repaired using of all trenching near airport movement surfaces, the Contractor shall thoroughly visually Following restoration and remove any such FOD that is found. This FOD inspection and �" inspect the area for foreign object debris(FOD), item of which it is a component part• removal shall be considered incidental to the pay leaving the entire site free, \\\\ After all work is completed,the Contractor shall remove all tools and other equipment, —' clear and in good condition. 115-3.12 Inspection.Prior to final approval,the electrical aof defects ies n materialsall be rorgworkmpanship shall be further with the plans and this specification. Any indicationound of each ground rod shall not exceed 25 ohms. Each r" investigated and corrected. The earth resistance to ground -� ic N l S ground ound rod shall be tested using the fall-of-potential ground impedance eS test per dr AmerThi to st shall atio a p Standa priorsred ds Institute / Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers establishing connections to other ground electrodes. ho les in areas 115-3.13 Manhole elevation adjustments. h new Contractor elevations ashown s The Contractor lshall be re ponsible for designated in the Contract Documents to t top of each •-R determining the exact height adjustment required to etertrtined in the fie and subtracted/added from the existing top elevation of each manhole to be adjusted shall be dproposed top elevation. --c The Contractor shall remove/extend the existing top section or ring and cover on the manhole strimensions ucture or manhole i access.The Contractor shall then install precast concretesections the or gradersng rings ofmanh the walls to required shorten the to adjust g the manhole top to the new proposed elevation or shall cut structure,as required by final grades.Finally,the Contractor shall reinstall the manhole top section or ring and cover 004 on top and check the new top elevation. The Contractor shall construct a concrete slab around thet nsof adj s shown ousted n the res located in graded areas that are not to be paved.The concrete slab shall conform the the duct plans. -. 115-3.14 Duct extension to existing ducts.conduit. Thel fittings to connect encased he duc ducts ts together shale to be l be standard manufactured ct shalled connectors concrete designedencas andd p approvedastic for the purpose.The duct extensions shall be installed according to manufactured —" the concrete encased duct detail and as shown on the plans. ..� METHOD OF MEASUREMENT inlace and accepted. 115-4.1 Electrical manholes and junction structures shall be measured by each unit completedp The following additional items are specifically included in each unit: ..( • All Required Excavation,Dewatering • Sheeting and Bracing • All Required Backfilling with On-Site Materials • Restoration of All Surfaces and Finished Grading,Sodding .•. • All Required Connections • Dewatering If Required • Temporary Cables and Connections FAA AIP 0094-045 Waterloo Regional Airport L115-5 Reconstruct Taxiway C AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 4 Ground Rod Testing 115-4.2 Manhole elevation adjustments shall be measured by the completed unit installed, in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall not be made for the various types and sizes. BASIS OF PAYMENT 115-5.1 The accepted quantity of electrical manholes and junction structures will be paid for at the Contract price per each, complete and in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and fo unit r preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials, furnishing and installation of appurtenances all and connections to duct banks and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans and for all labor,equipment,tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. 115-5.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for manhole elevation adjustments. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary, dewatering,excavating, backfill,topsoil,sodding and pavement restoration,where required,to complete this item including but not limited to, spacers, concrete, rebar, twr as shown in the plans and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Payment will be made under: Item L-115-5.4 Electrical Handhole Size and Type—per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ANSI/IEEE STD 81 IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Advisory Circular(AC) 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits .. AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle,Cable Connectors AC 150/5345-42 Specification for Airport Light Bases, Transformer Housings, Junction Boxes, and Accessories AC 150/5340-30 Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program Commercial Item Description A-A 59544 Cable and Wire,Electrical(Power,Fixed Installation) ASTM A27 Standard Specification for Steel Castings,Carbon, for General Application ASTM A47 Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products ASTM A283 Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 L 115-6 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C ( \\\ —4 ASTM A897 Standard Specification for Austempered Ductile Iron Castings ASTM C144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C206 Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime --• FAA EB#83 In Pavement Light Fixture Bolts ( MIL-P-21035 Paint High Zinc Dust Content,Galvanizing Repair NFPA-70 National Electrical Code(NEC) END OF ITEM L-115 INNt "1 wit 4.1 jwig 4 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AMP#3 0094-045 L 115-7 Reconstruct Taxiway C AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 imr iftw gem taw tam 4.. Intentionally Left Blank ti FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 L115-8 Waterloo Regional Airport Reconstruct Taxiway C Item L-125 Installation of Airport Lighting Systems DESCRIPTION 125-1.1 This item shall consist of airport lighting systems furnished and .r installed in accordance with this specification, the referenced specifications, and the applicable advisory circulars. The systems are installed at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, services, and incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the Engineer. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 125-2.1 General. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be as approved under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program described in the current version of Appendix 3 to Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53. b. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications, Appendix 3 to AC 150/5345-53 and as deemed acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. c. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. - Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non-pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable) . Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing _ directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. d. The submitted data shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications and AC 150/5345-53. The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring _.. binder, tabbed by specification section. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. e. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L125-1 Waterloo Regional Airport al AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 125-2.2 Concrete. Concrete shall conform to Specification Item P610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete. 125-2.3 Conduit. Conduit shall conform to Specification Item L-110 Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct. 125-2.4 Cable and Counterpoise. Cable and Counterpoise shall conform to Item L-108 Installation of Underground Cable for Airports. 125-2.5 Tape. Rubber electrical tape shall be a self-fusing Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) based high- insulating voltage tape such Scotch Electrical Tape Number 23 as manufactured by 3M Company or an approved equal. Plastic vinyl tape shall be 8.5 mil heavy duty, premium grade all-weather vinyl electrical insulating tape such as Scotch Premium Vinyl Electrical Tape 88 as manufactured by 3M Company or an approved equal. 125-2. 6 Cable Connections. Cable Connections shall conform to Item L-108 Installation of Underground Cable for Airports. 125-2.7 Guidance Signs. Guidance signs shall be Type L-858, Size as shown on plans, Style 2, Class 2, LED internally lighted and shall conform to the requirements of 150/5345-44 and be listed in Appendix 3 to AC 150/5345-53. 125-2.8 Light Bae and Transformer Housings. Light Base and Transformer Housings shall conform to the requirements of 150/5345-42 and be listed in appendix 3 to AC 150/5345-53. Light bases shall be Type L-867, Class 1A, Size B shall be provided as indicated or as required to accommodate the fixture or device installed thereon. Base plates, cover plates, and adapter plates shall be provided to accommodate various sizes of fixtures. 125-2.9 Isolation Transformers. Isolation transformers shall be Type L-830, size as required for each installation. Transformer shall conform to AC 150/5345-47 and be listed in Appendix 3 to AC 150/5345-53. 125-2.10 Runway and Taxiway Lights. Runway and Taxiway Edge Lights shall conform to the requirements of 150/5345-46 and be listed in Appendix 3 to AC 150/5345-53. a. Runway and Taxiway Elevated Lights. (1) L-861T Taxiway Edge Options 4 (2) L-861 Runway Edge Options 4 b. Lamps and Filters Lamps shall be of size and type indicated, or as required by fixture manufacturer for each lighting fixture required under this contract. Filters shall be of colors conforming to the specification for the light concerned or to the standard referenced, CONSTRUCTION 125-3.1 Shipping and Storage a. Equipment should be shipped in suitable packing material to prevent damage during shipping. Equipment and materials should be maintained in new condition and stored in areas protected from weather and physical damage. b. Any equipment and materials, in the opinion of the Engineer, damaged during construction or storage shall be replaced by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner. Painted or galvanized surfaces that are damaged shall be repaired according to manufacturer's recommendations. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L125-2 Waterloo Regional Airport .� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C 125-3.2 Elevated Lights a. Water, debris, and other foreign substances shall be removed prior to installing light base and light. b. A jig or holding device shall be used when installing each light fixture to ensure positioning to the proper elevation, alignment, level control, and azimuth control. Light fixture shall be oriented with the light beams parallel to the runway or taxiway centerline and facing in the required direction. Outermost edge of fixture shall be level with the surrounding pavement. Surplus sealant or flexible embedding material shall be removed. The holding device shall remain in place until sealant has reached its initial set. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 125-4.1 Runway and taxiway lights will be measured by the number of each type installed as completed units in place, ready for operation, and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 125-5. 1 Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for each complete runway or taxiway light, guidance sign, reflective marker, runway end identification light, precision approach path indicator, or abbreviated precision approach path indicator installed by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This payment will be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these -- materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: L-125-5.1 L-861T (LED) Taxiway Edge Light - LED - per each L-125-5.2 L-861 Runway Edge Light - Quartz - per each L-125-5.3 Airfield Guidance Sign, Size 1, LED, 1 (One) Module - per each L-125-5.3 Airfield Guidance Sign, Size 1, LED, 2 (Two) Module - per each L-125-5.3 Airfield Guidance Sign, Size 1, LED, 4 (Four) Module - per each L-125-5.3 Airfield Guidance Sign, Size 1, LED, 3 (Three) Module - per each L-125-5.4 L-804 (LED) Runway Guard Light - per each L-125-5.5 Remove Duct Bank L-125-5.6 Remove Taxiway Edge Light - per each L-125-5.7 Remove Electrical Handhole - per each L-125-5.8 Remove Airfield Guidance Sign - per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AC 150/5345-26 L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors AC 150/5345-42 Airport Light Bases, Transformer Houses, Junction Boxes and Accessories AC 150/5345-44 Taxiway and Runway Signs AC 150-5345-46 Runway and Taxiway Light Fixtures -- AC 150-5345-47 Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Systems END OF ITEM FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L 125-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ,..� AECOM Project#60537973-BP1 Reconstruct Taxiway C Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 L125-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP 1 Reconstruct Taxiway C APPENDIX A CONSTRUCTION SAFETY & PHASING PLAN Imo CONSTRUCTION SAFETY & PHASING PLAN REHABILITATE AND REMARK AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS 2017 AIP 3-19-0094-045 WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO, IOWA a a ` °z - WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CRUISE A NEW ALTITUDE PREPARED BY: AECOM 500 SW 7th Street, Suite 301 Des Moines, Iowa 50309 AECOM 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 Waterloo, Iowa 50703 May 22, 2017 Contents 1. Coordination 1 2. Phasing 2 3. Sequence of Work 3 4. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction 4 5. Navigational Aid (NAVAID) Protection 6 6. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids 7 — 7. Contractor Access 8 8. Site Security 9 -- 9. Inspection Requirements 9 10. Underground Utilities 9 — 11. Wildlife Management 10 12. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management 10 13. HAZMAT Management 11 — 14. Notification of Construction Activities 11 15. Inspection Requirements 12 16. Underground Utilities 12 17. Penalties 13 18. Special Conditions 13 19. Markings and Signs for Access Routes 14 20. Hazard Marking and Lighting 14 21. Protection of Areas, Zones and Surfaces 14 22. Other Limits on Construction 15 — FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-i Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 1. Coordination a. Predesign /Scoping Meeting • Held October 19, 2016 • Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Mr. Brian Tompkins, FAA Airports Project Engineer Mr. David Hughes, Design Engineer b. Coordination with Airlines, Tenants, ATC, ARFF and FAA ATO • On-going during design process • Project Schedule • Impacts to Airlines, Tenants, ATC, ARFF and FAA ATO • Construction phasing reviewed and discussed • Operational Safety reviewed and discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Airline Station Manager FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative FAA Airways Facilities Sector Office City ARFF Personnel Airport Tenants c. Pre-bid Meeting • CSPP to be reviewed and discussed • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Bidding Contractors FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative d. Preconstruction Conference • CSPP& SPCD to be review and discussed • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Coordination of NAVAID shutdowns to be discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Resident Project Representative Contractor Superintendent Subcontractor Representative(s) FAA Airports Project Engineer FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative Airline Representative FBO Representative e. Progress Meetings • To be held on a weekly basis during construction • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Coordination of NAVAID shutdowns to be discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Airline Representative FBO Representative Resident Project Representative Contractor Superintendent Subcontractor Representative(s) FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative f. Daily Coordination. At all times when construction activities are being performed on this project the prime Contractor must have a foreman on-site and immediately available who is authorized to make decisions regarding the operations and safety of all personnel employed by the Contractor and Subcontractors. Each day the designated foreman must meet with Airport Operations to coordinate activities for the day's work. g. Coordinating CSPP Changes. Proposed changes and substantial delays will require additional coordination with the Owner/Airport and the FAA for the purpose of evaluating possible revisions to the CSPP. The FAA shall approve all proposed CSPP revisions prior to the commencement of construction activities associated with the CSPP revisions. 2. Phasing a. The project consists of three (3) distinct phases that are to be performed by two (2) separate contractors. The three phases provide for the least impact to aircraft operations while construction progresses on the project. The three phases and impacts to pavements is summarized in Table A below and shown on the Safety and Phasing Plan attached to this CSPP; Table A — Construction Phase Summary Phase Work Hours Allowed Work Elements Closed Pavements 1 No Restrictions on • Taxiway C North of • Runway 18/36 Work Hours Runway 12/30 • Taxiway C North of Runway — • Pavement Marking 12/30 Runway 18/36 • Runway 6/24 (To be closed outside of Runway only for Pavement Marking — 12/30 Runway Safety for Taxiway A West and Area and Outside of Taxiway A East, Runway Taxiway B, Taxiway 18/36 within Runway 6/24 Safety Area Runway Safety Area) • Pavement Marking — Taxiway A West of _ the General Aviation FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 Area • Pavement Marking — Taxiway A East of Runway 12/30 Runway Safety Area 2 • Work Limited • Pavement Marking • Runway 18/36 to Two (2) within Runway 12/30 • Runway 12/30 Consecutive & Runway 18/36 • Taxiway B Weekends Runway Safety Area • Taxiway C • Friday Night • Crack Cleaning and • Taxiway E thru Saturday Sealing within Morning, Runway 12/30 & Saturday Runway 18/36 Night thru Runway Safety Area Sunday • Pavement Marking — Morning, and Taxiway B outside of Sunday Night Runway 6/24 thru Monday Runway Safety Area Morning • Pavement Marking - - • Between Taxiway C South of Hours of 1100 Runway 12/30 PM and 0530 Runway Safety Area AM 3 No Restrictions on • Taxiway C within • Runway 12/30 Work Hours— Runway 12/30 Safety • Taxiway C Limited to 30 Area • Taxiway B & B-1 Calendar Days • Runway 12/30 Crack • Taxiway E Sealing • Runway 12/30 Pavement Marking • Runway 12/30 Joint — Repair at Taxiway B- 1 • Taxiway B and B-1 _ Pavement Marking Northwest of Runway 18/36 Runway Safety Area b. Locations, Durations and Sequence of Work. The project is comprised of three (3) distinct phases of work. Each phase consists of a work area with a unique construction access, traffic control and sequencing requirements. Refer to the Phasing Plan Sheets (Sheets 5, 6, and 7) for graphical depictions of the phases along with notes on phase specific sequencing and operational requirements. 3. Sequence of Work Estimated Start Date: July 10, 2017 Iowa Fall Seeding Suspended: September 30, 2017 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 Winter Shutdown: November 9, 2017 Permanent Seeding: May 31, 2018 Permanent Marking: May 31, 2018 Estimated Completion Date: May 31, 2018 Phase 1 120 calendar days Phase 2 Any two consecutive weekends with 150 calendar days Phase 3 30 cal. days When, in the judgment of the Owner, the Contractor has obstructed or closed a greater portion of the work than is necessary for proper construction, or is carrying on operations to the prejudice of work already started, the Owner may require the Contractor to finish that portion of work which is in progress before any additional portions are started. Work shall be conducted with minimum inconvenience to traffic. Except as hereafter specified, no loads of material for any construction shall be dispatched from cars or plants so late in the day that it cannot be placed, finished and protected within the Specification's limits and provisions during actual daylight of that same day. When it is important that construction be pushed to early completion, the Owner may permit it after daylight hours provided sufficient artificial illumination is available and that the work performed under these conditions complies in every respect with the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Contractor shall not commence new work that would be prejudicial to work already started. 4. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction a. Phase 1 — Taxiway C north of the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area, Runway 18-36 outside the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area and the Taxiway B Taxiway Safety Area, and Taxiway A west of the General Aviation Area and east of the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area. • See Construction Safety and Operations Plan • Runway 18-36 closed • Runway 6-24 closed • Taxiway C closed north of Runway 12-30 • Taxiway A closed west of the General Aviation Area and east of Runway 12-30 b. Phase 2 —Runway 12-30 within the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area, Runway 18-36 within the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area and the Taxiway B Taxiway Safety Area, Taxiway B within the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area, Taxiway B outside of the Runway 6-24 Runway Safety Area between the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area and the Taxiway A Taxiway Safety Area and Taxiway C south of the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 • See Construction Safety and Operations Plan • Runway 12-30 closed • Runway 18-36 closed • Taxiway B closed • Taxiway C closed c. Phase 3 — Taxiway C within the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area, Runway 12- 30 outside the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area. Taxiway B and B1 northwest of the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area. • See Construction Safety and Operations Plan • Runway 12-30 closed • Taxiway C closed Taxiway B and B1 closed northwest of the Runway 18- 36 Runway Safety Area d. Operational Affect Table— Tables B and C below depict the anticopated operational impacts to the Waterloo Regional Airport during the course of the project. Impacts will vary based on normal operations of an area, construction phase, and duration of work. Contractor is required to coordinate with the Airport Owner as detailed in this document prior to impacting operations on the airport. Table B — Runway, Taxiway, and Apron Availability per Phase Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Runways Runway 6/24 Closed Open Open Runway 12/30 Open Closed Closed — Runway 18/36 Closed Closed Open Taxiways Taxiway A North of 12/30 Closed Open Open Taxiway A between 12/30 and GA Area Open Open Open Taxiway A West of GA Area Closed Open Open Taxiway B North of 18/36 Open Closed Closed Taxiway B South of 18/36 Open Closed Open Taxiway C North of 12/30 Closed Closed Open Taxiway C South of 12/30 Open Closed Open Taxiway E Open Closed Closed Aprons Terminal Apron Open Open Open GA Area Apron/Taxilanes Open Open Open FBO Apron Open Open Open FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-5 Waterloc Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 Table C — Instrument Approach Procedures Availability per Phase Instrument Approach Procedures Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Runway 6/24 — RNAV (GPS) RVVY 06 N/A Available Available Runway 6/24 — RNAV (GPS) RWY 24 N/A Available Available Runway 6/24 —VOR RWY 06 N/A Available Available Runway 6/24—VOR RWY 24 N/A Available Available Runway 12/30 — ILS or LOC RWY 12 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30— RNAV (GPS) RWY 12 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 —VOR RWY 12 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30— RNAV (GPS) RWY 30 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — LOC BC RVVY 30 Available N/A N/A Runway 18/36— RNAV (GPS) RWY 18 N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36— RNAV (GPS) RWY 36 N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36 —VOR RWY 18 N/A N/A Available 5. Navigational Aid (NAVAID) Protection a. FAA Owned NAVAIDs • Aircraft navigational aids (NAVAIDs) provide visual and electronic information which is used by pilots who operate and land aircraft at the airport. Construction activities can have negative impacts on the functionality and serviceability of NAVAIDs. The Contractor must coordinate their work effort and limit their operations so that NAVAIDs are not impacted beyond what is planned. • Contractor will be required to limit operations so that material, equipment, and personnel do not enter any NAVAID critical areas as shown on the Phasing Plans (Drawings 5, 6 and 7) or disturb power to NAVAID facilities without prior coordination with the Airport Director and FAA Tech Ops personnel. • FAA procedures will be reviewed at the Preconstruction Conference. See Section 1, Coordination. • Closure of Runway 12-30 will require taking FAA Owned PAPI, MALSR, MALS, Localizer, Glide Slope, RVR, LPV, DME, and NDB out of service during closure. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 • Closure of Runway 18-36 will require taking FAA Owned PAPI, VASI, and REILs. • Planned NAVAID impacts must be addressed in the Contractor's construction schedule. Contractor is required to provide at least 72 hours advance notice to the Airport Director prior to disturbing power supply or removing a NAVAID from Service. • Table D contains a summary of anticipated impacts to NAVAIDs. Table D —Availability of NAVAIDs per Phase NAVAIDS Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Runway 6/24— RWY 06 VASI N/A Available Available Runway 6/24— RWY 06 REIL N/A Available Available Runway 6/24 — RWY 24 VASI N/A Available Available Runway 6/24— RWY 24 REIL N/A Available Available Runway 12/30 — RWY 12 MALSR Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — RWY 12 GS Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30— RWY 12 LOC Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30— RWY 12 PAPI Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — RWY 30 MALS Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — RWY 30 VASI Available N/A N/A Runway 18/36— RWY 18 VASI N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36— RWY 18 REIL N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36 — RWY 36 VASI N/A N/A Available -- Runway 18/36— RWY 36 REIL N/A N/A Available Rotating Beacon Available Available Available VOR Available Available Available 6. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids a. FOD Prevention • All temporary airport markings, lighting, signs, lighted runway closed "X"s and taxiway closed "X"s will be secured properly to prevent FOD. b. Turning off and disabling airfield lighting and signage • Contractor shall disable, provide electrical shunts and cover lights and signs as described in the Notes on the Phasing Drawings. (Phase 1 — Note 2. i, Phase 2 — Note 2. f and Phase 3 — Note 2. k) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 c. Frangibility • Any lights or NAVAIDs adjacent to areas used by aircraft must comply with the frangibility requirements of AC 150/5220-23, Frangible Connections. d. Markings • Airfield markings shall be in compliance with AC 150/5340-1, per plans. e. Lighting • Airfield lighting shall be in compliance with and are designed in accordance with AC 150/5340-30, Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids, and AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Certification Program. f. Signing • Airfield signing shall be in compliance with and are designed in accordance with AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs, AC 50/5340-18, Standards for Airport Sign Systems, and AC 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting. 7. Contractor Access a. Site Access • See Phasing Plans, Drawings 5, 6 and 7. • Access will be through existing padlocked Gate#10 from Leversee Road, electronic operated Gate#11 from Dunkerton Road, electronic operated Gate #1 from Betsworth Drive and existing padlocked Gate #8 at the west General Aviation Area. • No additional temporary fencing will be required. • Contractor to keep gates closed at all times. • Electronic card readers or daisy-chained padlocks are used to gain access to gates. b. Stockpiling • Refer to General Notes Sheet— Note 6 of the General Notes Section. • Stockpiling of materials is limited to the areas outside of the active Object Free Area (OFA) for the Runway's and Taxiway's. c. Marking and Lighting of Vehicles • All authorized vehicles required to work on the airport property will have a rotating yellow beacon affixed to the uppermost point on the vehicle at all times. The beacon must be visible from all directions day and night including from the air. If it is not practical to mount rotating beacon on FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 construction equipment, the equipment shall have a flag affixed meeting the requirements in FAA AC 150/5210-5D. 8. Site Security a. Contractor shall control access to the site through gates as shown on the Safety and Operations and Phasing Plans. If gate is not locked, contractor shall supply gate guard with access control list. b. Access is limited to personnel that have escort privileges in accordance with Waterloo Regional Airport Security Requirements including airfield driver training or are under direct escort by a person with these escort privileges. c. Pavement marking on the Terminal Apron shall be completed when no aircraft are present on this apron to comply with the require requirements of 49 CFR 1542, Airport Security. 9. Inspection Requirements a. Daily Inspections — The contractor shall perform daily safety inspections to insure all construction operations are in conformance with the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). b. Final Inspections— Prior to opening any portion of the airport to traffic, the contractor, engineer and airport operator shall perform a safety inspection of the area to be opened to traffic to insure conformance with the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). 10. Underground Utilities a. Underground utilities exist within and adjacent to the limits of construction. An attempt has been made to locate these utilities on the plans. However, all existing utilities may not be shown and the actual locations of the utilities may vary from the locations shown. Prior to beginning any type of excavation, the contractor shall contact the utilities involved and make arrangements for the location of the utilities on the ground. The contractor shall maintain the utility location markings until they are no longer necessary. b. State law, the underground facilities damage prevention act, requires two working days advance notification through the one-call system center before excavating using mechanized equipment or explosives (except in the case of an emergency). The one-call system phone number is 811. The contractor is FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 advised that there is a severe penalty for not making this call. Not all utility companies are members of the state one-call system; therefore, the contractor is advised to contact all non- member utilities as well as the one-call system. 11. Wildlife Management The Contractor will mitigate wildlife hazards during construction as follows: a. Trash • All construction personnel will dispose of food scraps in closed containers provided by the Contractor. • The Contractor will empty all containers off-site. b. Standing Water • The Contractor will immediately re-grade any area with standing water remaining more than three (3) hours after a rainfall event. Standing water will be drained from ponding area prior to re-grading. c. Wildlife Sightings • The resident project representative and/or Construction Superintendent will immediately notify the Waterloo Regional Airport manager by phone of wildlife sited on the airfield. d. Tall Grass • Mowing schedules have been established to maintain, when possible, a grass height of 6 to 10 inches, to help prevent the large flocks of starlings, crows and other bird species from becoming a hazard to aircraft operations. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to establish and maintain a schedule that allows a maximum grass height of 10 inches within the construction work area. 12. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management The Contractor will mitigate FOD control during construction as follows: a. Housekeeping • All construction personnel will secure all items that may be carried by wind onto an air operations area (AOA). See Construction Safety and Operations Plan. b. Airfield • The contractor shall perform a tire-check (rocks, mud, debris, etc.) on all vehicles traversing the AOA paved areas from non-paved surfaces to prevent FOD. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 • The Contractor will immediately sweep or other remove any FOD located on an AOA paved surface. 13. HAZMAT Management The Contractor will manage hazardous materials transported during construction as follows: a. Fuel or Hydraulic Fluid Spills • At the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall submit a HAZMAT Management Plan that contains Material Safety Data Sheets; identifies fuel storage locations; presents procedures for spill prevention, containment, and notification; and other HAZMAT related items in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 150/5320-15, Management of Airport Industrial Waste. • The Contractor will have available a spill kit capable of containing and removing leaked fluids. • The Contractor will immediately notify the Waterloo Regional Airport manager by phone of all spills. b. Fueling • All construction vehicles will be fueled on-site in the contractor's staging area as depicted in the plans. c. Other HAZMAT • No other hazardous material is expected to be transported on-site during construction. 14. Notification of Construction Activities a. Contact List and Emergency Coordination • The Contact List of City and Consultant personnel and emergency contacts is listed below: • City of Waterloo — Mr. Keith Kaspari, (319) 291-4483 • AECOM Design Engineer— Mr. David Hughes (5'5) 991-4449 • AECOM Resident Project Representative • Fire, Rescue— 911 • Air Traffic Control Tower (319) 233-4835 • Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF) (319) 493-0124 • The contractor shall provide a list of 24-hour contact numbers for project to be added to this list. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 b. FAA Notification • The Waterloo Regional Airport is currently working on submitting a 7460 case for construction equipment. No on-site batch plant is anticipated for this project. c. NOTAMs • The Waterloo Regional Airport will issue all NOTAMs. • Contractor shall submit 72 hour advanced notice to the Airport prior to closing a taxiway or runway. 15. Inspection Requirements a. City Requirements • The Waterloo Regional Airport will inspect all closed paved surfaces prior to opening each phase to air traffic operations. • The Waterloo Regional Airport will conduct a final inspection of the entire project after the permanent painting is completed. b. Resident Project Representative Requirements • The resident project representative will conduct daily observations of the worksite during construction operations. A daily diary will be maintained to document these site visits. c. Contractor Requirements • The Contractor Superintendent will conduct routine inspections of the worksite to ensure compliance with the CSPP and SPCD. • The Contractor Superintendent will attend the on-site inspections of each phase and the final project inspection. 16. Underground Utilities a. FAA Facilities • The Contractor will hand dig to locate FAA utilities within 10 feet of any proposed work. All known facilities have been shown on the existing conditions plan sheets. b. City Utilities • The contractor is responsible for field location and verification of airport owned utilities within the project work area. All known facilities have been shown on the existing conditions plan sheets. • The Contractor Superintendent will contact Iowa One Call to delineate all municipal utilities a minimum of 48 hours prior to any excavation work. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 c. Utility Damage • The Contractor Superintendent will suspend all construction activity upon the damage of any underground utility until the owner is identified and the utility repaired. 17. Penalties _ a. Construction Suspension i. The Waterloo Regional Airport will immediately suspend all construction if and when a Contractor or Subcontractor employee enters the Air Operations Area (AOA) outside of the designated work area(s). b. Expulsion of Non-Compliant Employees i. The Waterloo Regional Airport may permanently prohibit any consultant or contractor employee acting in violation with airport rules and regulations from entering or working on airport property. c. Failure of the contractor (including employees) or any of his subcontractors (including employees) to comply with ATCT instructions, the airport safety plan, or any of the other requirements of the airport while operating on airport property, shall be subject to the following: i. The contractor shall receive a fine of$1,000.00, and the vehicle operator will receive a loss of driving privileges on the airport. In addition, any fines or penalties imposed on the airport as a result of the incident will be assessed to the contractor. ii. The contractor shall receive a fine of$5,000.00 to be deducted from any monies due him, and the vehicle operator will receive a loss of driving privileges on the airport. In addition, any fine or penalties imposed on the airport as a result of the incident will be assessed to the contractor. 18. Special Conditions a. Aircraft Accident — • All construction personnel will immediately vacate airport property after securing gates and remain off until cleared to return by the Waterloo Regional Airport Director. b. Airport Operations • Airport operations take precedence over all work, especially if a question of safety is involved. Special conditions such as low visibility, snow removal, aircraft in distress, aircraft accident, security breach, or work FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 being completed by others may require the rescheduling of project work to accomplish air safety. c. Aircraft in Distress. • The Contractor will immediately clear all construction personnel of all runways and approach areas upon notification from the ATC of monitoring an aircraft distress call. 19. Markings and Signs for Access Routes a. No temporary markings or signs will be used. 20. Hazard Marking and Lighting a. Lighted X's • The Contractor will place and maintain L-893 lighted runway closure markers (lighted X's) supplied by the Waterloo Regional Airport during the runway closures. b. Barricades • The Contractor will place and maintain low profile, highly reflective, alternating orange and white, and lighted barricades at the locations indicated. Barricade height no more than 18 inches excluding flags and or lights. c. Warning Indicators • The Contractor will place warning indicators (flags, lathe with ribbon, etc.) at FAA, airport and National Weather facility cables and underground power lines, Runway Safety Areas (RSA) and Obstacle Free Areas (OFA) to make it easier for Contractor personal to avoid these areas. d. Maintenance • The Contractor shall provide an on-call person 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades. • Contact information for hazard marking maintenance shall be on file with the airport operator. • Hazard lighting shall be checked daily at dusk by the Contractor. 21. Protection of Areas, Zones and Surfaces a. Approach and Departure Surfaces • No approach or departure surfaces are located near the project work area. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 b. Safety Areas and OFAs • No construction will occur within the Safety Area (RSA) o' any active runway or taxiway. • Limited construction activities will occur within the Object Free Area (OFA) of Runway 6-24. This work will include crack sealing and permanent painting. Vehicles will remain active within the limits of the OFA at all times. Vehicles, equipment or materials will not be parked, unattended or stockpiled within this Object Free Area while working in this phase. c. Open Trenches & Excavations • Open trenches or excavations are not allowed within the safety area of an open runway or taxiway. • Open trenches shall be prominently marked with red or o-ange flags and lighted with red lights on barricades during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. d. Erosion Control • Soil erosion shall be controlled by the contractor to maintain Runway and Taxiway safety area requirements. • No potentially hazardous ruts, humps, depressions or other surface variations shall be present. • Surfaces should under dry conditions be able to support snow removal equipment, ARFF vehicles, and aircraft with causing structural damage to the aircraft. 22. Other Limits on Construction a. Prohibitions • Cranes and other equipment taller than 25 feet will not be deployed without a 7460 approval determination letter issued by FAA. • Open flame welding, torches, electrical blasting caps (explosives), and flare pots will not be used at any time on AOA. Electrical blasting caps are also prohibited with 1000 feet of airport property. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-15 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfied Pavements 2017 Immo tam, .a•mr Nem, • 1m• imm Imm umr tom. Nom t/••• Nr••• .,,� ON3�J31 ONV S310N TdM3N3°J a WO,� m o vneol'ooiaazvM 4 nu mw 1210d211tl OO 6 103N dIY W tlM i SYO68 N N 1ON dDI Wd k 3 3 L'ON3 119va 018 $ w L, ,c'I, i, ,_ ,jci , !., h, wxi N F a � N¢ _ � - a x'=^ oar - m0 - 1n - _ F g!riLl:'-- roamj2i¢¢OVZ � O - ZQw3 w ZwQmx os¢ jo - jrxUOCZOi¢v.i~ T Oj cf oE� J • UQ¢Z ii3F H iQ gij -_r ¢ Za ill x n� - - - ¢3 a��Q i mNYQNWaWN = W - QJO _ ¢ w_ _ o -r r O¢ZO ON ;:=' Zom0� z¢Z r —O _ - a - - Q¢ YwaW�WOWwp Q¢¢_ mr0 - _ Jr it i'''.„1 ¢¢Q!wQOLLRQ_ - oz0O�JW w ¢¢H_i OFo - 3N ¢ U -Qw xmNz - ;p00 adOWtiZ� _ 2in Y ?OOUP3V¢U _ ex- 20r - EQ - ¢ Qw_ _ _ - 0 3 g0O 83=8F=- � U w < - ZZOJO !tit d� _ rpZo_ ¢¢¢ �- , K lQ _ zQ ¢r ry U 30 U w¢=WOO —3¢O O LC i ,OrNrrm8Z ¢W= !I:Si !';''kjJ'iiLli! Q - in ¢ _� Qo - N� Oa wVQY a��i�aW _ � aEZ¢t�izd— ¢R3 _ � ; - i:'i QSwOa :L'ISII2w¢r2=c¢iF _ - 2 LL� 3UM;L'Llill,:i OZZr - - � _ a WOo�OT3f OWN mpw 3= ~ W�¢O V~010 - f _ N4U LY;jOx Q �cwitilb O8a rwaxN� r¢ - _ arDo EUwO w0 m ¢o ¢U¢ UQO 2�Q - O�UW¢ aV mE¢NNOow3a�F3�Qr>TH T¢6Na oaw4Oo5 3 ¢00wrs4i#5mLL - w U fm�Z¢; :,:, ? ry _ O - ,O-�U¢ o ZOmr�am4Qs¢ -= a� _ ¢aQw OZ '4 li - cQ..i¢jz�3' pa�OU zE¢�a w yWjooUWx i3 _ N nJ v m = m WQ r m m _ N - ¢ - - _ _ �¢¢Oa N_ N dOU¢U ry z - % i0 E '66 LT; 30uauvwimo aka mVOw W mE ` - - T H� ti 1 W=O O w O _ � EA tril ¢r r ¢O O W O i w a O O ?-N Z N Z �x W a F - - = F L 'iliF F U- d EO _ O� if. z U obi �3�wo¢ illi - - _ a!11.11,111i11!:il , WO m~ i . _ HH W K - - - Sax - Q r - FgZ f0 FF = QO ? � � �+ iiL!, !cli "Hj O a7 i'l ,', x3inZ_ X 1 Q Z o w O w Q G -b 3N i d! H - i lPfs' � -�w _N¢3 i1k _- - h vfwd TWOa QVO r�nQ Ua _ ry rn m m r m m _ _ _ N .inc - � F 30QU ao _ _ _ I ; - - > ¢ ZZ¢z F. _ gl' 1 1 1 i � i i � i _ Om�z - i! a��a �� a=¢o m Aga Wa �w ��om J J T o a o O Om T 3vxi illuw �3¢ wm� I I I ¢ O 000 - _ Qvx, r'�R?4,' u tim U3 — r L Z z¢ N p¢ m O w O d¢¢¢m r Z r W �� 2 eO zOa� v� f ZOO TO N - _ - - _ - _ - - - EFJ, 0,, ¢O; Z _ o f w _ t - - Q r Z - - - _ a g6%5 z o_ _ $ - - i - Z .!, 1 _w11 31 '17,1, o Z -Lij _ SZO - HQ Z _ _ Z - - _ mOU 7;2 oQa il - G - 00 3~ r 1 Ili I 3 U _0 4 d o w _ r Q r i W x w o • Q O 8 ¢� ��z ' I I 03 > wQ ¢�« -J Q3 xww \ \ 0 a I i U O - ro waoQvi ��� �z3 ura�ao � �a � mo¢u QxazmQ c�a� FA' � � as�v� i i o 1 — � w / L QQ /= , JC!z / / /o � \ Gp w \ \ _ - � / /O% 1 _ _ \= �— _ 'Q /_ \— \ \ — \ m w / / XQw ` \ \ \ _Z= \ \ \ \ \ 4 \ /.N / / •I../ „N/ /,/\ \ / /N�rxo \ / / \ "7l� \ \'/ano II E�UQF / / \ . \- • 1�II oao- N \ Ig. oQ oO rZwo a / �O \ \II (�)� � iL \xmUf Lw � raow v ,0 z�Oo o�s iT ill 81 f>'/ \\ / \ _ _ � — \ \ N. \ \I y' o / �\ \ \ w1-ww a E wa F-o II ' 6 °6 4r / \ t?//� 4I\ • boa _ ! OO b �� �. o Q N M / // / // - � cn " ��^a N w \ W 0 A 0- Z U�4- /// / /// I ce w w0 CC �.. w (nYM �,rS�(<P 4,01 / z o OO;N J=N4 // // 1 � \ o>w � �'lict— ce a x Z¢ , / y (\ , / Op O Iw /' // 0)- //' r 3 iim // / Q U r' Er z 1 I /�v� / o~ _J V. . o� sit7. U U7 9 li % , /� Ovoa 33Sa3�33 .� .� o■'�, • 0 11 I o r. eL CC /�,/ o i. of II a0 w a o NI--I iv �/ Q I—_I / "_ I I I / ._-� / / ° I it U*�9 o / 1 ��2 co uliw oWWY LLOO \wN¢Q J /. F W N L / xocc2 Y �(n0 O �> a /, zoz w ¢xo,a~ZCWJiv~im ZZQ ¢\¢� \ j n vw �� ''Y�mg�-tea mm dm \ — ,,X= • !' j a N z-Q y W F>p d Q O \ \ w¢a /, v,�� k A _ ITS. UQLL 2 2� y02 W > Il' g Off` \ 4 \ ]W ,„JZOwo_ _ZI`t- � ` 1 I ZaX YZQUwww�aC7 p�pj II U.� \ \ Z�•WN O Ft70 '�=U<D2 OaQ01.or / OQOa Z JZW>Oy>Wy� UW2a ��2 \\ �..ex '/ � / x-x Q Q-ax ,Q,-9 -- a K k / / HaFa O IC7aw�xuip<� 2I- II ��.., s ..'� / li � z oom�wz=aW3 ~'i'3 II /( :::: Z U~ILL-Oar-aZF-m 03LL'Z / / / �.'m �po��j=gZw UmW� < \ \ /% CO / //HN/ �,' Hx�op��wZ� QQ w ,. \ .O ZamoZl-�K< ZJ�O Il)_ \x OmO��Z�JU OZZrnN¢ J� \ / /0<o< OQm U �w ,��\\ /O WWZ zO2xJLL w0W2O ¢ T / �,' I \ \dHQyH �F FaaO U¢ I�o< / / \ . `\W aaQ W W 03U Ow ¢(� a3Q /. /. / - V I \ �a ZOO WLL1UF-� �Z— ~' KZ II�XQm Q�Z Ups zQ --1-� : 0kI�O aZR'_ ¢� Or �, // �'y rrx <t J UN • IejowAvr9 ` // a Q NI I'Z O' �6 / ,\ \\ I \\ \ / a //:X-� / \ a ¢�w -\\.'"-r-------2 �e o�� / • LrpJ� \i ., ,. , �\ —\-- — — -!' ',,...'4:, ']'-' :- 7:1'--::Z .A:**,,%'*,*",**/.***,-.1',-42.4.-, /l. /1:,00:-_--:::::_vi_vs:e_a____::::\ _f_ ___Thilik\ - - - - - — - _ 0 1 �g W¢w oo ' / / 0 Z `V Z =3a ' I X / / /,' ao ,,,,A 1 }cc �w co Z as 'l �P ' / /�' ¢O~o j o p / / m J La 3 / / /Z / / / m/z O y I ZR I- / / / / �P/ op 0 pamF�' Q W • OZ W `' / ___ C aQ / /' /� / - _9/ w3w 1 �O aF zx U J m N( , w w17 /� / ✓, I x x p .; f4 �/ OV02! 33S213\3l II °� ° • o / o 1 ° ■ °e III 1 1 / I I /' o F� asrrm— voo..q aw. I - ace's; w¢� \iTj =: ' II \ \ \ \ / /2 /C \ \ . - / \ \ \ / III k I `�/ / � . I I 1 \;a \ d4 \ 0 // II / �Nb" � CC I-d �""" Da II / ' /_\ �o Tv):::: ,\, 1 `na0 �. \ 1jlz ,r o O� 1-� rye ' \ \ 0. w c, II / / h° ' '\ \ \ .Qm U= 1 �— / / ' / ' \, b1 / ---lll U �UQ \ IV' / E� — e/,- — ------tea_--�I-dr - _ / / ' '�" �" \ O \ � / Ems- �oo \ I- kr \ 'L'.6‘d i ------448 —vaoa— _ - _ i o, I _ / / /' / ,OOb _ cwn Y m 1� / / / ,r/ _ — ma ,OSZ �,.. \ Q U .. N / / / / �a.-� C• =z= w" / / w z � a 'Al Q • i x 0 oW U / /� �/ r.. Y oa OQ� �` �P� /Lu // / \ o- ti =o a rya- // / // 0% i P \ / / // 00 0 7 / / // _ - #,, // / / ccQ O ~ 110 -711 Et Z o If I Om � OV02! 335213\3l .�I I o1 / �iw I1 0 1 o N OLa : I Ar II O= r- �� I I �� I / fl L LEI i L 35vHd ISPOW'u6p sulE&xsa ji _, y I II \ \ \ mH1:/0„:::II ::4II �d \it �+ �ec. ii-.ctii.c:-,.., II 4 11 11 li fRO) xf 1 1 1 3a'"""� Lw o Q q ::. o gr�� / " , A \ wtA,H1 �� CD \ ri b — IJ'' a Fes,\ / , \ \ I —-—-4---_k-_____ iiiii; I kr, „IN,,.I til*ifti7i3O.-fi7-..7.-.,,. _•_7 .-7%.--_-:--- .1'4--cf91- L — - - — - --- - Oo� bsa_ _ \ - - - - _ Vszsa _ —L /1 - - iiI o aw / ‘` _ ,00v tea-_ d 17 e/ _ - --`�0- _ -� — 1 /o ,ifi 1IIII z a a_ Q oo oc / / / / mQ, '� ,�' VQ / / YU H~Mp M/ .' Hi �a pp �Ld w w�' �P / �Oww I LIJ YZp aa ww QNU%,M o� ti aUa U — e-- /' / , r--NaQ�IQ \ \ ¢ ,,� � / g,,, ,' ./ (\ /, / / r / OO O C / / • /� / / � / oIx QUz -' O r I / ZQ Q/ '/N/ii% u v /// N avow 335213A31` `, II oa , f ° g / U= II 1 11 1 I II gamma mai Arm,erg XVW F _ U 1 L.,W ���y Z O W Q W T'� mZZ Et Z V XZCC 2w O w Q CC O CC p < O 0 O } Q m W O W W Ix ce 1~ U W 1 j Q O Q O F w m F- UQ Q Q 1 Y Y ~ U) W U U ■ S U �Q J S W J Q J -wj 3 Q S O 0 Z F- W • p p Q a o w m a ■ • � a J O Z z a W O g`_`3 0 W O W lY c0 12 W N a w N F- 6,�` `l' Oo o � � zp = Z > Q� W � Z W 3 � z q Z (S UZ o maw } vw ~ COO wQQ � N mm = � �� >- �-' U 3 O W O Z ~ U w W Z J U' w 0 J W J� OE . ZU c� J� a Omw az > v) �.� o J Z O W 2 Q _I Q �,., W mmQOQ W UZ � pz � > NQO � ( j • O W W W w w Z — d O �z �O Q S O } Q O U Z O 1.1 p a 1.0 p � Z U aw CLQ Q ~ Zp r wQUQp Q2m _Z Q W = m pW W w wp Li Z F- Y w U W V S 1- m U W H j } i- J >p Z ��9-y a = o ce o ce x z i- 1 CCUmmOa0 MO QQOz z • • Q S a Q F- d •�■ m J m m U m U W `1 < lY m O 1- D Lu p w w d V) (f) o W m Y Lai O M a 0 0 0 1- U O Cl_ Z 1- W S H U O ^ Imo Z W I . L l 4 Omm tem i. linm tam .1mm 6uise4a maw.'uAu wasa Nw • limo APPENDIX B BORINGS LOGS s kJ 1f' i J 4 4 Z Ili �� 01 / 1i 4 i // i t , G� / i W i rJ'! { �� j ,I, I, {� i it l — ,fig_ __i _ _ ; - t �, i 1 S i ' ''`., ,,ter ¢f i �� 1 i` - t 1 I ., i"L a 3 4 .‘tin_ -t rr +: L .�;� + Ci ! '�yy'. Z P , it r t 1 1 Cr)�y�+ 1 ,z , �ry,j ,. ! i 9 F ., '{j r _ 1 ` '��a i + i p� i - �� �.t v 3 i ��� v� '? — 0 0. Ct; I }} �� i i 1 , 2 I � . < 3 '�" '4',.. ! 1 ii { a p 4I▪�,I r 0 IX a 0 • \, •. `, f r 1"-- ! + 711 o 3 CD Cs . > '. it j �` ' "'� t { �} i 1 3 j J ' t X`1 -'` t j' oaf F f i I •O G1 ..: 1 s1/44,04, tla -4 i 1. t 3 ! :ma) ! i l i. ! {' s " f f # ♦ f , ▪ ,� 4, '*q,' j 0 i , 4a I. , . 41 0 4 ...s1110.„ LI 4 , 0 0 a ,..h� 4a i �yfy it t \* t II'-4(` , \`4.a. ,yam •'\ -, ir.',... ' .• 4 A I L II { 4 q M1 �� • _NI ' + { 44 r M M fMl a ! -mot i, T }` .' w 14.", 1i' �'�. Oa) :IL 41. i 1T1`'� . Tiii 71— i_iii yJ. rr 5 • t FIGIVE HO r U 4) N $" LOG OF BORING I ATE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B_I Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa — DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 2 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement 0 1.5 AGG k : Aggregate base — — a8— FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,trace Gravel, dark brown, dry to moist 50/5" a) fq_ 0 12 15.4 — 0— c • 5.0 SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel, brown, 13 — SC .': moist, loose to medium dense (Alluvium) a) co 5 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N � ci LD ci W ci M 0 Z tG _ 00 L) V 00 — > .� Z 00 00 m • — l7 — n0 0 — 0 0 00 m — LD 0rsi 0 0 00• — 00 z • — V I- H w — O _ 03 Z 03 Z 0 m 0 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-1 page 1 of 1 BRAU SM LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-2 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport •_ Waterloo, Iowa s DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes c 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a 0 8 PAV Asphalt Pavement — °'— AGG 0/. Aggregate base J ai 2.5 °� _ 50/3" N— FILL FILL: Silty Clay,trace Gravel, fine-to coarse-grained, dark o brown, dry —� 22 9.1 5.0 j 7 SP- • . POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel, brown, /y SC moist, loose a :: (Alluvium)cn _ 8 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N to M — r z z — U lJ ool — >i — Z _ Q z m rri m o — to ti m w N — C C K C V F- H O z a _ Z C Z C7 Z cc 0 to O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-2 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-3 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0.8 PAVIII Asphalt Pavement — AGG k, Aggregate base — _ _v50/4" oe aa) 2.5 N_ FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,trace Gravel, dark brown, moist > 1 9 21.1 0 o— c 5.0 9 SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to >— SC . medium-grained, brown, moist, loose (Alluvium) — J 8 0 10.0 /7 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. —' N ci W m u' — z z z — z u — — �- >1 z z m a — L n — m — 0 0 ti m — JO 0 _ C C CL u u — w O z _ Z_ (0 — z Z 5 0 m _ O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-3 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-4 Geotechnical Evaluation _ Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation LOCATION: See attached sketch Waterloo Regional Airport .E3 Waterloo, Iowa 58 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 2 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement - AGG a°°° Aggregate base � Z - :: - 50/5" _02.5 N- FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,trace Gravel, dark brown, moist 0 9 17.5 -11 - E 5.0 - 8 SP- •.`:•;% POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to _ SC . coarse-grained, brown, moist, loose n (Alluvium) _ - - 10 a) '1 o— _ c./)— 8 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. '-1 0 0 l7 - H — z l.J - > zl - (7 m m - O CI _ l0 N N C - E. cc 0 w lJ - u — 0 z a _ z _ z C z 0 z 0 m 0 0 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-4 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING _ I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-5 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport •cs Waterloo, Iowa -0 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4 o• Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a 0 8 PAV Asphalt Pavement — A — AGG q>°. Aggregate base— _ _\ 50/4" a 2.5 N FILL FILL: Siltyry Sand,trace Gravel, fine-to coarse-grained, dark o brown, dry to moist —L 22 5.2 Gravel=4%, Sand=73%, — Silt=14%, Clay=9%, —• LL=15, PL=13, P1=2 5.0 7 SP- • % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to _ >— SC medium-grained, brown, moist, loose (Alluvium)�_ 8 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N 1 N LD ci r-I- _ m — c�• — z _ z V Z m • — U' m• — 0 ti m — L ti N _ K V V w O Z_, O'z 0 z O O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-5 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-6 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation • Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o• Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes c 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) O 0.8 PAVIii Asphalt Pavement — AGG k°°° Aggregate base —J 0 — 2.5 ° ° 50/3" FILL ����. FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel, fine- coarse-grained,to coarse rained, dark o %$ brown, dry to moist —I 12 7.6 o— i'i�i IM — ) 6 • 6.0 ... SP- • POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to .N— SC . coarse-grained, brown, moist, loose 7 • (Alluvium) II 9 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. LO '-I W • — z • — - z U V — >1 z - 00 m l7 0 — 0 — - 00 — L 0 0 0 _ 1 00 0 CL 0 U r 0 z _ z 0 z z z 0 m o — 0 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-6 page 1 of 1 s,A LOG OF BORING• I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-7 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport • Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' Depth 0 feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement — AGG ke Aggregate base Z 2.0 es-.e 50/5" FILL �• FILL: Poorly Graded Sand, trace Gravel with Clay pockets, dark brown, dry to moist 40 3.1 •♦♦♦ %i 24 6.5 i�i• _ SP- :: . POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to 11 SC . medium-grained, brown, moist, loose to medium dense — :.' (Alluvium) 10.0 :. END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. -- N ci H a l7 H Z — U ml — Z rdc a — l7 — 0 0 m _ — 0 _ N ❑ C fL U H — W O m z Z_ 0 i 0 Z 0 m _ O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-7 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-8 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa $ DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes co 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) 79. 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement — 1.5 AGG Aggregate base a.>— FILL • FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel with Clay pockets, dark brown, _ 50/3" moist o 48 3.4 o C �♦�♦� 29 6.0 • .• SP- POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel,fine-to N_ SC coarse-grained, brown, moist, medium to loose to medium _I 14 o ::•` • dense Ir a— (Alluvium) 6 10.0 :•.•• END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. ci 0 ci rl F— C V — F Z m — 1' V ml — >1 Z ca c17 C m m O — 0 ci — H O C — C C V H 0 d _ Z_ cc Z — 0 O - Ur O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-8 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-9 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch — Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport ._ Waterloo, Iowa — a DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' a3 o Depth feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes • 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a 0.8 PAV ° Asphalt Pavement a)— AGG ° ° Aggregate base — a_ ev e 50/3" a) }, 3.0 FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,trace Gravel, dark brown, moist 13 13.7— i\ 8 I- 6.0 SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to _ SC medium-grained, brown, moist, loose 6 (I) : ;_ (Alluvium) aa) _ 10.0 :. END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. —' - ti m m F ❑ �. C7 — z z — L) 0o — — z 00 z • — L 0 0 ti m _ — Lb — Lb ❑ 00 0 cc V H V — O 0 - z_ Lb _ z O O — m O l7 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-9 page 1 of 1 AU 5M LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-10 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch • Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport .21 Waterloo, Iowa ▪ DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes ..r • 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement 1.5 AGG 0 �. . Aggregate base — ▪— FILL �; FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel, fine-to coarse-grained, light A. 50/6" T brown to brown, dry to moist 39 4.7 o— ♦�♦ rr _ c ••�, •.. 31 > 6.0 SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to N_ SC :.:':•I medium-grained, brown, moist, loose — 9 (Alluvium) — _ 6 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N c-I to r-I W c-I m — l7 t= — 2 _ — s v — >1 — Z z m — U' m m — o — to m — N N C z 0 U _ — U 0 to Z to Z — Z 0 0 O] 0 - to 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-10 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING , INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-11 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation g Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a 0.7 PAV Asphalt Pavement o— 1.5 AGG °as. Aggregate base— FILL FILL: Well Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel, fine-to 50/4" a .4. medium-grained, dark brown, moist v ♦i♦i♦ Q — ♦*. 39 3.3 Gravel=7%, Sand=82%, — o .♦�♦� _\ Silt=7%, Clay=4%, — ♦♦♦i E LL=14, PL=15, PI=N/A ��� — 24 I— •%% — ♦♦.♦� ♦♦♦ ♦sS 32 ODi 0 8.0 ♦♦i♦♦ in SC CLAYEY SAND,trace Gravel,fine-to coarse-grained, brown, moist, loose — 5 (Alluvium) END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N — N ci U ei a--I m o — z c0 — Z 7 K m — U � — m — 0 0 0 m ti o N U K K Q � 0 — U F- I — V — 0 0_cc F Z z U 00 m 0 U 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-11 page 1 of 1 RUNS" LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-12 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation g Waterloo Regional Airport .E3 Waterloo, Iowa 58 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' m o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0$ PAV Asphalt Pavement O 1.5 AGG aeee, Aggregate base — �,— FILL •��• FILL: Poorly Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel, dark brown, —\ 50/4" 4. moist o ♦�� 76 3.2 > 6.0 SP- •: POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to N• SC : medium-grained, brown, moist, loose _ 10 (Alluvium) cn 5 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. c-I H — z _ w z — K Li V ml — >1 — Z — — m o — ti m t ti 0 N ❑ G cc 0 ❑ u F- U 0 Z 0 Z — 0 m O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-12 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-13 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport .13 Waterloo, Iowa '— DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' co o Depth feet 0 Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) co ° 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement a)— AGG ° ° Aggregate base —° _1/50/5" a) 2.5 ii° N_ FILL $: FILL: Poorly Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel, fine-to $ coarse-grained, dark brown, moist —\( 40 4.3— *4*4* 21 cp 6.0 •�i1• SP- POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to — SC % medium-grained, brown, moist, loose 1 12 • (Alluvium) co 4 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. c-I Lb ei a, H 0 — F Z z — — z Li V Z z m rri to — m — 0 o to a, — m — t 0 _ N LS C K V H — V — w O m Z_ 0 z l7 0 m O l7 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-13 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-14 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation 3 o Waterloo Regional Airport :r1, Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' as 6 Depth 0• feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes • 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a PAV Asphalt Pavement — °'— 1.3 J 8 AGG k, Aggregate base d 50/3" L 2.5 oao°T° >_ FILL •����� FILL: Poorly Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel with clay o pockets,fine-to coarse-grained, dark brown, dry to moist _)127 8.9 • `a5— 24 6.5 — ����. 23 3.8 O 8.0 SP- ••:. POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel,fine-to cn — SC ::'.. coarse-grained, brown, moist, medium dense 22 2.3 10.0 (Alluvium) END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N '-I c-1 — W m — z — U V ool — z - s o] aup — — m 01 — O — Lc. O N _ rx — a z V H 0 a _ C — z C z 0 0 m — 0 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-14 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-15 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' 2 o Depth 0 feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes c 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a PAV Asphalt Pavement — 1.3 w 2 0 AGG �• • Aggregate base 50 _0FILL • FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel,fine-to coarse-grained, dark brown, dry to moist, loose >— ♦�♦ o _ _I' 32 4.6 Gravel=1%, Sand=81%, • y� ^ Silt=11%, Clay=7%, ��� LL=14, PL=15, Pl=N/A F- •�♦ > 6.0 SP- ./ POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel,fine-to _ SC •:. medium-grained, brown to light brown, moist, medium dense 24 3.8 (Alluvium) in 20 3.6 10.0 :...: END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. m 0 z — V ml — — w >1 Z — m 0 — 0 0 m _ t0 0 _ tO C V - I H V - W O a _ w Z_ l7 Z — l7 Z 0 m Q — l9 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-15 page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation BRAUN 11001 Hampshire Avenue South NT E RT EL Minneapolis,MN 55438 IPhone:952.995.2000 Report No: CBR:W16-000522-S1 California Bearing Ratio Test Report Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 Des Moines, IA, 50309 .1►o1 tattd Project: B1600963 St111ta' Taxiway C&C1 2790 Livingston Lane f l+ra Jason Limley Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/5/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S1 Alternate Sample ID: B5 Sampled By: Drill Crew Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Sample Location: B5, 2'-5' Stress vs Penetration Test Results ASTM D 1883-07 CBR At 0,1in(%): 64.0 CBR At 0.2in(%): 75.1 18110, Compactive Effort: ASTM D 1557 Number of Blows: 19 14300 %of Maximum Dry Density: 95.6 Dry Density Before Soaking(Ib/ft3): 129.0 MC Before Compaction(%): 6.5 1�(T10' MC After Compaction(%): 6.4 Moisture Content of Top tin(%): 8.3 Average Moisture Content(%) a Maximum Dry Density(Ib/ft3): 134.9 N Optimum Moisture Content(%1 6.4 m in i 0- Sample Condition: soaked Swell(%): -0 2 Surcharge Mass(lb): 10 00 moo- Oversize Material(%): 0.0 Date Tested: 3/5/2016 r Via. no° Q. $ i I I I I f I Q0 a1 02 03 04 FiIr i4 i(in) Comments Form No 1898$.Report No:CBR:w18.000522$t 020004011 4e311.a0 by SpectraQEST corn Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation BRAU N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South I NT E RT Et Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 California Bearing Ratio Test Report Report No: CBR:W16-0s0522-S2 Issue No:No: I 7 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM y00es SW Moineh s, t IA, 5 301 Des Moines, IA, 50309 h h� Project: B1600963 �t311tsv +l t Taxiway C&C1 x 2790 Livingston Lane j''` ' Jason Limley Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/5/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S2 Alternate Sample ID: B11 Sampled By: Drill Crew Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Sample Location: B11,2'-5' Stress vs Penetration Test Results 1CCQ0 ASTM D 1883-07 CBR At 0.1 in(%): 34.3 110 CBR At 0.2in(%): 42 3 Compactive Effort: ASTM D 1557 Number of Blows: 23 =0- %of Maximum Dry Density: 95.2 Dry Density Before Soaking(lb/ft3): 118.0 Ma MC Before Compaction(%): 7.3 MC After Compaction(%): 7.1 _______ Moisture Content of Top lin(%): 9.4 6M0- Average Moisture Content(%): Maximum Dry Density(Ib/ft3): 124.0 mood Optimum Moisture Content(%): 6.9 Sample Condition: soaked 4D0 Swell(%): 0.0 Surcharge Mass(lb): 10.00 3xI0° Oversize Material(%): 0.0 Date Tested: 3/5/2016 2DQ' 100- �, f, 1 I 1 t r r 1 00 01 Q2 03 Q4 Rms.-dim(in) Comments Form No 18956,Repg*l No COR'W 16-000522-92 2000-2011 QQSTLab by SpeOaQEST.eem Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation B RAU N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South NT RT E Minneapolis,MN 55438 IPhone:952.995.2000 Report No: CBR:W16-000522-S3 California Bearing Ratio Test Report Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM 500SW7thStSte301 1-41L4 Des Moines, IA, 50309 Project: B1600963 1041'>t� Taxiway C&C1 2790 Livingston Lane Jason Limley Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/5/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S3 Alternate Sample ID: B15 Sampled By: Drill Crew Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Sample Location: B15, 2'-5 Stress vs Penetration Test Results _ t10 ASTM D 1883-07 CBR At 0.1 in(%): 34.2 s40Q;- CBR At 0.2in(%): 44,9 Compactive Effort: ASTM D 1557 t33}0- Number of Blows: 16 13�t0 %of Maximum Dry Density: 94.9 Dry Density Before Soaking(Ib/ft3): 125.3 11030" MC Before Compaction(%): 8.7 107�0' MC After Compaction(%): 8.6 Moisture Content of Top 1 in(%l: 9.4 N 9 50 Average Moisture Content(%)• a ECM- Maximum Dry Density(Ib/ft3): 132.0 y Optimum Moisture Content(%) 8.2 X00; Sample Condition: soaked in arDo Swell(%): -0 1 Surcharge Mass(lb): 10.00 9b0; Oversize Material(%): 0.0 403.D: Date Tested: 3/5/2016 3500- X00- 0, 1_.--3- —' r t 00 01 Q2 43 04 Q5 Rantalion( Comments Gomm No 18986,Report No 0BR:MS000522.53 Q 2 •201 t QESTLab by SpeotraQEST corn Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation B R A U N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South i NT E R T EC Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 Report No: PTR:W16-000522-S1 Proctor Report Issue No: Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: _ AECOM 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 Des Moines, IA, 50309 Project B1600963 w,Ts�l t Taxiway C&C1 ftf�';u Jason Limle 2790 Livingston Lane y Waterloo, IA,50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast,atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/1/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S1 Alternate Sample ID: B5 Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Date Submitted: 2/28/2016 Sampled By: Drill Crew Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: _. Location: B5,2'-5' Date Tested: 3/1/2016 Dry Density - Moisture Content Relationship Test Results — Vdt� ASTM D 1557-07 Maximum Dry Density(lbf/ft3): 134.9 Dy y�6 Corrected Maximum Dry Density 134.9 1340 Optimum Moisture Content(%): 6.4 Corrected Optimum Moisture 6.4 'moo Content(%): Method: A 1 ?0; Preparation Method: Moist Specific Gravity(Fines): 2 65 131.0 Specific Gravity Method: Assumed Retained Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 3 1330 Passing Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 97 1290: 1280 1270 1230! 12,50 1240 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 tbtdtre Cortert(°A Comments Form No 110031,Report.NO PTR:W1 6-000 5 2 2-S1 0 2000-2011 QESTLab by SpectraOEST corn ..� Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation BR A U N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South INTERTEC Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 Report No: PTR:W16-000522-S2 Proctor Report Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM 500 SW 7th St Ste 3017-etbDA 1-Altb Des Moines, IA, 50309 Project: B1600963 N971£{ Taxiway C&C1 2790 Livingston Lane Jason Limley Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/1/2016 Sample Details — Sample ID: W16-000522-S2 Alternate Sample ID: B11 Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Date Submitted: 2/28/2016 Sampled By: Drill Crew Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings _ Source: In Place Material: Specification: Location: B11,2'-5' Date Tested: 3/1/2016 Dry Density - Moisture Content Relationship Test Results _ 0%gjr VcieS ASTM D 1557-07 Maximum Dry Density (Ibf/ft3): 124.0 DyY(IttA') Corrected Maximum Dry Density 124.0 laao (lbf/ft3): Optimum Moisture Content(%): 6.9 Corrected Optimum Moisture 6.9 Content(%): 1230 Method: A Preparation Method: Moist Specific Gravity(Fines): 2.60 Specific Gravity Method: Assumed Retained Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 4 Passing Sieve No 4(4_75mm)(%): 96 1220 • 1210 • 1310 + t t t t t t t it t r t t t r t 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 M1tre tbrtent(% Comments Form No:110031,Report No:PTR:w13-000522-S2 ©2000-2011 QESTLab by SpecttaQESTcom Page 1 of 1 +r Braun Intertec Corporation B R A V N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South !NT E RT EC Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 Report No: PTR:W16-000522-S3 Proctor Report Issue No: Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: — AECOM 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 Des Moines, IA, 50309 Project: B1600963 Taxiway C&Cl tt�„ Jason Limley Livingston Lane Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast,atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/1/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S3 Alternate Sample ID: B15 Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Date Submitted: 2/28/2016 Sampled By: Drill Crew Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: .. Location: B15,2'-5 Date Tested: 3/1/2016 Dry Density -Moisture Content Relationship Test Results - C%Air\kiet ASTM D 1557-07 Maximum Dry Density (Ibf/ft3): 132.0 Dy y� Corrected Maximum Dry Density 132.0 1330 (lbf/ft3): Optimum Moisture Content(%): 8.2 Corrected Optimum Moisture 8.2 1310 Content(%): Method: A 1330Preparation Method: Moist Specific Gravity(Fines): 2.65 120 Specific Gravity Method: Assumed Retained Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 4 Passing Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 96 1230 1270t 1330 1250 1240 1230 1 + f t y { F 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Mtlre Qite't(°r6) Comments Form No 110031,Report No:PTR.W16-000522-S3 ©2004.2071 QESTLabbySyedraQESTcom Page 1 of 1 UN Descriptive Terminology of Soil Am) Standard D 2487-11 — I NTE RTEC (UCnified SoilClassi fication ion of �fic ton System) Engineering Purposes Soils Classification Particle Size Identification — Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests-' Group Boulders over 12" Symbol Group Name° Cobbles 3"to 12" co Gravels Clean Gravels C.2 4 and 1<Ca` 3° GW Wen-graded gravel° Gravel "a More than 50%of Less than 5%fines' C <4 and/or 1 >C>3 GP Poorlygraded gravel° Coarse 3/4"to 3" c coarse fraction . r m Fine No.4 to 3/4" 143 m v retained on Gravels with Fines Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel°'a Sand c m No.4 sieve More than 12%fines Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel°` m g ' Coarse No.4 to No. 10 w N Sands Clean Sands C.2 6 and 1 <C 5.3 c SW Well-graded sand" Medium No. 10 to No.40 z a, i 50%or more of Less than 5%fines' C.<6 and/or 1 >C5>3° SP Poorly graded sand" Fine No.40 to N0.200 I coarse fraction Li a passes Sands with Fines Fines classify as ML or MH SM Silty sand ra" Silt <No.200, PI<4 or below E No.4 sieve More than 12%' j Finesclassiify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand'o" "A"line Clay <No.200,PI>4 and on _ ClaysInorganic PI>7 and plots on or above"A'liner CL Lean clay"'T w Silts and or about"A"line Ti © Liquid limit PI<4 or plots below"A'line' ML Silt' 'a c ',o less than 50 Organic Liquid limit-oven dried < 0 75 OL Organic Gay"" Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils 1 a o Liquid limit-not dried OL Organic sift"^ ° o PI plots on or above'A'line CH Fat clay"''" Very Loose 0 to 4 BPF ca E Slits.and clays I Inorganic Loose 5 to 10 BPF o z° Liquid limit PI plots below line MH Elastic silt""' Medium dense 11 to 30 PPF I u.$ 50 or more Organic Liquid limit-oven dried < ©75 OH Organic day''m° Dense 31 to 50 BPF in Liquid limit-not dried o OH Organic sift" "c Very dense over 50 BPF Highly Organic Soils i Primarily organic matter,dark in color and organic odor PT f Peat Consistency of Cohesive Soils a. Based on the material passing the 3-inch(75mm)sieve. Very soft 0 to 1 BPF b. If field sample contained cobbles or boulders,or both,add"with cobbles or boulders or both"to group name. Soft 2 to 3 BPF c. C,=D6o/D,o C c=(D30)2 Rather soft 4 to 5 BPF D o x D6o Medium 6 to 8 BPF d. If soil contains>_15%sand,add"with sand"to group name. Rather stiff 9 to 12 BPF e. Gravels with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: Stiff 13 to 16 BPF GW-GM well-graded gravel with silt Very stiff 17 to 30 BPF GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay Hard over 30 BPF GP-GM poorly graded gravel with silt GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay f. If fines classify as CL-ML,use dual symbol GC-GM or SC-SM. g. If fines are organic,add"with organic fines:to group name. h. If soil contains_215%gravel,add"with gravel"to group name. i. Sand with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: Drilling Notes SW-SM well-graded sand with silt SW-SC well-graded sand with clay Standard penetration test borings were advanced by 3 1/4" SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt or 6 1/4" ID hollow-stem augers, unless noted otherwise. SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay Jetting water was used to clean out auger prior to sampling j. If Atterberg limits plot in hatched area,soil is a CL-ML,silty clay. only where indicated on logs. All samples were taken with k. If soil contains 10 to 29%plus No.200,add"with sand"or"with gravel"whichever is predominant. the standard 2"OD split-tube samples,except where noted. I. If soil contains a 30%plus No.200,predominantly sand,add"sandy"to group name. m. If soil contains>_30%plus No.200 predominantly grave,add"gravelly"to group name. n. PI>_4 and plots on or above"A"line. Power auger borings were advanced by 4" or 6" diameter o. PI<4 or plots below"A"line. continuous flight, solid-stern augers. Soil classifications and p PI plots on or above"A"lines. strata depths were inferred from disturbed samples augered q. PI plots below"A"line. to the surface,and are therefore,somewhat approximate. eo ,' Hand auger borings were advanced manually with a 1 1/2" e' or 3 1/4"diameter auger and were limited to the depth from 50- .y\tO' which the auger could be manually withdrawn. .J,' ��o 40- , O� ,p; BPF: Numbers indicate blows per foot recorded in standard O. ,' oc penetration test, also known as"N"value. The sampler was ' set 6" into undisturbed soil below the hollow-stem auger. to 30- e Driving resistances were then counted for second and third • c ' 6" increments, and added to get BPF. Where they differed ' 20_ �' O• � significantly, they are reported in the following form:2/12 for o, the second and third 6"increments, respectively. to ,' G‘' MH or OH n. 10 ,' - - WH: WH indicates the sampler penetrated soil under weight 7'" _, MH i OH of hammer and rods alone;driving not required. 4, //,;,,'"Iv WR: WR indicates the sampler penetrated soil under weight 00 10 16 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 Liquid Limit(LL) of rods alone; hammer weight,and driving not required. Laboratory Tests TWW: T indicates thin-walled(undisturbed)tube sample. DD Dry density,pcf OC Organic content,% WD Wet density,pcg S Percent of saturation,% Note: All tests were run in general accordance with MC Natural moisture content,% SG Specific gravity applicable ASTM standards. LL Liquid limit,% C Cohesion,psf PL Plastic limits,% 0 Angle of internal friction PI Plasticity index,% qu Unconfined compressive strength,psf P200 %passing 200 sieve qp Pocket penetrometer strength,tsf Rev.9.15 Uwe awm ... ftsw .,. ... smog ommi OMR Amoco --